Professional Documents
Culture Documents
SV8300 R7 Command Manual v8.1
SV8300 R7 Command Manual v8.1
NWA-033623-001
ISSUE 8.1
LIABILITY DISCLAIMER
NEC Corporation reserves the right to change the specifications,
functions, or features, at any time, without notice.
NEC Corporation has prepared this document for use by its employees and customers. The information contained herein is the property
of NEC Corporation and shall not be reproduced without prior written
approval from NEC Corporation.
Dterm is registered trademarks of NEC Corporation.
PCPro is a trademark of NEC Corporation.
Copyright 2012
NEC Corporation
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION
PURPOSE ................................................................................................................
OUTLINE OF THIS MANUAL ...................................................................................
TERMS IN THIS MANUAL .......................................................................................
1
2
3
3
3
4
5
Chapter 1
1-2
1-3
1-12
1-16
1-18
1-24
1-28
Chapter 2
PRECAUTION
2-2
2-6
2-6
2-8
2-9
2-11
2-12
Chapter 3
COMMAND DESCRIPTION
3-2
3-3
3-5
3-6
3-9
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91toc001.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
[CM04]
[CM05]
[CM08]
[CM0B]
[CM0C]
[CM10]
[CM11]
[CM12]
[CM13]
[CM15]
[CM15]
[CM15]
[CM15]
[CM15]
[CM16]
[CM17]
[CM18]
[CM19]
[CM1B]
[CM1D]
[CM20]
[CM21]
[CM22]
[CM23]
[CM25]
[CM29]
[CM2A]
[CM2B]
[CM30]
[CM31]
[CM35]
[CM36]
[CM40]
[CM40]
ii
3-10
3-30
3-33
3-90
3-128
3-139
3-152
3-156
3-178
3-186
3-187
3-199
3-201
3-209
3-210
3-213
3-216
3-223
3-225
3-226
3-229
3-246
3-247
3-248
3-249
3-250
3-251
3-255
3-259
3-270
3-286
3-326
3-328
3-331
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91toc001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
[CM40]
[CM41]
[CM42]
[CM42]
[CM42]
[CM42]
[CM43]
[CM44]
[CM45]
[CM48]
[CM49]
[CM4A]
[CM4B]
[CM50]
[CM51]
[CM52]
[CM53]
[CM56]
[CM57]
[CM58]
[CM59]
[CM5B]
[CM60]
[CM61]
[CM62]
[CM63]
[CM64]
[CM65]
[CM67]
[CM71]
[CM72]
iii
3-333
3-334
3-367
3-368
3-376
3-378
3-381
3-384
3-389
3-392
3-397
3-403
3-410
3-412
3-416
3-422
3-424
3-425
3-427
3-429
3-432
3-433
3-435
3-440
3-442
3-443
3-444
3-447
3-452
3-469
3-472
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91toc001.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
[CM73]
[CM74]
[CM76]
[CM77]
[CM78]
[CM81]
[CM85]
[CM8A]
[CM8A]
[CM8A]
[CM8B]
[CM90]
[CM90]
[CM90]
[CM90]
[CM93]
[CM94]
[CM96]
[CM97]
[CM98]
[CM9A]
[CM9B]
[CM9C]
[CMA7]
[CMA8]
[CMA9]
[CMAA]
[CMAC]
[CMAD]
[CMAE]
[CMAF]
[CMB0]
[CMB1]
[CMB3]
[CMB4]
[CMBA]
[CMBC]
[CMD7]
iv
3-475
3-479
3-483
3-499
3-504
3-505
3-508
3-510
3-511
3-515
3-529
3-530
3-531
3-545
3-555
3-557
3-558
3-559
3-560
3-562
3-563
3-570
3-571
3-573
3-578
3-580
3-581
3-586
3-588
3-590
3-593
3-595
3-602
3-607
3-609
3-611
3-639
3-642
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91toc001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
[CME0]
[CME1]
[CME4]
[CME5]
[CME6]
[CME7]
[CME8]
[CME9]
[CMEA]
[CMEC]
[CMEE]
[CMF0]
[CMF1]
[CMF5]
[CMF6]
[CMF7]
[CMF8]
[CMFA]
[CMFB]
[CMFC]
3-646
3-649
3-650
3-653
3-655
3-657
3-658
3-662
3-663
3-681
3-690
3-692
3-692
3-693
3-699
3-700
3-703
3-705
3-710
3-713
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91toc001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
vi
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91toc001.fm
INTRODUCTION
PURPOSE
INTRODUCTION
PURPOSE
This manual explains all of the commands required for programming the SV8300, using the Customer
Administration Terminal (CAT) or PCPro.
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch0001.fm
INTRODUCTION
OUTLINE OF THIS MANUAL
CHAPTER 2
PRECAUTION
This chapter explains precautions for using commands, such as condition for using
commands, method of setting on-line/off-line mode, method of system data/SRAM
data all clear, port allocation, password entry, and nation code assignment.
CHAPTER 3
COMMAND DESCRIPTION
This chapter explains the function, precaution, assignment procedure and data table
of each command.
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch0001.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
INTRODUCTION
TERMS IN THIS MANUAL
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch0001.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
INTRODUCTION
TERMS IN THIS MANUAL
TERMINAL NAME
The following digital multi-function terminals are designated as Multiline Terminal usually, unless we
need to mention the type of terminal in particular.
TERMINAL NAME
Multiline
Terminal
PRODUCT NAME
Dterm
Dterm70 (Elite)
Dterm75 (Series E)
Dterm85 (Series i)
DT300 Series
DT310
DT330
IP
IP Multiline Terminal
Station
IP Enabled Digital
Multiline Terminal
[North America
only]
Dterm75 (Series E)
(IP Adapter Type)
Dterm85 (Series i)
(IP Adapter Type)
DtermIP INASET
DtermIP
Soft Phone
Dterm85 (Series i)
(IP Bundled Type)
DtermSP30
SP350
DT700 Series
DT710
DT730
DT750
SIP
SIP Wireless
Station Terminal
Standard SIP
Terminal
NOTE:
MH240
Standard SIP Terminal
Dterm75 (Series E) and Dterm85 (Series i) terminals can be used as the IP terminal by attaching
the IP Adapter (IP Enabled Digital Multiline Terminal). This terminal provides users with all
features currently available in IP Station.
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch0001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
INTRODUCTION
TERMS IN THIS MANUAL
COUNTRY REFERENCE
The exclusive commands for specific country are described as follows;
[Asia]
[Mexico Only]
[Australia Only]
[New Zealand Only]
[Australia/Argentina]
[North America Only]
[Australia/Europe]
[North America/Latin America]
[Australia/France]
[North America/EU]
[Australia/New Zealand]
[Not used in Australia/North America]
[Australia/North America]
[Not used in Australia/North America/UK]
[Brazil (900 )/New Zealand]
[Not used in North America]
[Brazil Only]
[Other than Australia]
[Brazil/UK]
[Other than EU]
[Chinese No. 1]
[Other than New Zealand]
[Europe Only]
[Other than North America]
[Other than North America/Australia]
[For China]
[For EU]
[Russia Only]
[For PCS]
[Taiwan Only]
[France Only]
[UAE Only]
[Latin America Only]
[Venezuela Only]
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch0001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
INTRODUCTION
REFERENCE MANUAL
REFERENCE MANUAL
Refer to the following manuals for information on each service programming.
System Manual:
Contains the system description and the programming procedure of the SV8300 System.
Programming Manual:
Contains procedure for programming each business, hotel, ISDN, OAI and WCS feature.
Networking Manual:
Contains the system description and the programming procedure for the CCIS, Q-SIG and Remote
UNIT over IP System.
System Data Programming Manual:
Contains the Customer Specifications Sheets and the System Data Programming Sheets.
PC Programming Manual:
Contains the functional description and the installation procedure for the PCPro.
System Hardware Manual:
Contains the installation procedure for the PBX system and the hardware installation procedure for
the SV8300.
System Maintenance Manual:
Contains the maintenance service features and the recommended troubleshooting procedure.
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch0001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
UNIVERGE SV8300
Command Manual
This chapter explains how to use the Customer Administration Terminal (CAT) which is used as the man-machine interface with the
PBX.
1-1
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch1001.fm
1-2
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch1001.fm
Only New layout can be used regardless of this command when using DT330 DESI-less or
DT730 DESI-less, DT710 DESI-less, DT750.
1-3
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch1001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
ST
EXE
CE
DE
EXE
CE
DE
.
ST
,
DE
S
DT300/DT700 Series
.
ST
EXE DE
NOTE:
CE
The keys marked by * are available when using 8300R2 software or later.
Continued on next page
1-4
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch1001.fm
JULY/17/2009
Exit
Help
ST
EXE
CE
DE
ABC
DE
DEF
DE
Directory
GHI
JKL
MNO
EXE
DE
Message
PQRS
TUV
WXYZ
ST
CE
DTR-32D-1
NOTE:
The keys marked by * are available when using 8300R2 software or later.
Continued on next page
1-5
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch1001.fm
JULY/17/2009
16 Line/Trunk Feature Keys + 16 One Touch Keys (CM12 Y=24 2nd data=7)
Exit
Help
ST
EXE
CE
DE
2 3
5 6
8 9
0 B
1
4
7
A
CE
DE
EXE
ST
S
MIC
DTP-32D-1
NOTE:
The keys marked by * are available when using 8300R2 software or later.
Continued on next page
1-6
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch1001.fm
JULY/17/2009
24 Line/Trunk Feature Keys + 8 One Touch Keys (CM12 Y=24 2nd data=0)
Exit
A
.
Help
B
*
ST
EXE
CE
DE
2 3
5 6
8 9
0 B
1
4
7
A
CE
DE
EXE
ST
S
MIC
DTP-32D-1
NOTE:
The keys marked by * are available when using 8300R2 software or later.
Continued on next page
1-7
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch1001.fm
JULY/17/2009
ST
ST
EXE
CE
DE
3
DE
6
S
CE
ST
EXE DE
DT300/DT700 Series
.
S
NOTE:
The keys marked by * are not available when using 12 keys kit.
Continued on next page
1-8
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch1001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
16 Line/Trunk Feature Keys + 16 One Touch Keys (CM12 Y=24 2nd data=7)
Exit
ST
Help
ST
EXE
CE
DE
ABC
DE
DEF
DE
Directory
GHI
JKL
MNO
EXE
DE
Message
PQRS
TUV
WXYZ
ST
CE
DTR-32D-1
1-9
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch1001.fm
JULY/17/2009
24 Line/Trunk Feature Keys + 8 One Touch Keys (CM12 Y=24 2nd data=0)
Exit
ST
Help
ABC
ST
EXE
CE
DE
DE
DEF
DE
Directory
GHI
JKL
MNO
EXE
DE
Message
PQRS
TUV
WXYZ
ST
CE
DTR-32D-1
1-10
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch1001.fm
JULY/17/2009
16 Line/Trunk Feature Keys + 16 One Touch Keys (CM12 Y=24 2nd data=7)
24 Line/Trunk Feature Keys + 8 One Touch Keys (CM12 Y=24 2nd data=0)
Exit
Help
ST
ST
EXE
CE
DE
2 3
5 6
8 9
0 B
1
4
7
A
CE
DE
EXE
ST
S
MIC
DTP-32D-1
1-11
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch1001.fm
JULY/17/2009
ST
CE
DE
CE
1-12
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch1001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
- Before setting the second data (after setting the first data)
CE
CE
EXE
CE
DE
1-13
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch1001.fm
JULY/17/2009
1 EXEcute
2
: Prev
3 S : Next
4 DE : Entry
NOTE:
1
2
3
4
E
F
,
.
Soft keys of Multiline Terminals can be used on CAT mode even if the second data of CM12
Y=22 is set to 0 (not available).
1-14
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch1001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
MEANING
Command entry start
Execution of data write
Cancel of key operation (Clear entry)
DE
Data End; to be entered at the end of the command code or at the end of each
data entry
MEANING
Data (Data is entered by hexadecimal code 0-F)
*: As a dial digit
#: As a dial digit
G-Z, &,
Not used
1-15
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch1001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
"C"
"A"
"T"
"M"
"O"
"D"
"E"
2. Press Hold
CAT MODE is displayed on LCD
NOTE:
CAT mode is not available when preset dialing on the terminal is restricted (set by CM15
Y=212: 0).
Transfer
2. Press Conf
Conf lamp flashes
3. Press *
Conf lamp off
4. Press Transfer
NOTE:
5. Press Conf
Conf lamp flashes
6. Press #
Conf, Speaker, Answer lamp on
CAT MODE is displayed on LCD
7. Press ST
COMMAND= is displayed on LCD
1-16
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch1001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
1-17
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch1001.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
The CAT is used in on-line. Therefore, offline commands cannot be accessed from the CAT.
(2)
To use the CAT after clearing all system data, perform the following operations on the system.
1. Plug a DLC blade into Slot01 accommodated in Unit01 (for Multiline Terminal).
2. Connect the CAT (Multiline Terminal) to Physical Port No. 010101 at the MDF or Virtual Port
No. 0000.
3. Set SENSE switch on the CPU blade accommodated in Unit01 to A.
4. Press RESET switch on the CPU blade accommodated in Unit01.
5. Check the LED status.
RUN LED lights and SYSD LED flashes while loading the standard system data.
RUN LED and SYSD LED go off and S2 LED lights when the standard system data is loaded
normally.
RUN LED and SYSD LED go off and ALM LED lights if the loading of the standard system
data fails. In that case, retry the above procedure 3-4.
NOTE 1: All pre-set data is deleted when loading the standard system data.
NOTE 2: When a call is connected to a line at loading the standard system data, the call is disconnected
at the point of pressing the RESET switch.
NOTE 3: Pre-registered license data is maintained even if the standard system data is loaded.
NOTE 4: The station call is not available by just loading the standard system data. Besides, the system
data setting for stations is required.
NOTE 5: The standard system data is the data which shall be valid for the following data.
Station number 300 (for Digital Multiline Terminal) for Physical Port number 010101
Station number 301 (for IP Multiline Terminal) for Virtual Port number 0000 (for IP terminal)
In addition, ensure that the Unit numbers 01-04 operate together. The standard system data
is loaded for using CAT features.
1-18
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch1001.fm
APRIL/16/2010
The following data is automatically set when loading the standard system data.
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
REMARKS
CCC
02
CCC
05
0101
10
0B
001
00
192.168.1.1
01
42
140
002
00
01
003
00
01
004
00
01
3410
1-19
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch1001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
101
102
103
104
201
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
REMARKS
00
172.16.1.1
01
255.255.0.0
00
172.16.2.1
01
255.255.0.0
00
172.16.3.1
01
255.255.0.0
00
172.16.4.1
01
255.255.0.0
00
172.16.1.2
20
172.16.1.3
21
172.16.1.4
22
172.16.1.5
23
172.16.1.6
24
172.16.1.7
1-20
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch1001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
201
202
203
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
REMARKS
25
172.16.1.8
26
172.16.1.9
00
172.16.2.2
20
172.16.2.3
21
172.16.2.4
22
172.16.2.5
23
172.16.2.6
24
172.16.2.7
25
172.16.2.8
26
172.16.2.9
00
172.16.3.2
20
172.16.3.3
21
172.16.3.4
22
172.16.3.5
1-21
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch1001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
REMARKS
23
172.16.3.6
24
172.16.3.7
25
172.16.3.8
26
172.16.3.9
00
172.16.4.2
20
172.16.4.3
21
172.16.4.4
22
172.16.4.5
23
172.16.4.6
24
172.16.4.7
25
172.16.4.8
26
172.16.4.9
00
010101
F300
01
0000
F301
203
204
10
1-22
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch1001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
(3)
Do not change or delete the My Line number (set by CM10 Y=00) of the CAT, during CAT mode.
(4)
There are no limitations on the number of Multiline Terminals in the system that can be programmed
to allow CAT capability. However, the number of Multiline Terminals that can be placed into CAT
mode, at the same time, is two.
If no key operation is executed for about 10 minutes, the CAT mode is canceled.
(5)
When a Multiline terminal is displayed COMMAND= on CAT mode, CAT mode is finished by
pressing Exit key. In other cases, the behavior of pressing EXIT key is similar to the behavior of
pressing ST key.
(6)
(7)
CAT and Dynamic Dial Pad cannot be used at the same time.
CAT and Preset Dialing can be used at the same time.
1-23
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch1001.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CAT OPERATION
When setting the system data, it is necessary to enter the following three kinds of data.
Command Code
First Data
Second Data
The operation is explained below.
(1)
With the above entry completed, the present second data is displayed on the LCD.
If the second data is not assigned yet, either the default value or NONE is displayed.
(2)
Use of
button and
button
If S is pressed after setting the second data (after EXE has been pressed), the next first data
is displayed.
If is pressed after setting the second data (after EXE has been pressed), the last data is
displayed.
1-24
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch1001.fm
Example in the case that station number 300 is to be assigned to Physical Port No. 010101 and station
number 301 to Physical Port No. 010102 by CM10 Y=00.
CAT MODE
STEP 2 Press
COMMAND =
ST .
COMMAND = 1000
STEP 4 Press
1000 >
DE .
1000> 010101
STEP 6 Press
DE .
NOTE 1
STEP 8 Press
EXE .
OK
STEP 9 Press
DE .
NOTE 2
STEP 10 Press
S.
NOTE 1
STEP 12 Press
EXE .
OK
STEP 13 Press
DE .
NOTE 2
NOTE 1: When no data exists, NONE is displayed. And when data exists, that data is displayed.
NOTE 2: This DE operation is for confirming the data assignment. You can omit this step.
1-25
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch1001.fm
JULY/17/2009
(2)
1000>
1000>010102
1000>010102: NONE
1000>
1000>010101
1000>010101: NONE
If, in Step 11 in the above (1) example, when 302 has been entered instead of 301, press .
Then the cursor moves to the position of 2.
STEP1: In Step 11, enter 302 instead of 301 as intended.
1000>010102: NONE-302
STEP2: Press .
1000>010102: NONE-30
1000>010102: NONE-301
1-26
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch1001.fm
(3)
Example of deleting station number 300 assigned to Physical Port No. 010101 after completing all
the operation in the above (1) example.
STEP1: Press ST .
COMMAND=
COMMAND=10
STEP3: Press DE .
1000>
1000>010101
STEP5: Press DE .
1000>010101: 300
1000>010101: 300CCC
OK
STEP8: Press DE .
1000>010101: NONE
1-27
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch1001.fm
ERROR MESSAGES
When an operation is incorrect, or wrong data is entered, an error message is displayed on the LCD. Error
messages and their meanings are shown below.
Error Messages
ERROR MESSAGE
MEANING OF MESSAGE
ACTION
Depress ST or CE and enter the
correct data.
FD CODE NOT
First data which is not allowed in the Check whether the first data is availALLOWED/CODE
current status.
able or not.
NOT ALLOWED
NOTE
Continued on next page
1-28
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch1001.fm
Error Messages
ERROR MESSAGE
MEANING OF MESSAGE
ACTION
SD CODE NOT
Second data which is not allowed in
ALLOWED/CODE
the current status.
NOT ALLOWED
NOTE
ASSIGNED ALREADY This error message is displayed when Depress ST or CE and enter the
not enough digits are entered. For
correct data.
example, when assigning 12 for a
service access code, even if 123
has been already used for another
service access code.
HARDWARE ERROR
1-29
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch1001.fm
Error Messages
ERROR MESSAGE
MEANING OF MESSAGE
ACTION
WRONG
USE CMxxxx
WD ERROR
MEMORY FULL
NOTE:
Depends on the command entered, either one of two error messages is displayed.
1-30
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch1001.fm
UNIVERGE SV8300
Command Manual
PRECAUTION
Chapter
2-1
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch2001.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
Chapter 2 PRECAUTION
CONDITIONS FOR USING COMMANDS
Some commands require a system reset after data setting, and others cannot be assigned/changed
unless the system is in off-line mode (a state in which call processing is at a halt).
These commands are shown in the following table, categorized according to the conditions for their
use.
(2)
When deleting data in any command, enter CCC as the 2nd data. However, data in the following
commands cannot be deleted.
Commands where the default ( ) is provided but the default ( ) is NONE.
CM29, CM41, CM42, CM60 Y=30.
2-2
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch2001.fm
Chapter 2 PRECAUTION
CONDITIONS FOR USING COMMANDS
COMMANDS
CM05 Y=2
MEANINGS
Blade Type, Trunk Blade Number, Highway
Channel for ISDN Data Communication
Trunk Data
CM31 Y=0, 1, 3, B
CMA7 Y=01, 46
CMAD Y=50
NOTE 1: Before the CPU blade is reset, the system data backup must be executed by CMEC Y=6>0: 0.
NOTE 2: A system reset is required only for CCT/SIP trunk.
Continued on next page
2-3
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch2001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
Chapter 2 PRECAUTION
CONDITIONS FOR USING COMMANDS
COMMANDS
MEANINGS
Setting of System Services
Blade Type, Trunk Blade Number, Highway
Channel for ISDN Data Communication
Basic Services
Station Class-2
CM30 Y=00
Trunk Data
ISDN Functions
CMAE Y=00>03, 05
Y=10, 11, 15, 19, 42
CMEE
NOTE 1: When CM10 Y=00: DXXX is executed, a blade reset by CME0 Y=3 is required only for LDT/
ODT/DTI.
NOTE 2: Whether a blade reset is required in these commands depends on blade type.
See PRECAUTION (2) of CM35
Continued on next page
2-4
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch2001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
Chapter 2 PRECAUTION
CONDITIONS FOR USING COMMANDS
COMMANDS
CM00
CM01
CM0B Y=000
CM4A Y=90
CMEC Y=7
Maintenance by PCPro/CAT
MEANINGS
Before the CPU blade is placed into Off-Line mode, the system data backup must be executed
by CMEC Y=6>0: 0.
2-5
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch2001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
Chapter 2 PRECAUTION
METHOD OF SETTING ON-LINE/OFF-LINE MODE
2-6
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch2001.fm
APRIL/16/2010
Chapter 2 PRECAUTION
METHOD OF SETTING ON-LINE/OFF-LINE MODE
NOTE:
RS-232C CONNECTION
(RS1/RS2 port)
IP CONNECTION
(ETHERNET/VOIP port)
Maintenance port
Data speed: Auto Negotiation
IP address: Unit No. 01-50: 192.168.1.1
Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0
Default Gateway: None
PCPro connection port: 60000
VOIP port
Data speed: Auto Negotiation
IP address: None
Subnet Mask: None
Default Gateway: None
PCPro connection port: 60000
RS-233 CONNECTION
(RS1/RS2 port)
IP CONNECTION
(ETHERNET/VOIP port)
2-7
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch2001.fm
JULY/17/2009
Chapter 2 PRECAUTION
METHOD OF SYSTEM DATA/SRAM DATA ALL CLEAR
2-8
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch2001.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
Chapter 2 PRECAUTION
PASSWORD ENTRY
PASSWORD ENTRY
In a system with password service, a maintenance person is required to enter an authorization level number
(Password Level) and appropriate password prior to engaging in programming the system data with the
PCPro/CAT. A maximum of eight (8) Password Levels can be set up. The number of commands that the
maintenance person can access is determined by the Password Level.
Password and accessible commands for each Password Level is determined by system data.
The procedure for programming, with password, is shown below.
STEP1: Connect the PCPro to the system, and turn the power switch on.
For the CAT, change the mode to CAT.
STEP2: Enter the password (assigned by CME9>0-7) by CM03.
Operation:
ST + 03 + DE + Password Level No. + DE + Password + EXE
For the details of data assignment for password service, refer to CME7, CME9 on Chapter 3
Command Description.
2-9
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch2001.fm
JULY/17/2009
Chapter 2 PRECAUTION
PASSWORD ENTRY
Table below shows the example for the Password Level Table.
PASSWORD
LEVEL
A
B
C
D
E
F
Level 7
Level 4
Level 3
Level 2
Level 1
Level 0
NOTE:
ACCESIBLE COMMANDS
All commands
CM05, 08, 0B-13, 15, 30, 35, 36
CM08, 0B-13, 15, 30, 35
CM10, 11, 30, 35
CM10, 11
CM10
2-10
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch2001.fm
Chapter 2 PRECAUTION
NATION CODE ASSIGNMENT
2-11
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch2001.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
Chapter 2 PRECAUTION
SYSTEM DATA BACKUP
2-12
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch2001.fm
UNIVERGE SV8300
Command Manual
COMMAND DESCRIPTION
Chapter
This chapter explains the function, precaution, assignment procedure and data table of each command.
Explanations are given in numerical and alphabetical order of the
command code.
3-1
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
(2)
(3)
(4)
RESET
: Default which is automatically loaded into the memory, after system reset by setting
position A on SENSE switch of the CPU, followed by a reset.
: Commands which require a reset of the CPU blade after data setting.
: Commands which can be used only under Off-Line mode of the CPU blade.
To set Off-Line mode,
(1) Set SENSE switch on the CPU blade to E or F.
(2) Press RESET switch on the CPU blade.
BLADE RESET : Commands which require a reset of the blade by CME0 Y=3 after data setting.
OFF LINE
IPT (P2P CCIS) RESET : Commands which require a reset of the IPT (P2P CCIS) by CME0 Y=5>01 after data
setting.
You should confirm the meaning of default, and change or delete the data, if required.
3-2
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
CM00
OFF LINE
FUNCTION:
This command is used to confirm that system data memory (RAM) area billing memory area (SRAM)
can be written-in/read-out, and to assign the default to the RAM area or SRAM area.
PRECAUTION:
(1)
(2)
When this command is executed, OK is displayed with memory clear completed (about 10
seconds later).
(3)
(4)
(5)
1ST DATA
RELATED COMMAND
02
10
11
Fault Information
Billing Memory
CM04 Y=01>12,
CM08>896
CM04 Y=01>12
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
MEMORY AREA
ST + 00 + DE + DESIGNATION + DE + CCC + EXE
(1/2digit)
3-3
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM00
OFF LINE
DATA TABLE:
1ST DATA
DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
CCC
Clear
02
CCC
Clear
NOTE: Be careful handling CM00>02. Because all stored data in a SRAM area is cleared when the SRAM
area memory clear is executed by this command. Usually, this command is used only when initially
starting the system, or accommodating additional Units, or replacing the CPU blade, or SRAM
data is corrupted by such as power discontinuity of SV8300 (because of the battery backup for
SRAM is effective for approximately one week, the SRAM data is corrupted when SV8300 has been
powered off for more than one week).
10
CCC
Clear
NOTE: The charging data which are cleared by this command are as follows (there is no charge).
Call charge printout/display for individual station
Call charge printout/display for each tenant
Call charge printout/display for all tenants (for previous month)
Call charge printout/display for all tenants (for this month)
Call charge printout/display for all stations
Call charge printout for all tenants at the set date and time
Call charge printout for all stations at the set date and time
11
3-4
CCC
Clear
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM01
OFF LINE
FUNCTION:
This command is used to clear the data for specific features.
PRECAUTION:
This command can only be used in off-line mode.
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + 01 + DE +
CLEAR DESIGNATION
+ DE + CCC + EXE
(2/3 digits)
DATA TABLE:
CLEAR DESIGNATION
08
20
2A
76
770
85
8A
8B
3-5
REMARKS
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JULY/15/2011
CM02
ST + 02 + DE +
(2)
2ND DATA
1ST DATA
+ DE + (4-6 digits) + EXE
(0-2)
ST + 02 + DE +
1ST DATA
+ DE + 2ND DATA
(3)
3-6
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM02
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
YYYY
2000
MEANING
Calendar Year
YYYY: Year (2011-2099)
2000
MMDDWW Date
MM: Month (01-12)
DD : Day (01-31)
WW: Day of Week (00-06)
SUN : 00
THU: 04
MON: 01
FRI : 05
TUE : 02
SAT : 06
WED: 03
January/01 SAT
010106
NOTE: Readout data of this data is displayed as MM/DD WWW (for example, this data is set to default,
readout data is displayed as 01/01 SAT).
2
HHMMSS Time
HH : Hour (00-23)
MM: Minute (00-59)
SS : Second (00-59)
00:00:00
000000
NOTE: Readout data of this data is displayed as HH:MM:SS (for example, this data is set to default,
readout data is displayed as 00:00:00).
3
3-7
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM02
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
XXXXX
NONE
CCC
MEANING
Time Zone (See the table below)
No Time Zone
Time Zone data clear
2nd Data
A2345
A2330
A2315
A2300
A0100
A0045
A0030
A0015
NONE
+15 minutes
increments
B0015
B0030
B0045
B0100
B2300
B2315
B2330
B2345
CCC
-15 minutes
increments
NOTE: Influence of Daylight Saving time is not considered for this data setting.
3-8
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM03
(2)
(3)
(4)
The password mode is automatically logged out unless a command is entered within 10 minutes
after logging in.
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
To log in the password mode and enter the password
ST + 03 + DE +
PASSWORD
PASSWORD LEVEL
+ DE + (Maximum 8 digits) + EXE
(0-7)
3-9
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
CM04
3-10
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM04
MEANING
00 Setting of System
Services (a)
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
00
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
15
16
17
18
31
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
Japanese
English
French
(Canadian French)
Spanish
(Latin Spanish)
Portuguese
(Brazilian Portuguese)
German
Italian
[8300R2]
Netherlandish
French (Europe)
Spanish (Europe)
Portuguese (Europe)
Swedish
Danish
Catalan
Russian
Turkish [8300R6]
Simplified Chinese
[8300R7] [Asia]
Traditional Chinese
[8300R7] [Asia]
English
NOTE 1: When changing the data with online, the data is valid after the DLC blade is
unplugged and plugged in or pull out and reconnect the modular connector of
the Multiline Terminal.
NOTE 2: When this data is set to 15-18 for the terminal which cannot display Russian/
Turkish/Chinese characters on the LCD, the terminal displays English characters on the LCD (same as the second data 01).
Continued on next page
3-11
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM04
MEANING
00 Setting of System
Services (a)
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
02
00
01
02
03
NONE
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
CM10
Default setting is not
provided
Fixed pattern 2
Fixed pattern 3
Programmable pattern 1
(As per CM90 Y=10)
Fixed pattern 1
NOTE: When this data is set to 0, Fixed keys (Key No. 90-98) are set the same as
Fixed pattern 1-3 automatically.
Continued on next page
3-12
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM04
MEANING
00 Setting of System
Services (a)
1ST DATA
DATA
03
2ND DATA
MEANING
Kind of Tone for TDM
(System-basis)
DATA
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
NONE
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
CM67 Y=13
Japan
North America
Australia
A-law countries
Hong Kong
Malaysia
Singapore
UK
Mexico
Taiwan
New Zealand
Korea
China
Thailand
Brazil
Netherlands
Germany
Italy
Austria
Belgium
Spain
For EU
Sweden
UK
Denmark
Greece
Switzerland
South Africa
Russia
As per CM31 Y=0>0
Continued on next page
3-13
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM04
MEANING
00 Setting of System
Services (a)
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
05
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
31
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
CM08>138
ON
CM35
2 seconds ON-4 seconds
Y=033
OFF
1 second ON-2 seconds OFF
0.5 seconds ON-0.5 seconds
OFF
0.25 seconds ON-0.25
seconds OFF
0.5 seconds ON-0.5 seconds
OFF-0.5 seconds ON-1.5
seconds OFF
0.25 seconds ON-0.25
seconds OFF-0.25 seconds
ON-5.25 seconds OFF
0.375 seconds ON-0.25
seconds OFF-0.375 seconds
ON-2 seconds OFF
0.25 seconds ON-0.125
seconds OFF-0.25 seconds
ON-0.125 seconds OFF-0.25
seconds ON-2 seconds OFF
1 second ON-4 seconds OFF
0.25 seconds ON-0.25
seconds OFF-0.25 seconds
ON-4.25 seconds OFF
1 second ON-3 seconds OFF
0.25 seconds ON-0.25
seconds OFF-0.25 seconds
ON-2.25 seconds OFF
1 second ON-2 seconds OFF
Continued on next page
3-14
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM04
MEANING
00 Setting of System
Services (a)
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
06
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
31
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
CM08>138
ON
CM35
2 seconds ON-4 seconds
Y=033
OFF
1 second ON-2 seconds OFF
0.5 seconds ON-0.5 seconds
OFF
0.25 seconds ON-0.25
seconds OFF
0.5 seconds ON-0.5 seconds
OFF-0.5 seconds ON-1.5
seconds OFF
0.25 seconds ON-0.25
seconds OFF-0.25 seconds
ON-5.25 seconds OFF
0.375 seconds ON-0.25
seconds OFF-0.375 seconds
ON-2 seconds OFF
0.25 seconds ON-0.125
seconds OFF-0.25 seconds
ON-0.125 seconds OFF-0.25
seconds ON-2 seconds OFF
1 second ON-4 seconds OFF
0.25 seconds ON-0.25
seconds OFF-0.25 seconds
ON-4.25 seconds OFF
1 second ON-3 seconds OFF
0.25 seconds ON-0.25
seconds OFF-0.25 seconds
ON-2.25 seconds OFF
2 seconds ON-4 seconds
OFF
Continued on next page
3-15
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM04
MEANING
00 Setting of System
Services (a)
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
07
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
31
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
CM08>179
ON
CM35
2 seconds ON-4 seconds
Y=033
OFF
1 second ON-2 seconds OFF
0.5 seconds ON-0.5 seconds
OFF
0.25 seconds ON-0.25
seconds OFF
0.5 seconds ON-0.5 seconds
OFF-0.5 seconds ON-1.5
seconds OFF
0.25 seconds ON-0.25
seconds OFF-0.25 seconds
ON-5.25 seconds OFF
0.375 seconds ON-0.25
seconds OFF-0.375 seconds
ON-2 seconds OFF
0.25 seconds ON-0.125
seconds OFF-0.25 seconds
ON-0.125 seconds OFF-0.25
seconds ON-2 seconds OFF
1 second ON-4 seconds OFF
0.25 seconds ON-0.25
seconds OFF-0.25 seconds
ON-4.25 seconds OFF
1 second ON-3 seconds OFF
0.25 seconds ON-0.25
seconds OFF-0.25 seconds
ON-2.25 seconds OFF
0.375 seconds ON-0.25
seconds OFF-0.375 seconds
ON-2 seconds OFF
Continued on next page
3-16
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM04
MEANING
00 Setting of System
Services (a)
1ST DATA
DATA
09
2ND DATA
MEANING
Ringing signal for
FAX
[8300R7]
DATA
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
31
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
CM04
ON
Y=00>05
2 seconds ON-4 seconds
OFF
1 second ON-2 seconds OFF
0.5 seconds ON-0.5 seconds
OFF
0.25 seconds ON-0.25
seconds OFF
0.5 seconds ON-0.5 seconds
OFF-0.5 seconds ON-1.5
seconds OFF
0.25 seconds ON-0.25
seconds OFF-0.25 seconds
ON-5.25 seconds OFF
0.375 seconds ON-0.25
seconds OFF-0.375 seconds
ON-2 seconds OFF
0.25 seconds ON-0.125
seconds OFF-0.25 seconds
ON-0.125 seconds OFF-0.25
seconds ON-2 seconds OFF
1 second ON-4 seconds OFF
0.25 seconds ON-0.25
seconds OFF-0.25 seconds
ON-4.25 seconds OFF
1 second ON-3 seconds OFF
0.25 seconds ON-0.25
seconds OFF-0.25 seconds
ON-2.25 seconds OFF
As per CM04 Y=00>05
Continued on next page
3-17
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM04
MEANING
01 Setting of System
Services (b)
1ST DATA
DATA
01
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
0
1
7
RS1 on CPU
RS2 on CPU
No data
MCI
[8300R2 or later]
0
7
Available
Not available
02
Purpose of Caller ID
sender
[North America/EU]
0
7
Caller ID-Station
No data
CM08>507
CM10/
CM50
Y=00>8
03
2
7
Available
Not available
CM04
Y=01>06
0
1
7
06
0
1
3
07
08
00
15
00
15
3-18
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM04
MEANING
01 Setting of System
Services (b)
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
10
NOTE: Set this data to 0 for PMS and Hotel/Motel Front Desk Instrument/DSS console synchronization when using 8300R5 software or later.
11
Partition of Conference
(built-in CPU)
[8300R2]
0
2
3
12
0
1
3
CM08>896
NOTE 1: After change this data, execute the SRAM memory clear by CM00>02 or
CM00>11. When VRS built-in CPU is used and this data is changed 3 to 1,
SRAM memory clear is not required.
NOTE 2: Execute the SRAM area all clear by CM00>02 (SRAM area all clear) before
change this data, when call charge printout is executed.
NOTE 3: When this data is set to default data, all the SMDR billing data is cleared by
System Reset.
NOTE 4: When this data is set to 0 (SRAM [Maximum 27000 calls]), SRAM cannot
be used for Voice Response System (VRS).
14
0
3
RS-232C
TCP/IP
Continued on next page
3-19
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM04
MEANING
DATA
17
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
01
Maximum number of DSP
resource used by Mobility
32
Access
NONE
[8300R6]
01 Setting of System
Services (b)
1ST DATA
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
Maximum number of
DSP resource
24
NOTE 1: Assign the maximum number of DSP resource for Mobility Access sufficiently.
DSP resource is shared with originating/terminating/Call Forwarding-All
calls in Mobility Access and originating/terminating incoming and outgoing
calls.
NOTE 2: When DSP resource is occupied, Mobility Access and originating/ terminating
incoming and outgoing calls are restricted.
NOTE 3: When SIP trunk (PZ-64IPLC-A/ PZ-128IPLC-A) is used, DSP resource for
Mobility Access is not used for a detection of Disabling service activation dial/
Hooking dial.
Language indicated number
01
02
06
08
CCC
NONE
01
02
06
08
CCC
NONE
Japanese
English
Chinese
Korean
Clear
See NOTE
CM04 Y=02
NOTE: If 2nd data is NONE, combination of language indicated number and Multiline Terminal information
Printout/Display language Printout is set as follows.
Language indicated number
Language Information
1
JPN
2
ENG
6
CHI
8
KOR
Continued on next page
3-20
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM04
MEANING
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
00
04 32-Party conference
with password protection
[8300R5]
1ST DATA
15
NONE
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
With password protection
Without password protection
CM13 Y=73
NOTE: The conference group assigned this data to 0 cannot be used for Group Call Conference/Meet-Me Conference without password protection.
0
Hooking dial
XX
NONE
Activation dial
X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
No data
NOTE: When the disabling service activation (1st data=0) is dialed, it is not possible to make the service activation
effective during the call.
00
0
1
2
3
A-law
-law
Not used
Depends on the CPU
NOTE: Set the same value as Remote Unit (CM04 Y=14-59). You cannot set both of Alaw and -law in the same Remote UNIT over IP.
00
0
1
2
3
A-law
-law
Not used
Depends on the CPU
NOTE: Set the same value as Main Unit (CM04 Y=10-13). You cannot set both of A-law
and -law in the same Remote UNIT over IP.
Continued on next page
3-21
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM04
MEANING
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
DATA
01
01
59
MEANING
Slot No.
MEANING
DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
18
NONE
No data
BLADE RESET
NOTE 1: Assign this data when the system is a slave office and receives the clock synchronization signal from the master office.
This data assignment is not required when the office is the master office.
NOTE 2: When using the ISDN network, a system must be synchronized to ISDN clocks
for preventing from noise during calling, data transmitting error, and so on.
NOTE 3: This data must be set when using the ISDN network.
02
01
Slot No.
18
NONE
No data
BLADE RESET
NOTE 1: Assign this data when the system is a slave office and receives the clock synchronization signal from the master office.
This data assignment is not required when the office is the master office.
NOTE 2: When using the ISDN network, a system must be synchronized to ISDN clocks
for preventing from noise during calling, data transmitting error, and so on.
05
00
Maximum number of
channels for Speech syn08
thesis and Voice Response
NONE
System
[8300R7]
3-22
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM04
MEANING
60 Destination of SMDR
terminal (RS Port 1/2) to
send a call information
(SRAM)
[8300R3]
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
00
01
02
0
1
CCC
03
04
05
06
99
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
Available
Not available
Clear
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
99
0
1
CCC
Available
Not available
Clear
3-23
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM04
MEANING
62 Destination of PMS to
send a call information
(SRAM)
[8300R3]
1ST DATA
DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
01
99
DATA
0
1
CCC
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
Available
Not available
Clear
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
99
0
1
CCC
Available
Not available
Clear
3-24
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM04
MEANING
1ST DATA
DATA
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
10
11
12
16
17
18
19
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
XX..XX Character
System Name
(Maximum 64 digits:
Customer Info. (Company
32 characters)
Name)
No data
NONE
Customer Info. (Dept.
Name 1)
Customer Info. (Dept.
Name 2)
Dealer Info. (Company
Name)
Dealer Info. (Address 1)
Dealer Info. (Address 2)
Dealer Info. (TEL)
Dealer Info. (FAX)
Service Start Date
Schedule date of replacing UPS battery
Schedule date of replacing fan
Maintenance item 1
Maintenance item 2
Maintenance item 3
Maintenance item 4
3-25
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM04
CM
Y No.
1ST DATA
90
00
Key No. 00
NONE
90
00
Key No. 01
My Line number
90
00
NONE
No data
90
00
Key No. 90
F1015
Recall
90
00
Key No. 91
F1011
Feature
90
00
Key No. 92
F1012
Conf
90
00
Key No. 93
F1000
Redial
90
00
Key No. 94
F1016
Speaker
90
00
Key No. 95
F4001
Answer
90
00
Key No. 96
F1004
Transfer
90
00
Key No. 97
F1010
Hold
90
00
Key No. 98
F5015
Directory
90
00
Key No. 99
F0A46
Message
90
01
90
02
No Delayed Ringing
90
03
90
04
93
My Line number
My Line number
12
22
My Line number
12
23
My Line number
Pattern number 3
3-26
REMARKS
No data
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM04
CM
Y No.
1ST DATA
12
24
My Line number
B Mode
90
00
Key No. 00
NONE
No data
90
00
Key No. 01
My Line number
90
00
NONE
No data
90
00
Key No. 90
F1015
Recall
90
00
Key No. 91
F1011
Feature
90
00
Key No. 92
F1012
Conf
90
00
Key No. 93
F1000
Redial
90
00
Key No. 94
F1016
Speaker
90
00
Key No. 95
F4001
Answer
90
00
Key No. 96
F1004
Transfer
90
00
Key No. 97
F1010
Hold
90
00
Key No. 98
F5015
Directory
90
00
Key No. 99
F0A46
Message
90
01
90
02
No Delayed Ringing
90
03
90
04
93
My Line number
My Line number
12
22
My Line number
12
23
My Line number
Pattern number 3
12
24
My Line number
A Mode
3-27
REMARKS
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM04
CM
Y No.
1ST DATA
90
00
NONE
90
00
Key No. 16
My Line number
90
00
NONE
No data
90
00
Key No. 90
F1015
Recall
90
00
Key No. 91
F1011
Feature
90
00
Key No. 92
F1012
Conf
90
00
Key No. 93
F1000
Redial
90
00
Key No. 94
F1016
Speaker
90
00
Key No. 95
F4001
Answer
90
00
Key No. 96
F1004
Transfer
90
00
Key No. 97
F1010
Hold
90
00
Key No. 98
F5015
Directory
90
00
Key No. 99
F0A46
Message
90
01
90
02
No Delayed Ringing
90
03
90
04
93
My Line number
My Line number
12
22
My Line number
12
23
My Line number
Pattern number 3
12
24
My Line number
A Mode
3-28
REMARKS
No data
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM04
CM
Y No.
90
00
NOTE
90
00
NOTE
90
01
90
02
No Delayed Ringing
90
03
90
04
93
My Line number
My Line number
12
22
My Line number
12
23
My Line number
Pattern number 3
12
24
My Line number
B Mode
NOTE:
1ST DATA
REMARKS
For the key set to F5099 by CM90 Y=10, My Line number is assigned.
3-29
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM05
UNIT NUMBER
+
DATA
LINE/TRUNK CHASSIS NUMBER + DE + (2-3 digits)
(4 digits)
+ EXE
DATA TABLE:
Y
No.
0
MEANING
Blade Type
BLADE RESET
1ST DATA
DATA
XX ZZ
2ND DATA
MEANING
XX : Unit No. (01-50)
ZZ : Slot No. (01-18)
See About Unit
number, Slot number
and Circuit number
RELATED
COMMAND
DATA
MEANING
10
20
21
30
31
OD Trunk Blade
(CD-4ODTA)
Continued on next page
3-30
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM05
Y
No.
0
MEANING
Blade Type
BLADE RESET
NOTE:
1ST DATA
DATA
XX ZZ
2ND DATA
MEANING
XX : Unit No. (01-50)
ZZ : Slot No. (01-18)
See About Unit
number, Slot number
and Circuit number
DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
32
33
LD Trunk Blade
(CD-4DIOPA)
40
41
42
CCIS
(1.5 Mbps/2 Mbps)
Trunk Blade
(CD-CCTA)
43
45
QSIG
(CD-PRTA)
47
E1 (2 Mbps)
Digital Trunk Interface
blade
(CD-PRTA)
[8300R3]
NOTE
When a PRT blade is used as a DTI blade for the first time, the PRI firmware program needs
to be changed to the DTI firmware program by executing the blade firmware program update.
For details, refer to the PC Programming Manual.
Continued on next page
3-31
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM05
1ST DATA
MEANING
Blade Type
DATA
XX ZZ
BLADE RESET
2ND DATA
MEANING
XX : Unit No. (01-50)
ZZ : Slot No. (01-18)
See About Unit
number, Slot number
and Circuit number
DATA
ZT Interface Blade
(CD-4CSIB/
CD-4CSIB-A)
60
70
71
Conference Blade
(CD-PVAA)
[8300R2]
000
RESET
01
Number of Highway
channel for ISDN Data
Communication
[8300R3]
127
NONE
16
NONE
No data
Trunk Blade number 000 CMAA
BLADE RESET
MEANING
50
NONE
RELATED
COMMAND
NOTE 1: Setting the Number of Highway channel to 16 is recommended when Highway channel of Line/Trunk
chassis remains.
NOTE 2: When the second data is NONE (no data), BRT/PRT blade for ISDN data communication must be accommodated to the base slot (Slot No. 01/07/13) of each Line/Trunk chassis. In this case, the available
Highway channels for data communication are the only first 16 channels. Be sure to set this data when
performing data communication with PRT blade.
3-32
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM08
BASIC SERVICE
+ DE + DATA (0/1) + EXE
FEATURE
(1 digit)
(3/4 digits)
DATA TABLE:
BASIC SERVICE: 011-096
: Default
BASIC SERVICE
SETTING DATA
011
Operator Monitoring
[Australia Only]
[8300R2]
0
1
Not available
Available
012
0
1
Not available
Available
014
0
1
Available
Not available
018
0
1
Not available
Available
See CM51 Y=13
026
Group Diversion
Available
028
0
1
To allow
Not allowed
029
0
1
To disconnect
To continue
Continued on next page
3-33
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM08
SETTING DATA
032
0
1
034
0
1
BT
ROT
035
0
1
Not provided
Provided
036
0
1
Not available
Available
037
0
1
040
0
1
Available
Not available
043
System Speed Dialing Security. Stored number display on Multiline Terminal for an outgoing call by System Speed Dialing.
0
1
Not displayed
To display
044
0
1
Not provided
Provided
045
0
1
Only once
Every 4 seconds
046
0
1
Not sent
To send
048
0
1
Not available
Available
Continued on next page
3-34
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM08
SETTING DATA
050
0
1
Effective
Ineffective
051
0
1
Effective
Ineffective
055
1
056
0
1
057
062
0
1
Not available
Available
063
0
1
Available
Not available
067
0
1
Available
Not available
068
0
1
069
When a station user has dialed any one digit while hearing busy
tone
0
1
076
0
1
To send
Not sent
077
0
1
To provide
Not provided
078
0
1
3-35
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM08
SETTING DATA
085
0
1
088
0
1
090
094
0
1
To send
Not sent
095
0
1
To send
Not sent
096
0
1
To send
Not sent
Continued on next page
3-36
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM08
SETTING DATA
0
1
102
When the station (STA-A), after holding the other station (STAC), has made a switch hook flash while talking with another station (STA-B)
(Related command: CM35 Y=148)
NOTE: This data is applied to single line telephone station.
0
1
As per CM08>101
STA-B is held, and STA-A returns to
the connection with STA-C
(Brokers Call)
103
When the station (STA-A), after holding a C.O. call, has made a
switch hook flash while talking with another station (STA-B)
(Related command: CM35 Y=148)
NOTE: This data is applied to single line telephone station.
0
1
As per CM08>104
STA-B is held, and STA-A returns to
the connection with C.O. line (Brokers Call)
104
When CM08>103: 0
(Related command: CM35 Y=148)
0
1
109
0
1
To send
Not sent
110
1000-Slot Memory Block number 03 for Station Speed Dialing is used as the Memory Block for System Speed Dialing
Available
Not available
Available
Not available
Available
Not available
111
112
1000-Slot Memory Block number 01 for Station Speed Dialing is used as the Memory Block for System Speed Dialing
1000-Slot Memory Block number 00 for Station Speed Dialing is used as the Memory Block for System Speed Dialing
113
0
1
Restricted
Allowed
114
3-37
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM08
SETTING DATA
115
0
1
Restricted
Allowed
116
0
1
To provide
Not provided
See CM90 Y=00: F40XX
117
While the station (STA-A) is talking with another station (STAB) after consultation hold with a C.O. call, when STA-B has
hung up
0
1
119
Toll Diversion
When the station dials restricted area code after C.O. trunk
access code
0
1
120
0
1
10 seconds later
6 seconds later
121
0
1
123
When a station has originated a call to C.O. line via the trunk
route assigned to 1 by CM35 Y=004, and answer signal has not
been detected within the preprogrammed time after dialing, a
pseudo-answer signal is generated
See CM41 Y=0>03
0
1
To send
Not sent
[Australia Only]
0
1
Not sent
To send
[Other than Australia]
124
0
1
Available
Not available (Single connection)
125
Unsupervised transfer
After holding an incoming C.O. call, an attendant dials a station. After connection with the attendant, if the called station
goes on-hook, the attendant returns to the held call.
[8300R2]
0
1
3-38
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM08
SETTING DATA
130
0
1
Not available
Available
133
0
1
Not available
Available
135
0
1
To send
Not sent
136
0
1
To send
Not sent
137
3-39
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM08
SETTING DATA
0
1
External Ringing
Internal Ringing
0
1
External Ringing
Internal Ringing
0
1
Internal Ringing
External Ringing
0
1
0
1
0
1
140
0
1
Available
Not available (My Line Only)
141
0
1
Start automatically
Not available
142
0
1
To allow
Not allowed
143
0
1
Restricted
Allowed
(Recall transferring station)
144
0
1
Green
Red
145
0
1
Available
Not available
3-40
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM08
SETTING DATA
146
0
1
Available
Not available
(Recall transferring station)
147
When a station transfers a C.O. call to a busy station, and performs a switch hook flash
148
0
1
149
0
1
Available
Not available
150
0
1
To cancel
Not canceled
151
0
1
Not available
Available
153
0
1
Not sent
To send
155
0
1
3-41
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM08
SETTING DATA
0
1
Available
Not available
The table below shows the available features and its access codes for Single Digit Feature Access Code, while
the calling station hears RBT.
Access
Code
Attendant
Console
Available
DP
Telephone
Multiline
Terminal
Available
Available
DTMF Telephone
Voice Call
Available
Available
Available after Hooking
NOTE 1
NOTE 1
NOTE 2
Message Reminder/
Message Waiting Set
Available
Available
Available
Message Waiting
Record
Available
Available
Available
NOTE 1: While the Multiline Terminal or DP telephone is holding the other call, this feature is not available.
NOTE 2: While the DTMF telephone is holding the other call, this feature is not available.
157
0
1
Available
Not available
0
1
Not available
Available
161
Transfer a trunk line placed in Consultation Hold by TrunkDirect Appearances (Hold Transfer)
0
1
162
0
1
Not available
Available
Continued on next page
3-42
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM08
SETTING DATA
163
0
1
Not available
Available
165
0
1
Replay at an interval
See CM41 Y=0>47
Replay only once
168
0
1
171
0
1
172
0
1
Not available
Available
176
1000-Slot Memory Block number 02 for Station Speed Dialing is used as the Memory Block for System Speed Dialing
Available
Not available
Available
177
179
Last Number Call (Last Number Redial for Single Line Telephone)
0
1
0
1
3-43
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM08
SETTING DATA
1
Ringing cadence on Automated Attendant call, DID call and
DISA call
[North America Only]
181
0
1
Not available
Available
185
0
1
Not available
Available
187
0
1
Recall is higher
Call Forward is higher
193
0
1
To provide
Not provided
194
0
1
To provide
Not provided
199
0
1
Not required
Required
NOTE: When pressing the Line/Trunk key while terminated a call, Caller ID can be confirmed on the LCD without answering the call.
Continued on next page
3-44
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM08
SETTING DATA
200
0
1
Available
Not available
201
0
1
Available
Not available
204
0
1
Available
Not available
205
0
1
Available
Not available
See CM58
206
0
1
Not available
Available
207
0
1
Available
Not available
3-45
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
SETTING DATA
0
1
Available
Not available
To activate Single Digit Feature Access Code, set CM08>050, 051, 069, 148 and 543 to 1.
050
Ineffective
051
Ineffective
069
When a station user has dialed any one digit while hearing busy tone
Step Call
148
When a station user, upon encountering the called station busy, has dialed
the same last digit again hearing busy tone
Ineffective
543
Allowed
The table below shows the available features and its access codes for Single Digit Feature Access Code, while
the calling station hears busy tone.
Calling Station Kind
Access
Code
Service
Attendant
Console
Multiline
Terminal
DP
DTMF
Telephone Telephone
Not
available
Available
Available
Available
NOTE 1
NOTE 1
NOTE 2
Not
available
Available
Available
Available
NOTE 1
NOTE 1
NOTE 2
Station Camp-On
(Camp-ON)
Not
available
Available
Available
Available
NOTE 2
Call Waiting
Not
available
Available
Available
Available
NOTE 2
Available
Available
Available
Available
NOTE 2
Step Call
(7 + Last one digit)
Available
Available
Available
Available
NOTE 2
Available
Available
Available
Available
NOTE 2
NOTE 1: While the Multiline Terminal or DP telephone is holding the other call, this feature is not available.
NOTE 2: While the DTMF telephone is holding the other call, this feature is not available.
Continued on next page
3-46
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM08
SETTING DATA
212
0
1
213
0
1
214
215
216
1
217
0
1
NOTE: When not setting OAI, the default setting of this data (2nd data=1) means By PBX.
220
0
1
Only Once
Every 4 seconds
221
0
1
3-47
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM08
SETTING DATA
227
0
1
228
0
1
229
0
1
Available
Not available
232
0
1
233
0
1
Available
Not available
234
Deletion of Call History-No Answer/Message Waiting irrespective of the station answering when calling back to Call HistoryNo Answer/Message Waiting
0
1
To delete
Not deleted
(To delete only when answering)
235
Deletion of all stored Call History-No Answer/Message Waiting of calling station when answering the call
0
1
To delete
Not deleted
236
Special Dial Tone sending for Attendant Console or station dialing a Message Waiting access Set/Cancel code
0
1
No tone
Tone is sent
237
0
1
238
0
1
No ring
Ring on
3-48
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM08
SETTING DATA
239
0
1
240
0
1
Station Hunting
Do Not Disturb (ROT connection)
0
1
NOTE: Regardless of this data, Do Not Disturb is available for Direct-In Termination when a Pilot station of
Station Hunting group is set Do Not Disturb.
241
NOTE: To set Mobility Access Mode, the second data should be set to 0.
244
0
1
Available
Not available
245
0
1
Available
Not available
246
When the station (STA-A) presses the Transfer key, after holding conference and makes an inquiry call with another station
(STA-B)
0
1
250
1
251
0
1
3-49
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM08
SETTING DATA
253
Ring transfer for Call Transfer-All Calls to a trunk when a station holds another station/trunk
0
1
Available
Not available
254
0
1
258
0
1
259
0
1
Not sent
To send (only once)
262
0
1
Available
Not available
265
0
1
To provide
Not provided
266
0
1
Restricted
Allowed
267
0
1
Available
Not available
3-50
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM08
SETTING DATA
268
0
1
Restricted
Allowed
269
Busy indication on BLF of large type DESKCON, DSS Console or Multiline Terminal by station base or extension base
NOTE 1
0
1
Station base
Extension base
270
0
1
274
0
1
Available
Not available
281
0
1
Available
Not available
289
Room Cutoff
0
1
Not Allowed
To allow
294
0
1
NOTE 2
3-51
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM08
SETTING DATA
301
0
1
311
0
1
6 seconds
Until next call
0
1
Not available
Available
313
0
1
Not income
To income
319
0
1
Not available
Available
322
1
Direct-In Termination-Outside
(In the case of no release signal on incoming trunk and both
answer and release signals on outgoing trunk)
[8300R2]
331
0
1
To provide
Not provided
333
0
1
To send
Not sent
334
0
1
Available (Ringing)
Not available (ROT connection)
335
324
RESET
3-52
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM08
SETTING DATA
352
0
1
Disconnect call
Continue call
353
0
1
Not provided
To provide
357
0
1
Available
Not available
359
When a call is transferred by Automated Attendant to predetermined station and time out occurs, the call is continued or
dropped
See CM30 Y=30, 31, 32, 33 CM41 Y=0>39
0
1
Disconnect call
Continue call
361
0
1
Allowed
Restricted
362
0
1
No tone
Service Set Tone
363
Not allowed
(Allowed after receiving the message
or music)
Allowed
365
0
1
To send
Not sent
367
Camp-On (Call Waiting) Tone sent to busy station by Call Waiting-Station/-Terminating (Camp-On Call Waiting method)
NOTE: In Italy, Belgium, Denmark, Switzerland and Spain, you
have to set setting data to 0.
0
1
Every 4 seconds
Only once
368
0
1
369
0
1
370
0
1
Restricted
Allowed
Continued on next page
3-53
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM08
SETTING DATA
371
0
1
372
0
1
Available
Not available
376
0
1
To provide
Not provided
377
0
1
378
0
1
379
0
1
24 digits
15 digits
When a call is terminated via CCIS/SIP, whether Caller ID Display/Name Display (Attendant Called/Calling Name Display) is
provided for the called station.
0
1
To provide
Not provided
380
0
1
As per CM08>381
As per CM35 Y=033
381
0
1
No Ringer
Ringing Tone (0.5 seconds) is sent
once
382
0
1
386
0
1
Restricted
Allowed
388
0
1
3-54
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM08
391
SETTING DATA
0
1
Special
Standard
RESET
392
0
1
394
0
1
0
1
396
3-55
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM08
SETTING DATA
Multiline Terminal ringing signal patterns for an internal/external call and special ringing
[Other than North America/Australia]
UNIT: seconds
PATTERN
CM08>392
CM08>396
CM08>397
Internal Ringing
1ON
2OFF
1ON
2OFF
2ON
4OFF
2ON
4OFF
0.375ON
0.25OFF
0.375ON
2OFF
0.375ON
0.25OFF
0.375ON
2OFF
1ON
4OFF
0.25ON
0.25OFF
0.25ON
4.25OFF
External Ringing
0.375ON
0.25OFF
0.375ON
2OFF
2ON
4OFF
0.375ON
0.25OFF
0.375ON
2OFF
2ON
4OFF
2ON
4OFF
2ON
4OFF
0.25ON
0.25OFF
0.25ON
4.25OFF
1ON
4OFF
Special Ringing
0.25ON
0.125OFF
0.25ON
0.125OFF
0.25ON
2OFF
0.5ON
0.5OFF
0.5ON
1.5OFF
0.25ON
0.125OFF
0.25ON
0.125OFF
0.25ON
2OFF
0.5ON
0.5OFF
0.5ON
1.5OFF
0.25ON
0.125OFF
0.25ON
0.125OFF
0.25ON
2OFF
0.25ON
0.125OFF
0.25ON
0.125OFF
0.25ON
2OFF
0.25ON
0.125OFF
0.25ON
0.125OFF
0.25ON
2OFF
0.25ON
0.125OFF
0.25ON
0.125OFF
0.25ON
2OFF
NOTE 1:
NOTE 2:
NOTE 3:
NOTE 4:
The above ringer patterns (5-8) are effective only when CM31 Y=0>0: 04, 15.
PATTERN 5 is standard setting for Brazil.
PATTERN 6 is standard setting for France.
PATTERN 7 and 8 are standard setting for EU.
Continued on next page
3-56
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM08
SETTING DATA
0
1
To provide
Not provided
0
1
With PAD
Without PAD
3-57
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
CM08
SETTING DATA
400
0
1
To send
Not sent
401
0
1
Station call
Terminating system assigned by
CM30 Y=02/03/40/41
402
0
1
Flashing display
Fixed display
403
0
1
Not available
Available
404
Advice of Charge
[Australia/France/Germany/Netherlands/Italy/Greece/
Luxembourg/Portugal/Spain/Sweden]
0
1
Not available
Available
405
0
1
Available
Not available
407
0
1
Available (BT)
Not available (RBT)
420
0
1
16 kHz
50 Hz/12 kHz
RESET
422
Multiline Terminal speaker volume control (6dB gain) in onhook speaker mode
[Australia Only]
0
1
Available
Not available
424
3-58
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM08
SETTING DATA
0
1
Shown below are stations to which call is to be charged in the case of various transfer patterns.
STA: station
DESKCON: Desk Console
Transfer Pattern
CM08>424=1
CM08>424=0
CM08>425=1
CM08>424=0
CM08>425=0
From
To
STA A
STA B
STA B
STA A
STA
DESKCON
STA
STA
STA
DESKCON
STA
STA
STA
STA
DESKCON A
DESKCON B
DESKCON B
DESKCON A
426
0
1
To provide
Not provided
427
0
1
To send
Not sent
428
0
1
To provide
Not provided
429
0
1
Available
Not available
430
0
1
431
3-59
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM08
SETTING DATA
432
0
1
Not available
Available
434
0
1
441
0
1
Available
Not available
442
0
1
Available
Not available
443
0
1
444
0
1
Available
Not available
445
0
1
Available
Not available
448
0
1
449
450
0
1
Not stored
To store
460
Send OAI SMFN STS (status) for Call Transfer from station
0
1
SMFN STS=7
SMFN STS=0
461
0
1
To send
Not sent
462
0
1
To send
Not sent
3-60
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM08
SETTING DATA
463
0
1
To send
Not sent
464
OAI TSAPI
SCF facility
0
1
465
0
1
467
0
1
NOTE: Set the second data to 0 when measuring traffic data continuously per hour/day.
470
Send Backward GB signal when terminating to Attendant Console on DID MFC call
[8300R3.5]
0
1
471
Send Backward GB signal when terminating by tandem connection or converting received digits on DID MFC call
[8300R3.5]
0
1
472
0
1
Available
Not available
473
0
1
474
0
1
To send
Not sent
475
0
1
477
Select the Backward signal for ANI signal on DOD MFC call
[8300R5]
Backward GC
[Mexico Only]
Backward GA
1
NOTE: Both CM08>477 and 487 should be set the same data.
3-61
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2011
CM08
SETTING DATA
Select the Backward signal for ANI signal on DID MFC call
[8300R5]
0
1
Backward GC
[Mexico Only]
Backward GA
0
1
NOTE: Both CM08>477 and 487 should be set the same data.
489
3-62
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2011
CM08
SETTING DATA
Name display on the called station when calling from Sub Line
0
1
0
1
Name of My Line
Name of Sub Line
NOTE: In other than North America, this command is effective when using 8300R4 software or later.
503
Send RBT when the called PS is out of cell (zone) or the power
is off/the called Standard SIP station is in off hook state, the
power is off, or the cable is pulled out
0
1
Not sent
To send
NOTE: Effective only for station-to-station call or originating office on WCS roaming.
504
0
1
Available
Not available
507
0
1
Not sent
To send
0
1
To provide
Not provided
509
0
1
Call Forwarding-Override
As per CM08>268
510
0
1
Available
Not available
513
0
1
514
Whether the system encodes the station number when IP Stations login to the network
0
1
515
0
1
Not encoded
To encode (As per CM08>517)
Continued on next page
3-63
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM08
SETTING DATA
516
0
1
To override
Not overridden
517
0
1
MD5
NEC Original method
519
Whether the system sends SPDT when entering the name/number for Dial by Name
0
1
Not sent
To send
521
0
1
To provide
Not provided
522
Provide the Privacy Release feature which does not use My line
of the third party
0
1
To provide
Not provided
524
Send calling party name to the analog telephone for Caller IDStation when an internal call is terminated
NOTE: This data is effective only when the 2nd data of CM12
Y=20 is set to 1.
[North America Only]
To send
(Calling Party Name is sent)
Not sent
(Calling Party Number is sent)
525
0
1
To send
Not sent
527
0
1
To provide
Not provided
534
System operation after the C.O./Tie line (via TRK-B) is completed when a station that has a C.O./Tie line call (via TRK-A)
on consultation hold is talking with another C.O./Tie line call
(via TRK-B)
0
1
Duration of displaying the destination information (called number/name) indicated on the Multiline Terminal/DESKCON
when the outgoing call is answered by the destination (except
CCIS)
NOTE: Set this data by CM08>580 when making a call via
CCIS.
0
1
538
3-64
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM08
SETTING DATA
542
0
1
Semi-Automatic Camp-On
Automatic Camp-On
543
0
1
Restricted
Allow
548
Selection of the Guest information displayed on an administrative station (Multiline Terminal/Attendant Console) for 8 characters display in left-side on upper line of LCD
0
1
549
Whether the PMS information for 8 characters display in leftside on upper line of LCD is to be displayed on Attendant Console or not
[8300R2]
0
1
553
0
1
DT
SPDT
554
Displaying the calling information on PS when a call is terminated from an individual signal line trunk
[8300R2]
0
1
0
1
To provide
Not provided
555
556
557
558
3-65
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM08
SETTING DATA
560
0
1
Keep monitoring
Stop monitoring
563
Information to display on the middle line of the Multiline Terminal/DESKCON LCD when forwarding a trunk call to the
Multiline Terminal/DESKCON by Call Forwarding-All Calls/
No Answer/Busy Line/Not Available
0
1
564
0
1
567
Automatic Idle Return in case the PBR time out occurs after the
Redial/Speaker key is pressed with the Multiline Terminal in
on-hook condition
0
1
Not available
Available
0
1
576
0
1
To provide
Not provided
577
0
1
To provide
Not provided
578
0
1
579
0
1
To send
Not sent
580
0
1
6 seconds
Until call is finished
NOTE: When making a call via CCIS, the duration of displaying the destination information when the outgoing
call is answered, is selected by this command.
Continued on next page
3-66
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM08
SETTING DATA
0
1
My Line Number
As per CM08>502
NOTE: The number displayed on the called PS is as follows when this command is set to 1.
- My Line Number is displayed when CM08>502 is set to 0.
- Sub Line Number is displayed when CM08>502 is set to 1.
583
0
1
To store
Not stored
584
0
1
0
1
Effective
Ineffective
585
NOTE: When the second data of CM08>585 is set to 0, the following services are effective.
Call Forwarding-All Calls/Split Call Forwarding-All Calls/Call Forwarding-All Calls of Mobility
Access/Do Not Disturb/Transfer the call to station set Do Not Disturb (CM51 Y=10)/Call ForwardingLogout
588
0
1
To provide
Not provided
NOTE: CID Call back by this command is available under the following conditions.
The Multiline Terminal station line is set to Call Forwarding-All Calls/Call Forwarding-Busy Line/
Call Forwarding-No answer/Call Forwarding-IP Station logout when a trunk call is terminated.
The Multiline Terminal station line is set to Do Not Disturb when a trunk call is terminated.
The Multiline Terminal station line received the incoming call is busy when a trunk call is terminated.
591
0
1
To display
Not displayed
592
RESET
3-67
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM08
SETTING DATA
594
0
1
599
0
1
To part
Not parted
Continued on next page
3-68
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM08
SETTING DATA
602
0
1
Not provided
To provide
603
0
1
To provide
Not provided
606
Link Reconnect-CCIS
0
1
Not provided
To provide
607
0
1
To provide
Not provided
608
0
1
624
0
1
626
0
1
Not connected
To connect
627
0
1
Not connected
To connect
628
0
1
To provide
Not provided
0
1
Not provided
To provide
3-69
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM08
SETTING DATA
633
0
1
Available
Not available
644
0
1
To provide
Not provided
BLADE RESET
649
0
1
To provide
Not provided
655
0
1
Stop connecting
Keep connecting
664
Operation of hooking/call holding after a station receives warning SST for forced disconnection
0
1
Allow
Restricted
665
0
1
Allow
Restricted
666
0
1
669
0
1
675
0
1
676
0
1
As per CM08>677
CALL PROC + DISC
677
0
1
685
0
1
To send
Not sent
Continued on next page
3-70
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM08
SETTING DATA
702
0
1
To send
Not sent
703
0
1
To send
Not sent
704
0
1
To send
Not sent
705
0
1
Available
Not available
706
0
1
Available
Not available
708
0
1
6 digits
8 digits
709
0
1
3-71
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
SETTING DATA
710
0
1
713
Station number sent to VMS when accessing VMS from a subline assigned on Multiline Terminal
0
1
722
0
1
Allow
Restricted
728
Sending Service Set Tone to participants when a new participant attends the conference
[8300R2]
0
1
Not sent
To send
731
0
1
Caller on hold
Operator
732
0
1
To send
Not sent
Continued on next page
3-72
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM08
SETTING DATA
801
0
1
To send
Not sent
803
0
1
To provided
Not provided (Originating trunk only)
804
0
1
805
OAI SMFN STS (Status) when the forwarded call with Call
Forwarding-No Answer is terminated to a station (SMFN
FID=3/1)
0
1
SMFN STS=5/6
SMFN STS=1
808
0
1
SMFN STS=5/6/7
SMFN STS=0
809
0
1
Not available
Available
811
OAI SMFN STS (status) when the forwarded call with Call
Forwarding-All Calls/Busy Line is terminated to a station
(SMFN FID=1)
0
1
SMFN STS=4/5
SMFN STS=1
815
0
1
To send
Not sent
816
0
1
To provide
Not provided
3-73
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM08
SETTING DATA
OAI SMFN STS (status) when the forwarded call with Call
Forwarding-All Calls/Busy Line/No Answer is terminated to a
station via CCIS (SMFN FID=1)
0
1
SMFN STS=4/5/6
SMFN STS=0
OAI SMFN STS (status) when a station answers via CCIS the
forwarded call with Call Forwarding-All Calls/Busy Line/No
Answer (SMFN FID=2)
0
1
SMFN STS=5/6/7
SMFN STS=0
818
0
1
To send
Not sent
820
0
1
NOTE: When the second data is set to 1 and CM04 Y=00>00 is set to 01-31, $ is displayed.
Set this command for the area where the monetary unit is not displayed (where the dollar unit is not
used).
823
0
1
Ineffective
Effective
824
NOTE: Set the second data the same as the DID Development Table number assigned by CM35 Y=170.
825
0
1
3 digits (000-199)
2 digits (00-99)
826
0
1
827
0
1
None parity
Parity as for CM08>828
828
0
1
Odd parity
Even parity
Continued on next page
3-74
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM08
SETTING DATA
0
1
SV8300
2400 IPX
NOTE 1: Set this data to the Local Office of the Centralized Billing-CCIS. This data setting is not required for
Center Office.
NOTE 2: This data is available in NEAX 2400 IMS Extended Format. (Related Command: CM04 Y=01>07)
833
0
1
Not sent
To send
835
0
1
To allow
Not allowed
836
1
837
838
0
1
839
0
1
To send
Not sent
840
0
1
To send
Not sent
841
0
1
3-75
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM08
SETTING DATA
846
0
1
To set
Not set
847
0
1
To send
Not sent
848
0
1
To send
Not sent
849
0
1
To send
Not sent
NOTE: When the second data of CM08>849 is set to 1, originating station number/incoming trunk number is
sent to SMDR.
850
0
1
NOTE: If one minute ahead also exceeds the limitation on the number of Wake Up Call, it is set to one more
minute ahead. If the attempt cannot be set up to 10 minutes.
851
0
1
To send
Not sent
852
0
1
To send
Not sent
854
0
1
To send
Not sent
856
0
1
CR
CR/LF
857
Printing the record of Automatic Wake Up for an individual station set/cancel from a Front console/Hotel console/DSS console/PMS/Attendant console
0
1
Not available
Available
859
0
1
Not available
Available
Continued on next page
3-76
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM08
SETTING DATA
860
0
1
861
0
1
Not available
Available
862
0
1
Not available
Available
863
0
1
Not available
Available
865
0
1
Not available
Available
866
0
1
Not available
Available
867
0
1
Not available
Available
868
0
1
Not available
Available
877
0
1
To send
Not sent
878
0
1
Not available
Available
881
0
1
886
NOTE: When CM04 Y=01>12 is set to 0 or 1, the oldest memory is cleared and the latest one is stored
regardless of this data setting.
Continued on next page
3-77
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM08
SETTING DATA
888
0
1
890
0
1
To provide
Not provided
893
0
1
894
0
1
Available
Not available
895
0
1
Not available
Available
896
0
1
CF memory
SRAM (Built-in CPU)
NOTE: When CM04 Y=01>12 is set to 0 (SRAM [Maximum 27000 calls]), CF memory is set to the memory
used by VRS regardless of this command.
897
0
1
Available
Not available
898
NOTE: This data is effective only when the intervening station is a Virtual Line Station.
Continued on next page
3-78
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM08
SETTING DATA
0
1
Allow
Restricted
RESET
NOTE: Voice Response System (VRS) used by CF memory is effective for 8300R3 software or later.
911
0
1
920
0
1
Not available
Available
921
0
1
Not available
Available
3-79
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM08
SETTING DATA
1000
0
1
1001
0
1
1004
0
1
Not sent
To send
1006
0
1
To disconnect
To continue
NOTE: DT700 has Keeping Call function and can continue the call until the terminal goes on-hook even when
SV8300 is reset, as long as they are in station-to-station calling (peer-to-peer) within same system. For
the calls connected via VoIP, however, the voice is interrupted at system reset, and this situation will
continue until on-hook. To avoid this, it is recommended to set the Keeping Call function of DT700 to
ineffective in dual CPU system. When it is set to ineffective, the stations are forcibly reset after 3 minutes
elapsed from SV8300 reset.
1007
0
1
NOTE 1: When External Hold Tone is assigned by CM48 Y=0/CM64 Y=1, External Hold Tone is set for Standard SIP station regardless of this data.
NOTE 2: When using 8300R6 software or later, CM08>1007 is effective when CM13 Y=74 is set to 1.
1008
0
1
NOTE: If tenant No. for DESKCON (assigned by CM60 Y=35) is not assigned, tenant No. for calling from
DESKCON is set to the lowest tenant No. of station tenants for each ATT group (assigned by CM62)
when this data is set to 0.
Continued on next page
3-80
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM08
SETTING DATA
1012
0
1
Not available
Available
1014
Select the function to override by preset Station dialing/Programmable key on a Multiline terminal
[8300R5]
NOTE: Preset Station dialing/Programmable key means that the station number is dialed after setting Do Not
Disturb-Override/Call Forwarding-All calls override by Access code/Programmable key.
1017
0
1
1019
0
1
Not displayed
To display
1023
0
1
To provide
Not provided
1026
0
1
NOTE: When using station service from mobile phone or Enblock Dialing Method (for Forced On PBX), set
this data to 0 (Station base).
1028
Operation for when a mobile phone does a hooking from consultation hold
[8300R7]
0
1
1029
3-81
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM08
SETTING DATA
0
1
To transmit
Not transmitted
NOTE 1: This data is effective when CM65 Y=306 is set to 0 or CMBA Y=44 is set to 01/15.
NOTE 2: When an intermediate station is Attendant Console, set CM15 Y=409 (Whether to transmit the caller
ID of the call originator when an intermediate station holds the trunk incoming call and transfer it to
the trunk).
1031
0
1
3-82
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM08
SETTING DATA
0
1
To send
Not sent
0
1
Not sent
To send
1202
0
1
1203
0
1
NOTE: Set CM08>138 to 0 and CM08>1203 to 0 for CCIS tandem office when the ringing signal from
trunk and via CCIS tandem office are the same.
1205
0
1
1209
0
1
To provide
Not provided
1210
0
1
To provide
Not provided
3-83
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM08
SETTING DATA
1400
0
1
Allow
Restricted
1401
0
1
Allow
Restricted
1402
0
1
Not available
Available
1404
3-84
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JULY/15/2011
CM08
SETTING DATA
1600
0
1
Available
Not available
1601
0
1
SMFN3 STS=1
SMFN3 STS=0
1602
0
1
1603
0
1
To send
Not sent
Continued on next page
3-85
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM08
SETTING DATA
1701
Wake Up Call Information Printout of All Guest Station Information by Printer for 20 digits when Wake Up Call is ineffective
[8300R3]
0
1
Available
Not available
1702
0
1
Available
Not available
3-86
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM08
SETTING DATA
1800
0
1
Available
Not available
1801
0
1
Format2
Format1
1817
0
1
Not sent
To send
1818
0
1
To send
Not sent
1819
0
1
FTC=14, FC=2
FTC=54, FC=1
1820
0
1
FTC=13, FC=3/4
FTC=53, FC=2
1821
0
1
Not provided
To provide
1856
0
1
NOTE: Sub station can be received an incoming call when this data is set to 0.
1861
0
1
To set
Not set
0
1
Available
Not available
3-87
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM08
SETTING DATA
0
1
Available
Not available
NOTE 1: When operated restriction of an outgoing call for a station in Check in status from Front Desk Instrument while CM08>1872: 0, the trunk restriction class is changed from the class assigned by CM12
Y=01 to the class assigned by CM15 Y=404.
NOTE 2: Check out operation cancels the Trunk Call Restriction setting from Front Desk Instrument.
Continued on next page
3-88
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM08
SETTING DATA
0
1
To provide
Not provided
NOTE: The received digits (maximum 16 digits) is displayed on LCD of Multiline Terminal directly.
3-89
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM0B
The table below shows the operational patterns for each setting port.
: To assign : Not assigned ( ): Y number
PORT
FUNCTION
MAINTENANCE
PORT
VOIP PORT
(0XX)
(1XX)
(1XX/2XX)
(001)
(101)
SNMP
(001)
()
(101/201)
PCPro
IP Station and Legacy Terminal/
trunk connection
IP Station (P2P connection)
IPT (P2P CCIS)
Remote Unit over IP
Stand alone (more than 2 Units configurations)
SIP trunk
REMARKS
Available to use both ports at
the same time
In default setting, the port to be connected is the VOIP Port. Therefore, change the port by CM0B
Y=001>91, 92 when connecting to the Maintenance Port.
Assign the commands of SNMP to the Maintenance Port.
SNMP information can be obtained from the Maintenance port and the VOIP port.
(2)
CM0B Y=1XX is associated with setting the system data for Control Signals, and Y=2XX is
associated with setting the system data for Voice Packets.
Continued on next page
3-90
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM0B
When setting the IP address for Maintenance Port (Y=0XX) and VOIP Port (Y=1XX), set the
segments for each using port respectively.
(4)
There are the following conditions when setting the default gateway address by this command.
Only one default gateway address can be set for the system.
Set the default gateway address to the Maintenance port (Y=0XX) when not using VoIPDB.
Set the default gateway address to the VOIP port (Y=1XX) when using VoIPDB.
(5)
When setting the IP address (RTP) for VoIPDB by CM0B Y=2XX, the number of IP address that
can be set is different depending on the type of VoIPDB used as bellow.
For PZ-64IPLA: Maximum of 4 IP address can be set (Y=2XX>00, 20-22)
(Set an IP address (RTP) every 16 voice channels to be used.)
For PZ-128IPLA: Maximum of 8 IP address can be set (Y=2XX>00, 20-26)
(Set an IP address (RTP) every 16 voice channels to be used.)
For PZ-64IPLC-A/PZ-128IPLC-A: Maximum of 1 IP address can be set (Y=2XX>00)
(6)
When entering data with characters, the following characters can be registered;
Alphabet upper case (A-Z), alphabet lower case (a-z), numeric (0-9), symbol (! # $ % & ( ) + ,
; = > ? @ [ ] ^ _ { } ~), Space, hyphen (-), period (.), slash (/), colon (:)
(7)
When the CPU blade/VoIPDB/IP Station is connected to the port of switching HUB that Spanning
Tree (IEEE 802.1d) is enabled, communication failures shown below may occur.
Disable the Spanning Tree feature to the connection port on the switching HUB.
IP Station fails to connect to SV8300.
IP Station cannot communicate with the IP Station.
IP Station cannot communicate with the SLT/Digital Multiline Terminal.
Remote Unit cannot change over to the normal mode in the Remote UNIT over IP system.
Also, disable the Spanning Tree feature as for the following connections.
Connections between Units
Remote Unit/Dual CPU system/Failover
IP trunk/SIP trunk
Application connections such as PCPro/SMDR
NOTE:
3-91
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
FEBRUARY/29/2012
CM0B
DATA TABLE:
Y=000
: Default
Y
No.
1ST DATA
MEANING
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
90
01
50
NONE
RESET
Unit No. 01
OFF LINE
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
CM0B
Y=0XX>141
Unit No. 50
Unit No. 01
3-92
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
FEBRUARY/29/2012
CM0B
1ST DATA
MEANING
DATA
00
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
RESET
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
XXX.XX IP Address
...X
(Maximum 15 digits)
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX=
0.0.0.1-255.255.255.254
192.168.1.1
NONE
NOTE 1: This data cannot be entered by CAT when using 8300R1 software.
NOTE 2: When setting the IP address by this data, a period (.) must be entered
between the numbers (example: 255.255.255.254).
01
NOTE 1: This data cannot be entered by CAT when using 8300R1 software.
NOTE 2: When setting the Subnet Mask by this data, a period (.) must be
entered between the numbers (example: 255.255.255.252).
NOTE 3: When CM0B Y=0XX>00 is set to the default data (NONE), Subnet
Mask for the system is set to 255.255.0.0 regardless of this data setting.
02
NOTE 1: This data cannot be entered by CAT when using 8300R1 software.
NOTE 2: When setting the Default Gateway by this data, a period (.) must be entered between the numbers (example: 255.255.255.254).
09
02
03
04
05
15
20
0
1
Restricted
Allow
Continued on next page
3-93
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM0B
1ST DATA
MEANING
DATA
41
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
0
1
2
3
RESET
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
NOTE 1:
NOTE 2:
NOTE 3:
NOTE 4:
1024
65534
NONE
3410
50
VLAN function
0
1
To provide
Not provided
51
Priority of VLAN ID
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Priority 0
Priority 1
Priority 2
Priority 3
Priority 4
Priority 5
Priority 6
Priority 7
VLAN ID
VLAN ID
~
4094
NONE
No data
3-94
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM0B
1ST DATA
MEANING
RESET
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
91
0
1
Maintenance port
VOIP port
92
93
100
SNMP port
0
1
NOTE 1
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
Community Name
admin
0
1
Allow (admin)
Restrict (public)
0
1
To send
Not sent
103
Definition of the IP
address for the SNMP
manager
NOTE
1
104
3-95
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM0B
1ST DATA
MEANING
DATA
110
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
Community name
XX...X
NOTE
NONE
RESET
111
System information
(sysDescr)
NOTE
XX...X
NONE
112
113
114
Location of system
(sysLocation)
NOTE
115
116
117
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
Character
(Maximum 25 characters)
No data
Character
(Maximum 128 characters)
No data
Character
(Maximum 64 characters)
No data
Character
(Maximum 25 characters)
No data
3-96
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM0B
1ST DATA
MEANING
DATA
118
RESET
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
Character
(Maximum 25 characters)
No data
121
122
123
3-97
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM0B
1ST DATA
MEANING
DATA
124
RESET
125
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
126
127
3-98
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM0B
1ST DATA
MEANING
DATA
129
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
RESET
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
XXX.XX IP Address
...X
(Maximum 15 digits)
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX=
0.0.0.1-255.255.255.254
192.168.1.101
NONE
02
50
NONE
Unit No. 02
CM0B
Y=000>90
Unit No. 50
Not set
3-99
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM0B
1ST DATA
MEANING
RESET
DATA
142
2ND DATA
MEANING
SIP trunk feature of
Secondary unit
[8300R6]
DATA
0
3
MEANING
Allowed
Restricted
RELATED
COMMAND
CMA7 Y=83
3-100
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM0B
MEANING
1ST DATA
DATA
00
2ND DATA
MEANING
IP Address for the system
RESET
DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
XXX.XX IP Address
...X
(Maximum 15 digits)
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX=
0.0.0.1-255.255.255.254
No data
NONE
NOTE 1: This data cannot be entered by CAT when using 8300R1 software.
NOTE 2: When setting the IP address by this data, a period (.) must be entered
between the numbers (example: 255.255.255.254).
01
RESET
NOTE 1: This data cannot be entered by CAT when using 8300R1 software.
NOTE 2: When setting the Subnet Mask by this data, a period (.) must be entered
between the numbers (example: 255.255.255.252).
02
RESET
NOTE 1: This data cannot be entered by CAT when using 8300R1 software.
NOTE 2: When setting the Default Gateway by this data, a period (.) must be entered between the numbers (example: 255.255.255.254).
09
RESET
02
03
04
05
15
3-101
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM0B
MEANING
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
10
00
63
NONE
MEANING
Location number 00
DATA
1ST DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
CM12 Y=39,
50
Location number 63
Location number 00
NOTE 1: This data is effective when the location number is not assigned by
CM12 Y=39, 50.
NOTE 2: When standard SIP station is accommodated, assign location number
for VoIPDB by this command.
20
0
1
Restricted
Allow
RESET
Continued on next page
3-102
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM0B
MEANING
2ND DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
30
01024
RESET
31
RESET
32
33
RESET
RESET
34
RESET
IPT (P2P CCIS) RESET
35
1ST DATA
65534
NONE
RESET
IPT (P2P CCIS) RESET
NOTE 1: Set this data when the router or firewall provides the restriction by the TCP
port.
NOTE 2: The same port number cannot be used for the port numbers set to the first data
30-43.
NOTE 3: When using 8300R6 software or before, only Unit No. 01 can be set by CM0B
Y=1XX>33.
NOTE 4: CM0B Y=1XX>34/35 are not effective for Secondary Unit (Unit No. 02-50).
Continued on next page
3-103
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM0B
MEANING
2ND DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
36
01024
RESET
37
RESET
38
RESET
39
RESET
40
Device Handler
Manager (DHM) Self
Port
RESET
43
1ST DATA
65534
NONE
RESET
NOTE 1: Set this data when the router or firewall provides the restriction by the TCP
port.
NOTE 2: The same port number cannot be used for the port numbers set to the first data
30-43.
NOTE 3: Only Unit No. 01 can be set by CM0B Y=1XX>36, 43.
NOTE 4: CM0B Y=1XX>43 is not effective for Secondary Unit (Unit No. 02-50).
Continued on next page
3-104
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM0B
MEANING
1ST DATA
DATA
50
2ND DATA
MEANING
VLAN function
RESET
51
Priority of VLAN ID
RESET
DATA
MEANING
0
1
To provide
Not provided
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Priority 0
Priority 1
Priority 2
Priority 3
Priority 4
Priority 5
Priority 6
Priority 7
RELATED
COMMAND
VLAN ID
RESET
VLAN ID
4094
NONE
No data
3-105
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM0B
MEANING
1ST DATA
DATA
60
2ND DATA
MEANING
Primary IP Address for
DNS server
RESET
DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
NOTE 1: This data cannot be entered by CAT when using 8300R1 software.
NOTE 2: When setting the IP address by this data, a period (.) must be entered
between the numbers (example: 255.255.255.254).
NOTE 3: Set the second data to NONE for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when
CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
NOTE 4: When using Multi-Carrier Connection service, assign DNS server (primary) available for all the carriers.
61
Secondary IP Address
for DNS server
RESET
NOTE 1: This data cannot be entered by CAT when using 8300R1 software.
NOTE 2: When setting the IP address by this data, a period (.) must be entered
between the numbers (example: 255.255.255.254).
NOTE 3: Set the second data to NONE for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when
CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
NOTE 4: When using Multi-Carrier Connection service, assign DNS server
(secondary) available for all the carriers.
Continued on next page
3-106
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM0B
MEANING
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
66
0001
RESET
1440
NONE
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
1 minute
(1 minute increments)
1440 minutes
60 minutes
DATA
1ST DATA
CM0B
Y=1XX>60,
61
CMBA
Y=25, 99
NOTE 1: This data setting makes the first query from a SIP trunk to a DNS server
effective.
NOTE 2: This data is not effective in the following version. In that case, a valid
duration of this data is fixed in 1 minute.
- 8300R2 version 9
- 8300R3 version 3 or later
NOTE 3: When a DNS server is used in a version except the above version, this
data must be set to 0001.
NOTE 4: This data setting is invalid when the second data of CMBA Y=25 is set
to 1.
NOTE 5: When the setting of this command is changed, the DNS cache table
should be cleared by CMBA Y=99.
70
RESET
CMBA
Y=139
NOTE 1: This data cannot be entered by CAT when using 8300R1 software.
NOTE 2: When setting the Global IP address by this data, a period (.) must be
entered between the numbers (example: 255.255.255.254).
NOTE 3: When only one SIP trunk carrier is used, set Global IP address by
CM0B Y=1XX>70.
When Multi-SIP trunk carrier service is used, set Global IP address by
CMBA Y=139.
Continued on next page
3-107
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM0B
MEANING
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
80
Start time for the automatic changeover to survival mode from normal
mode after the disconnection between the
Main Unit and Remote
Unit is detected
00
99
NONE
RESET
01
588-594 seconds
(Unit No. 02-04)
2940-2970 seconds
(Unit No. 05-50)
(6 seconds increments
[Unit No. 02-04]/30 seconds increments [Unit No.
05-50])
12-18 seconds
(Unit No. 02-04)
60-90 seconds
(Unit No. 05-50)
NOTE 1: Only Remote Unit (Unit No. 02-50) can be set by this data.
NOTE 2: When setting this data, the same specification is applied to between the
Secondary Unit and Remote Unit.
[8300R6]
Continued on next page
3-108
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM0B
MEANING
1ST DATA
DATA
81
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
Not execute the automatic
changeover to normal
mode
0-30 seconds
00
Start time for the automatic changeover to normal mode from survival
01
mode after the connection between the Main
99
Unit and Remote Unit
returned to normal condiNONE
tion
RELATED
COMMAND
2940-2970 seconds
(30 seconds increments)
90-120 seconds
RESET
NOTE 1: Only Remote Unit/Secondary Unit (Unit No. 02-50) can be set by this
data.
NOTE 2: When setting this data, the same setting time about the notification of
link down (restored) is set for Secondary Unit.
[8300R6]
Continued on next page
3-109
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM0B
MEANING
DATA
82
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
00
01
RESET
99
NONE
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
Not notify the link down
0-6 seconds
(Unit No. 02-04)
0-30 seconds
(Unit No. 05-50)
1ST DATA
588-594 seconds
(Unit No. 02-04)
2940-2970 seconds
(Unit No. 05-50)
(6 seconds increments
[Unit No. 02-04]/30 seconds increments [Unit No.
05-50])
0-6 seconds
(Unit No. 02-04)
0-30 seconds
(Unit No. 05-50)
NOTE 1: Only Remote Unit/Secondary Unit (Unit No. 02-50) can be set by this
data.
NOTE 2: Assign the start time by this data to less than the number of seconds
assigned by CM0B Y=1XX>80.
[8300R6]
Continued on next page
3-110
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM0B
MEANING
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
83
0
1
MEANING
To provide
Not provided
RELATED
COMMAND
CM0B
Y=1XX>81
RESET
NOTE 1: Only Remote Unit (Unit No. 02-50) can be set by this data.
NOTE 2: When this data is set to 0, it remains possible that the changeover
between survival mode and normal mode is occurred with frequency at
the heavily-loaded network environment.
NOTE 3: While this data is set to 0 in Failover mode, when a Remote Unit is
changed over from survival mode to normal mode, a Remote Unit is
automatically connected to either Primary/Secondary Unit that is connectable after restoring communication. Then a Remote Unit is reset
automatically.
[8300R6]
84
00
01
99
NONE
2940-2970 seconds
90-120 seconds
RESET
NOTE: This data is effective only for Secondary Unit (Unit No. 02-50).
Continued on next page
3-111
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM0B
MEANING
DATA
143
2ND DATA
MEANING
UDP Port for standard
SIP control packet
between Units
[8300R7]
DATA
01024
65534
NONE
RESET
150
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
UDP port number
1ST DATA
0
1
XXX.XX IP Address
...X
(Maximum 15 digits)
XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX=
0.0.0.1-255.255.255.254
No data
NONE
0000
2359
NONE
Hour + Minutes
(00:00-23:59)
(4 digits)
4:00
3-112
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM0B
MEANING
1ST DATA
DATA
153
2ND DATA
MEANING
SNTP query
(Status display)
(Only Display)
[8300R7]
RELATED
COMMAND
DATA
MEANING
0
1
Now executing
Not executed (failed in the
previous time)
Not executed
Execute
2
3
3-113
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM0B
MEANING
1ST DATA
DATA
00
2ND DATA
MEANING
IP Address 1 (RTP) for
VoIPDB
RESET
DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
XXX.XX IP Address
...X
(Maximum 15 digits)
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX=
0.0.0.1-255.255.255.254
No data
NONE
NOTE 1: This data cannot be entered by CAT when using 8300R1 software.
NOTE 2: When setting the IP address (RTP) by this data, a period (.) must be entered between the numbers (example: 255.255.255.254).
NOTE 3: Up to 8 addresses (IP address 1 to 8) can be entered for IP address
(RTP).
NOTE 4: One IP address (RTP) is required for every 16 used voice channels of
VoIPDB.
10
16
32
48
64
80
96
112
128
NONE
16 channels
32 channels
48 channels
64 channels
80 channels
96 channels
112 channels
128 channels
Use all channels of the
VoIPDB
Continued on next page
3-114
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM0B
MEANING
1ST DATA
DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
20
21
DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
XXX.XX IP Address
...X
(Maximum 15 digits)
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX=
RESET
0.0.0.1-255.255.255.254
NOTE 1, NOTE 2,
No data
NONE
NOTE 3, NOTE 4,
NOTE 5
RESET
NOTE 1, NOTE 2,
NOTE 3, NOTE 4,
NOTE 5
22
RESET
NOTE 1, NOTE 2,
NOTE 3, NOTE 4,
NOTE 5
23
RESET
NOTE 1, NOTE 2,
NOTE 3, NOTE 4,
NOTE 5
NOTE 1: This data cannot be entered by CAT when using 8300R1 software.
NOTE 2: When setting the IP address (RTP) by this data, a period (.) must be entered between the numbers (example: 255.255.255.254).
NOTE 3: Up to 8 addresses (IP address 1 to 8) can be entered for IP address (RTP).
NOTE 4: One IP address (RTP) is required for every 16 used voice channels of VoIPDB.
NOTE 5: When using PZ-64IPLC-A/PZ-128IPLC-A, CM0B Y=2XX>00 is effective for
IP Address (RTP) for VoIPDB and CM0B Y=2XX>20-26 is ineffective.
Continued on next page
3-115
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM0B
MEANING
1ST DATA
DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
24
25
DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
XXX.XX IP Address
...X
(Maximum 15 digits)
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX=
RESET
0.0.0.1-255.255.255.254
NOTE 1, NOTE 2,
No data
NONE
NOTE 3, NOTE 4,
NOTE 5
RESET
NOTE 1, NOTE 2,
NOTE 3, NOTE 4,
NOTE 5
26
RESET
NOTE 1, NOTE 2,
NOTE 3, NOTE 4,
NOTE 5
NOTE 1: This data cannot be entered by CAT when using 8300R1 software.
NOTE 2: When setting the IP address (RTP) by this data, a period (.) must be entered between the numbers (example: 255.255.255.254).
NOTE 3: Up to 8 addresses (IP address 1 to 8) can be entered for IP address (RTP).
NOTE 4: One IP address (RTP) is required for every 16 used voice channels of VoIPDB.
NOTE 5: When using PZ-64IPLC-A/PZ-128IPLC-A, CM0B Y=2XX>00 is effective for
IP Address (RTP) for VoIPDB and CM0B Y=2XX>20-26 is ineffective.
Continued on next page
3-116
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM0B
MEANING
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
40
01024
RESET
MEANING
RTP Port number
1ST DATA
65534
NONE
RELATED
COMMAND
CMA7 Y=46
CMBA
Y=30, 93
10000
NOTE: The port number to be used for transmitting/receiving the RTP packets is
used at 2-port intervals from the Base port set by this command for each
channel.
For the default settings, the following port number is used.
54
CHANNEL No.
1
2
..
.
128
10254
FAX over IP
[8300R3]
0
1
Not available
Available
NOTE: This data is not effective for Secondary Unit (Unit No. 02-50).
90
0
1
To provide
Not provided
0
1
Not provided
To provide
0
1
OFF
ON
RESET
110
CM0B
Y=300>XX0
NOTE: Do not change this data when the system is operated normally.
Continued on next page
3-117
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM0B
MEANING
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
120
0
1
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
Available
Not available
NOTE 1: This data is not effective for Secondary Unit (Unit No. 02-50).
NOTE 2: Tone Disabler is a feature to improve FAX communication rate.
When detecting V.25 tone (2100 Hz) with phase inversion, Echo
Canceller/NLP (Non Linear Processor) is set to OFF. When detecting
V.25 tone (2100 Hz) without phase inversion, Echo Canceller/NLP
(Non Linear Processor) is set as same as voice setting.
121
0
1
130
Smooth PAD
[8300R3]
0
1
2
3
4
5
NONE
CM0B
Y=300>XX1
NOTE 1: Do not change this data when the system is operated normally.
NOTE 2: The meaning of this command depends on the level of characteristics
when the second data is default data.
- Characteristic level is No. 00: COT/LD/OD(2W) ............ -4.2 dBm
- Characteristic level is not No. 00: Station/
Trunk except COT/LD/OD(2W) ........................................ -2.1 dBm
NOTE 3: This data is ineffective when PZ-64IPLC-A/PZ-128IPLC-A is used.
140
0
1
2
3
+3 dB
-6 dB
-3 dB
0 dB
NOTE 1: Do not change this data when the system is operated normally.
NOTE 2: This data is ineffective when PZ-64IPLC-A/PZ-128IPLC-A is used.
Continued on next page
3-118
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM0B
MEANING
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
141
0
1
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
-30 dBm0
-55 dBm0
NOTE 1: Do not change this data when the system is operated normally.
NOTE 2: This data is ineffective when PZ-64IPLC-A/PZ-128IPLC-A is used.
142
0000
0001
0002
0004
0008
0010
0020
0040
0080
0100
0200
0400
0800
1000
2000
4000
7FFF
NONE
CM0B
Y=300>XX2
NOTE 1: Do not change this data when the system is operated normally.
NOTE 2: This data is ineffective when PZ-64IPLC-A/PZ-128IPLC-A is used.
Continued on next page
3-119
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM0B
MEANING
1ST DATA
DATA
143
2ND DATA
MEANING
Maximum NLP Action
Threshold
[8300R3]
DATA
0001
0002
0004
0008
0010
0020
0040
0080
0100
0200
0400
0800
1000
2000
4000
7FFF
NONE
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
CM0B
Y=300>XX3
-42.46 dBm0
-39.45 dBm0
-36.44 dBm0
-33.43 dBm0
-30.42 dBm0
-27.41 dBm0
-24.40 dBm0
-21.39 dBm0
-18.38 dBm0
-15.37 dBm0
-12.36 dBm0
- 9.35 dBm0
- 6.34 dBm0
- 3.33 dBm0
- 0.32 dBm0
+ 2.69 dBm0
-20.00 dBm0
NOTE 1: Do not change this data when the system is operated normally.
NOTE 2: This data is ineffective when PZ-64IPLC-A/PZ-128IPLC-A is used.
0
144
16
NONE
16
0
NOTE 1: Do not change this data when the system is operated normally.
NOTE 2: This data is ineffective when PZ-64IPLC-A/PZ-128IPLC-A is used.
145
7FFF
Pink Noise
~
0000
~
8001
8000
NONE
White Noise
Spectrum Matching
Spectrum Matching
NOTE 1: Do not change this data when the system is operated normally.
NOTE 2: This data is ineffective when PZ-64IPLC-A/PZ-128IPLC-A is used.
Continued on next page
3-120
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM0B
MEANING
1ST DATA
DATA
146
2ND DATA
MEANING
HLC Mode
[8300R3]
DATA
0
1
2
NONE
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
Disable HLC
Enable HLC
Set HLC
Threshold
(As per CM0B Y=2XX>
147)
Enable HLC
CM0B
Y=300>XX4
CM0B
Y=2XX>147
NOTE 1: Do not change this data when the system is operated normally.
NOTE 2: This data is ineffective when PZ-64IPLC-A/PZ-128IPLC-A is used.
147
0006
0000
FFFF
0 dBm0
-0.5 dBm0
CM0B
Y=300>XX5
CM0B
Y=2XX>146
~
FFA0
NONE
+3 dBm0
HLC threshold
[8300R3]
-48 dBm0
-10 dBm0
NOTE 1: Do not change this data when the system is operated normally.
NOTE 2: This data is ineffective when PZ-64IPLC-A/PZ-128IPLC-A is used.
148
10
1000
NONE
10 ms./dB
1000 ms./dB
700 ms./dB
NOTE 1: Do not change this data when the system is operated normally.
NOTE 2: This data is ineffective when PZ-64IPLC-A/PZ-128IPLC-A is used.
149
HLC Power TC
[8300R3]
1
2
3
NONE
4 ms.
8 ms.
16 ms.
4 ms.
NOTE 1: Do not change this data when the system is operated normally.
NOTE 2: This data is ineffective when PZ-64IPLC-A/PZ-128IPLC-A is used.
Continued on next page
3-121
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM0B
MEANING
DATA
150
2ND DATA
MEANING
Payload type of Outband DTMF
(RFC2833)
[8300R7]
DATA
1
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
Payload type
1ST DATA
127
NONE
101
NOTE: Assign this data when Payload type of Out-band DTMF (RFC2833) is
changed between VoIPDB and standard SIP station.
Continued on next page
3-122
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM0B
MEANING
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
XX0
DATA
0
1
NONE
MEANING
Disable
Enable
As per CM0B Y=2XX>
110
RELATED
COMMAND
CM0B
Y=2XX>110
NOTE: Do not change this data when the system is operated normally.
XX1
0
1
2
3
4
5
NONE
Disable
-8.2 dBm
-6.4 dBm
-5.3 dBm
-4.2 dBm
-2.1 dBm
As per CM0B Y=2XX>
130
CM0B
Y=2XX>130
NOTE 1: Do not change this data when the system is operated normally.
NOTE 2: This data is ineffective when PZ-64IPLC-A/PZ-128IPLC-A is used.
Continued on next page
3-123
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM0B
MEANING
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
XX2
DATA
0000
0001
0002
0004
0008
0010
0020
0040
0080
0100
0200
0400
0800
1000
2000
4000
7FFF
NONE
MEANING
NLP will not disengage
-90.62 dBm0
-87.61 dBm0
-84.60 dBm0
-81.59 dBm0
-78.58 dBm0
-75.57 dBm0
-72.56 dBm0
-69.55 dBm0
-66.54 dBm0
-63.53 dBm0
-60.52 dBm0
-57.51 dBm0
-54.50 dBm0
-51.49 dBm0
-48.48 dBm0
-45.47 dBm0
As per CM0B Y=2XX>
142
RELATED
COMMAND
CM0B
Y=2XX>142
NOTE 1: Do not change this data when the system is operated normally.
NOTE 2: This data is ineffective when PZ-64IPLC-A/PZ-128IPLC-A is used.
Continued on next page
3-124
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM0B
MEANING
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
XX3
DATA
0001
0002
0004
0008
0010
0020
0040
0080
0100
0200
0400
0800
1000
2000
4000
7FFF
NONE
MEANING
-42.46 dBm0
-39.45 dBm0
-36.44 dBm0
-33.43 dBm0
-30.42 dBm0
-27.41 dBm0
-24.40 dBm0
-21.39 dBm0
-18.38 dBm0
-15.37 dBm0
-12.36 dBm0
- 9.35 dBm0
- 6.34 dBm0
- 3.33 dBm0
- 0.32 dBm0
+ 2.69 dBm0
As per CM0B Y=2XX>
143
RELATED
COMMAND
CM0B
Y=2XX>143
NOTE 1: Do not change this data when the system is operated normally.
NOTE 2: This data is ineffective when PZ-64IPLC-A/PZ-128IPLC-A is used.
XX4
0
1
2
NONE
Disable HLC
Enable HLC
Set HLC Threshold
(As per CM0B Y=300>
XX5)
As per CM0B Y=2XX>
146
CM0B
Y=2XX>146
CM0B
Y=300>
XX5
NOTE 1: Do not change this data when the system is operated normally.
NOTE 2: This data is ineffective when PZ-64IPLC-A/PZ-128IPLC-A is used.
Continued on next page
3-125
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM0B
MEANING
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
XX5
0006
0000
FFFF
RELATED
COMMAND
CM0B
Y=2XX>147
CM0B
Y=300>
XX4
+3 dBm0
0 dBm0
-0.5 dBm0
~
FFA0
NONE
MEANING
DATA
1ST DATA
-48 dBm0
As per CM0B Y=2XX>
147
NOTE 1: Do not change this data when the system is operated normally.
NOTE 2: This data is ineffective when PZ-64IPLC-A/PZ-128IPLC-A is used.
Continued on next page
3-126
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM0B
MEANING
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
001
00
1ST DATA
128
09
NONE
MEANING
Characteristic level
No data
RELATED
COMMAND
CM15
Y=483
CM35
Y=193
NOTE: Do not change this data when the system is operated normally.
3-127
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM0C
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
00
Update information
Profile No.
00
Type of firmware
for update
00
02
03
05
12
13
No.
07
14
NONE
3-128
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM0C
1ST DATA
MEANING
DATA
00
Update information
Profile No.
02
No.
07
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
04
IP Address for
server
No data
NOTE: If no data is set, the system
does not update the firmware of IP Stations.
255255255254
NONE
No data
05
11
XX00
IP Address for
FTP server
XX: Unit No.
(01-50)
0
1
FTP
TFTP
Information of
Remote System
Upgrade
Protocol of server
255255255254
CCC
Clear
NONE
No data
Continued on next page
3-129
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM0C
1ST DATA
DATA
Information of
Remote System
Upgrade
XX01
MEANING
Port number for
FTP server
XX: Unit No.
(01-50)
DATA
00001
MEANING
TCP Port No. for the FTP server
MEANING
2ND DATA
65534
CCC
NONE
Clear
TCP Port No. 21
NOTE: Port No. 21 is used for the file transfer (control), and Port No. 20 is used for the
file transfer in default setting.
For example, when the second data is set to 3000, Port No. 3000 is used for the file
transfer (control), and Port No. 2999 is used for the file transfer.
XX02
XXXXXXXX
Clear
CCC
No data
NONE
NOTE: When no user ID is assigned, log into the FTP server with anonymous.
XX03
XXXXXXXX
Clear
CCC
No data
NONE
NOTE: While entering the password with CAT * (asterisk) is displayed on LCD. When
entering the password with the MOC screen, actual data is displayed.
XX04
Directory name
XXX...X
CCC
NONE
Directory name
(Maximum 32 characters)
Clear
No data
NOTE: If the CPU program is in the root directory of the FTP server, the directory name
setting by this data is not required. In this case, the root directory name of the FTP
server can be obtained automatically.
Continued on next page
3-130
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM0C
1ST DATA
MEANING
DATA
Information of
Remote System
Upgrade
XX06
2ND DATA
MEANING
File type
XX: Unit No.
(01-50)
DATA
00
CCC
NONE
MEANING
CPU program file
Clear
No data
Continued on next page
3-131
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM0C
Y
No.
50
1ST DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
IP Station No.
MEANING
Start updating
Start updating IP
Station firmware
2ND DATA
XXXXXXXX
NOTE: After setting the first data and second data, PCPro/CAT displays the status of the IP Station. The table
below shows the contents of the display and its meaning.
FIRST
DATA
IP STATION STATUS
DISPLAY
AABB
CCDD
SECOND
DATA
MEANING
Current firmware version
of the IP Station
(For SIP Multiline Terminal)
0: Start
updating
IP STATION STATUS
DISPLAY
OK
Start updating
DATA
NOT
FOUND
WAIT,
BUSY
NOW
AABBCCDD
AA : 00-99: Integral No.
BB : 00-99: First decimals
No.
CC : 00-99: Second
decimals No.
DD : 00-99: Third
decimals No.
X
~
XXXXXXXX
: IP Station
No.
0000
XXZZ
DATA
ERROR
WAIT,
BUSY
NOW
MEANING
3-132
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM0C
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
Remote System
Upgrade
XX00
0
1
3
YYYY MM
DD HH mm
CCC
MEANING
Start to download
Now downloading
Not executed
Download time
YYYY: Year (2011-2099)
MM : Month (01-12)
DD : Date (01-31)
HH : Hour (00-23)
mm : Minutes (00-59)
Interrupt downloading/Download
time clear
NOTE 1: You can download the CPU programs while the system is operating. The downloaded program is stored in flash memory of CPU blade.
NOTE 2: The second data 0 can be set only when the CPU program download is not executed (second data status is 3) and the system data backup is not being executed.
NOTE 3: The second data XXXXXXXXXXXX (download time) can be set only when the
CPU program download is not executed (second data status is 3) and the system
data backup is not being executed.
NOTE 4: While the CPU program is being downloaded (second data status 0), you can input CCC to interrupt the program download.
If you do that, the second data is changed from 1 (Now downloading) to 3 (Not
executed), and the CPU program that has been downloaded disappears.
Execute the CPU program download again, if required.
NOTE 5: While the CPU program is being downloaded, you cannot input any command
other than CCC. If you do that, WAIT, BUSY NOW is displayed.
NOTE 6: The download time can be canceled by inputting CCC when the second data
XXXXXXXXXXXX (download time) is displayed.
NOTE 7: Execute the changeover of CPU program, after the CPU program download is
completed.
NOTE 8: When the communication between Main Unit-Remote Unit/Primary UnitSecondary Unit cannot operate normally, HARDWARE ERROR is displayed.
Continued on next page
3-133
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM0C
1ST DATA
MEANING
DATA
Remote System
Upgrade
XX01
2ND DATA
MEANING
Changeover
(changeback)
time
XX: Unit No.
(01-50)
DATA
MEANING
NOTE 1: For CPU program changeover, the system is reset automatically. Therefore,
when executing the program download to multiple units, set the time for the system to execute the program changeover for the Main Unit (Unit01) after the program download to all units is completed.
NOTE 2: If a specified changeover time is passed while CPU program is being downloaded, the changeover of CPU program is executed immediately (second data becomes 000000000000).
NOTE 3: If you set the second data to 000000000000 while CPU program is being downloaded, the CPU program changeover is executed after CPU program download
is completed.
NOTE 4: This data is cleared after CPU program changeover is completed.
NOTE 5: If the system is reset five times during about three minutes, the CPU program
changeback is executed automatically.
NOTE 6: When the communication between Main Unit-Remote Unit/Primary UnitSecondary Unit cannot operate normally, HARDWARE ERROR is displayed.
Continued on next page
3-134
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM0C
Y
No.
52
1ST DATA
MEANING
DATA
Remote System
Upgrade
XX05
2ND DATA
MEANING
The latest result
of CPU program
download
XX: Unit No.
(01-50)
DATA
MEANING
3-135
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM0C
MEANING
System Upgrade
(Stand by CPU)
[8300R4]
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
0100
0
1
3
YYYY MM
DD HH mm
CCC
MEANING
Start to download
Now downloading
Not executed
Download time
YYYY: Year (2011-2099)
MM : Month (01-12)
DD : Date (01-31)
HH : Hour (00-23)
mm : Minutes (00-59)
Interrupt downloading/Download
time clear
NOTE 1: You can download the CPU programs while the system is operating. The downloaded program is stored in flash memory of CPU blade.
NOTE 2: The second data 0 can be set only when the CPU program download is not executed (second data status is 3) and the system data backup is not being executed.
NOTE 3: The second data XXXXXXXXXXXX (download time) can be set only when the
CPU program download is not executed (second data status is 3) and the system
data backup is not being executed.
NOTE 4: While the CPU program is being downloaded (second data status 0), you can input CCC to interrupt the program download.
If you do that, the second data is changed from 1 (Now downloading) to 3 (Not
executed), and the CPU program that has been downloaded disappears.
Execute the CPU program download again, if required.
NOTE 5: While the CPU program is being downloaded, you cannot input any command
other than CCC. If you do that, WAIT, BUSY NOW is displayed.
NOTE 6: The download time can be canceled by inputting CCC when the second data
XXXXXXXXXXXX (download time) is displayed.
NOTE 7: Execute the changeover of CPU program, after the CPU program download is
completed.
NOTE 8: When the communication between Active CPU and Stand by CPU cannot operate normally, HARDWARE ERROR is displayed.
Continued on next page
3-136
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM0C
MEANING
System Upgrade
(Stand by CPU)
[8300R4]
1ST DATA
DATA
0101
2ND DATA
MEANING
Changeover
(changeback)
time
DATA
MEANING
NOTE 1: If a specified changeover time is passed while CPU program is being downloaded, the changeover of CPU program is executed immediately (second data becomes 000000000000).
NOTE 2: If you set the second data to 000000000000 while CPU program is being downloaded, the CPU program changeover is executed after CPU program download
is completed.
NOTE 3: This data is cleared after CPU program changeover is completed.
NOTE 4: If the system is reset five times during about three minutes, the CPU program
changeback is executed automatically.
NOTE 5: When the communication between Active CPU and Stand by CPU cannot operate normally, HARDWARE ERROR is displayed.
Continued on next page
3-137
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM0C
MEANING
System Upgrade
(Stand by CPU)
[8300R4]
1ST DATA
DATA
0105
2ND DATA
MEANING
The latest result
of CPU program
download
DATA
MEANING
Firmware condition
for updating IP Station
02
Automatic update
by IP Station
login
3-138
0
1
To update
Not update
NOTE: Set the second data to 1
(default) after the automatic
update.
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3001.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM10
When deleting a station number (Single Line or Multiline Terminal), be sure to delete Call Pickup
data (CM16), ACD/UCD Group data (CM17) and Station Hunting Group data (CM18) in advance.
(2)
After assigning the data for CD-2BRIA (ISDN Telephone), you must unplug the circuit blades,
then plug them again (After unplugging the circuit blade, you must wait for 30 seconds before
plugging the circuit blade again.).
(3)
5 or more digits station number should not be assigned when the following features are used.
SMDR/PMS
Front Desk Terminal
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + 10YY + DE +
BLADE
STATION TRUNK
DE + NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER + EXE
(1-10 digits)
DATA TABLE:
Y
No.
00
MEANING
MEANING
SETTING DATA
DATA
XXXXX
XXXX
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
Single Line station number
(1-8 digits)
X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
CM12
CM13
3-139
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM10
Y
No.
00
MEANING
1ST DATA
DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
D000
DATA
D511
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
CM30
Trunk number (C.O./Tie
Line, Paging, Radio Paging) CM35
NOTE 1: This data requires
a system reset for
CCT, and a blade
reset for LDT/
ODT/DTI after
data setting.
NOTE 2: A reset of the
COT blade is
required after
setting of C.O.
trunk (Grand
Start) for North
America.
RESET
BLADE RESET
E000
CM90
CM60
BLADE RESET
E100
CM96
DSS Console number
CM97
(00-31)
NOTE: The same number
(the last two digits
of the data) should
not be used, for both
DSS Console
(E100-E131) and
Add-on Module
(EC00-EC31).
E007
E131
3-140
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM10
Y
No.
00
MEANING
1ST DATA
DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
EC00
DATA
EC31
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
CM90
Add-on Module number
CM98
NOTE: The same number
(the last two digits
of the data) should
not be used for both
DSS Console
(E100-E131) and
Add-on Module
(EC00-EC31).
CMAD
EE3 XXX Blade number of ZT Interface XXX represents ZT
number (000-127)
NOTE 1: ZZ (Circuit
number) in the
first data can only
be assigned to
circuit number
01, 05, 09 and 13.
NOTE 2: The same number
(the last three
digits of the data)
should not be
used, for the SIP
Converter number (EEC000EEC127).
EFX
~
EF
XXXX
XXXX
3-141
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM10
DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
1535
FX
F
XXXX
XXXX
NONE
FX
IP terminal registration
DATA
01
MEANING
1ST DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
Digital Multiline Terminal
station number
X-XXXXXXXX represents
My Line number.
X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
CM90
No data
IP Station number
X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
F
XXXX
XXXX
E100
~
E131
CM96
DSS Console number
CM97
(00-31)
NOTE 1: The same number
(the last two digits of the data)
should not be
used, for both
DSS Console
(E100-E131) and
Add-on Module
(EC00-EC31).
NOTE 2: This data is set
when DSS console is connected
to the side option
of the DT700
Series.
Continued on next page
3-142
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM10
Y
No.
01
MEANING
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
0000
EC00
1535
DATA
IP terminal registration
1ST DATA
EC31
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
CM90
Add-on Module number
CM98
NOTE: The same number
(the last two digits
of the data) should
not be used, for both
DSS Console
(E100-E131) and
Add-on Module
(EC00-EC31).
3-143
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM10
MEANING
DATA
0000
IP terminal registration
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
No data
Trunk No.
RELATED
COMMAND
1535
02
511
D000
000
D511
NONE
No data
Continued on next page
3-144
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM10
1ST DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
03
01XXX
MEANING
Virtual Port number (for SIP trunk)
DATA
D000
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
Trunk No.
RESET
2ND DATA
D511
XXX: 000 (Port No.
NONE
for control
channel)
: 001-096
(Port No. for
voice channel)
[8300R3 or
before]
No data
3-145
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM10
MEANING
DATA
XXX
XXXX
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
X
Virtual Port number
XXX-XXXX
XXXX
: 000-511
XXXX
PS/Standard SIP
station
NONE
[8300R6 software or before]
: 000-1023
Standard SIP station
[8300R7 software or later]
1ST DATA
3-146
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
PS/Standard SIP station No.
X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
No data
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM10
Unit Number
The Unit means the Main Unit that consists of CPU chassis (1U) and Line/Trunk chassis (2U).
Up to a maximum of 50 Units can be installed, and each Unit is managed by the Unit number.
The Unit numbers 01-04 are used for the Stand-alone system or the Main Unit of the Remote UNIT
over IP system. The Unit numbers 05-50 are used for the Remote Unit of the Remote UNIT over
IP system.
The following shows the Unit configuration and the outline of the Units.
Unit Configuration
3-147
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
CM10
Unit No. 02
Unit No. 05
Unit No. 03
Unit No. 50
Unit No. 04
Stand-alone system/
Main Unit for Remote UNIT over IP
3-148
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
CM10
Slot No. 16
Slot No. 14
Slot No. 17
Slot No. 15
Slot No. 18
Slot No. 07
Slot No. 10
Slot No. 08
Slot No. 11
Slot No. 09
Slot No. 12
Slot No. 01
Slot No. 04
Slot No. 02
Slot No. 05
Slot No. 03
Slot No. 06
Circuit No. 01
32
Example: When assigning the station number 300 for the CD-8DLCA blade accommodated to Slot
No. 01 of the Unit No. 01 and for the Multiline Terminal accommodated to the Circuit No.
01.
Data settings for CM05: CM05 Y=0>0101: 10
Data settings for CM10: CM10 Y=00>010101: F300
Continued on next page
3-149
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM10
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Connection
17
18
19
NOTE 1: When 2 Paging equipment are connected to a PGD(2)-U10 ADP, the setting of Dual port
mode is required as with Analog Port Adapter (related command: CM13 Y=32/33/34).
NOTE 2: The virtual station needs system capacity licenses only for the number of ports to be used.
Even when the virtual station is not connected, to just set the data for Dual port mode becomes the subject of license.
Continued on next page
3-150
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM10
3-151
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM11
Virtual Line station numbers must be different from station numbers assigned by CM10.
(2)
The Virtual Port No. has no relation to the Physical/Virtual Port No. used in CM10.
Therefore, any Virtual Port No. can be assigned to each Virtual Line station number.
(3)
(4)
The following station data can be assigned to the Virtual Line station numbers.
Station Class-1 (CM12)
Station Class-2 (CM13)
Service Restriction Class (CM15)
Call Pickup Group/Group Diversion Group (CM16)
ACD/UCD Group (CM17)
Station Hunting Group (CM18)
Direct-in Termination in Day/Night Mode (CM30 Y=04, 05)
Call Forwarding-Busy Line
Call Forwarding-No Answer
Call Forwarding-Im here (-Destination)
Call Pickup
Call Back (In this setting, My Line number is called back.)
Outgoing Trunk Queuing (Trunk Queuing-Outgoing) (In this setting, My Line number is called
back.)
(5)
The same condition as My Line is applied to calls from the virtual line station.
Billing of virtual line station is executed to its My Line number
3-152
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM11
INTERCOM
NUMBER + EXE
(4 digits)
DATA TABLE:
VIRTUAL
PORT No.
X
RELATED
COMMAND
CM20
CM90
CM12 Y=03
CM56 Y=10
CM90
XXXXXXXX
A000
~
A031
A100
AX YY
X : 0/1 to be made one pair
YY : Automatic Intercom Group No. (00-31)
NOTE 1
A131
A200
~
A700
A201
~
A701
AX YY
X : Serial number in a Group (2-7)
YY : Manual Intercom Group number (00-24)
NOTE 2
CM12 Y=03
CM56 Y=11
CM90
...
0000-0999
A224
~
A724
Continued on next page
3-153
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM11
~
B900
B001
CM12 Y=03
CM56 Y=12
CM90
...
B901
BX YY
X : Intercom Code (0-9)
YY : Dial Intercom Group number (00-24)
NOTE 3
B024
~
B924
AA01
~
AA05
AA11
~
AA15
CM12 Y=03
CM90
AAX Y
X: Attendant Position number (0-7)
Y: Loop number (1-5)
NOTE 4
...
0000-0999
RELATED
COMMAND
AA71
~
AA75
AB00
AB99
NONE
CM12 Y=02
CM15 Y=073
CM17 Y=1, 2
CM90 Y=00
No data
Continued on next page
3-154
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM11
AUTOMATIC
INTERCOM
No. (A)
A000
A001
AUTOMATIC
INTERCOM
No. (B)
A100
A101
31
A031
A131
INTERCOM NUMBER
A200, A300, A400, A500, A600, A700
A201, A301, A401, A501, A601, A701
24
INTERCOM NUMBER
B000, B100, B200, B900
B001, B101, B201, B901
24
3-155
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
CM12
(2)
The data for Single Line station number, My Line number of Multiline Terminal, Virtual Line
station number, Automatic/Manual/Dial Intercom number, Loop Line number and ICI/OPR Line
number, IP station number are shown in the table on next page.
(3)
The table below shows the key layout for Line/Trunk/Feature Keys and One Touch Keys of the
Multiline Terminals.
CM12 Y=24: 7 (A mode)
DT330/
DT730
(12D)
DT330/
DT730
(12D)+
8LK
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
3-156
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM12
DT330/
DT730
(12D)+
12LK
DT330/
DT730
(24D)
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DT330/
DT730
(24D)+
8LK
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
3-157
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM12
DT330/
DT730/
DT750
(8LD
[DESIless])
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
Front
Page
Page 2
Page 3
Page 4
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
LINE01
LINE05
LINE02
LINE06
LINE01
LINE05
LINE02
LINE03
LINE07
LINE06
LINE03
LINE04
LINE07
LINE08
LINE04
LINE08
LINE09
LINE13
LINE09
LINE13
LINE10
LINE14
LINE10
LINE14
LINE11
LINE15
LINE11
LINE15
LINE12
LINE16
LINE12
LINE16
DSS
DSS
LINE17
LINE21
DSS
DSS
LINE18
LINE22
DSS
DSS
LINE19
LINE23
DSS
DSS
LINE20
LINE24
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
Front
Page
Page 2
Page 3
Page 4
3-158
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM12
Front
Page
LINE01
LINE05
LINE02
LINE06
LINE03
LINE07
LINE04
LINE08
DSS
DSS
LINE01
LINE05
LINE02
LINE06
LINE03
LINE07
LINE04
LINE08
LINE09
LINE13
LINE10
LINE14
DSS
Page 2
LINE09
LINE13
LINE10
LINE14
LINE11
LINE15
LINE12
LINE16
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
Page 4
DT330/
DT730/
DT750
(8LD
[DESIless])+
16LK
Front
Page
DSS
Page 2
DSS
LINE11
LINE15
LINE12
LINE16
LINE17
LINE21
LINE18
LINE22
LINE19
LINE23
DSS
LINE20
LINE24
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
LINE01
LINE05
LINE01
LINE05
LINE02
LINE06
LINE02
LINE06
LINE03
LINE07
LINE03
LINE07
DSS
Page 2
Page 3
Page 4
LINE04
LINE08
LINE09
LINE13
LINE10
LINE14
LINE11
LINE15
LINE12
LINE16
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
Page 3
Page 4
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
Page 3
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
Front
Page
Page 2
LINE04
LINE08
LINE09
LINE13
LINE10
LINE14
LINE11
LINE15
LINE12
LINE16
LINE17
LINE21
LINE18
LINE22
LINE19
LINE23
DSS
LINE20
LINE24
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
Page 3
Page 4
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
3-159
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM12
LINE01
LINE05
LINE02
LINE06
LINE03
LINE07
LINE04
LINE08
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
3-160
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM12
D
Series i
(DTR16D-1R)/
Dterm75
(DTP16D-1)
Dterm
Series i/
DtermIP
(DTR16LD)
Dterm
Series i/
DtermIP
(DTR-81/DTR8D-1/
ITR-8D1/ITR8D-2)
Dterm
Series i/
DtermIP
(DTR8D-1R)/
Dterm75
(DTP-81/DTP8D-1)
LINE01 LINE02
LINE09 LINE10
LINE03 LINE04
LINE11 LINE12
LINE05 LINE06
LINE13 LINE14
LINE07 LINE08
LINE15 LINE16
3-161
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM12
Y
00
01
02
03
04
05
07
11
12
13
16
19
20
22
23
24
25
()
()
()
()
()
()
()
()
IP station number
(Assigned by CM10 Y=01)
( )
()
( )
( )
()
()
()
()
()
3-162
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM12
Y
26
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
43
44
45
46
47
IP station number
(Assigned by CM10 Y=01)
3-163
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM12
Y
48
50
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
76
77
78
IP station number
(Assigned by CM10 Y=01)
3-164
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM12
Y
79
80
90
92
93
96
97
98
IP station number
(Assigned by CM10 Y=01)
3-165
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM12
DATA
+ EXE
(1-12digits)
AUTOMATIC/
MANUAL/
DIAL INTERCOM No.
(4 digits)
LOOP
LINE No.
(4 digits)
ICI/OPR
LINE No. +
(4 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
SETTING DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
00
DTMF or DP
NOTE: This data setting
is not required for
a Multiline Terminal.
1
2
3
01
XZ
11
02
XX ZZ
1515
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
DP
DTMF
DP/DTMF
CM60 Y=02
CM35
Y=011
Y=051-058
Y=061-068
CM81
CM8A
CM20 Y=0-3:
A043
CM15
3-166
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM12
04
MEANING
Kind of Telephone
Tenant
SETTING DATA
DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
00
01
02
03
House Phone 0
House Phone 1
House Phone 2
House Phone 3
CM51 Y=14
00
01
02
03
CM51 Y=14
04
CM52 Y=XX:
Calling Side
(0)
05
Automatic Intercom
CM11
CM56 Y=10
06
Manual Intercom
CM11
CM56 Y=11
07
Dial Intercom
CM11
CM56 Y=12
08
CM11
09
Delayed Hotline
CM41
Y=0>119
CM52
Y=00-99
15
00
01
Tenant 00
Tenant 01
63
Tenant 63
CM30 Y=01
3-167
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM12
SETTING DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
DATA
05
Accommodation of Single
line telephone/FAX call
station to Multiline Terminals Multiline, Accommodation of PS to Soft
Phones Multiline
0
1
Accommodated
Not accommodated
CM10
CM90
CM13 Y=08
07
00
CM15
No.
15
11
12
MEANING
0
1
2
3
0
1
3
XXXX
NONE
CM12 Y=46
NOTE 1: As the second data, assign the Indial number informed when a call is originated from the station.
For a station for which no Indial number is informed, assign NONE.
NOTE 2: When the system accommodates both ISDN and SIP trunks, the subscriber number assigned by this command is used for ISDN. Assign a subscriber number with CM12 Y=46 for SIP.
13
00
14
15
CM12 Y=47
CM50 Y=05
NOTE: When the system accommodates both ISDN and SIP trunks, the Local Office Code Table assigned by this
command is used for ISDN. Assign a Local Office Code Table with CM12 Y=47 for SIP.
Continued on next page
3-168
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JANUARY/31/2011
CM12
SETTING DATA
MEANING
DATA
16
Trunk to be seized as
Private Line on per station
basis
D000
MEANING
Trunk number
CM35 Y=018
CM35 Y=028
CM15 Y=025
No.
RELATED
COMMAND
D511
NONE
No data
NOTE: When assigning Private Line on a per station basis, Outgoing Trunk Queuing (Trunk Queuing- Outgoing)
and Timed Queue features are not available.
To restrict Outgoing Trunk Queuing, set the second data 0 by CM35 Y=028. Also to restrict Timed
Queue, set the second data 0 by CM15 Y=025.
19
XXXXXXXX
NONE
No data
0
1
3
CM04
Y=01>02
CM08>507
CM10
CM50 Y=00>8
22
0
1
Not available
Available
CM9A
23
0
1
2
3
Pattern number 0
Pattern number 1
Pattern number 2
Pattern number 3
CM9A
3-169
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM12
SETTING DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
24
0
7
MEANING
B mode
A mode
RELATED
COMMAND
CM94
NOTE 1: Refer to PRECAUTION (3) for the combination of Line/Trunk/Feature Keys and One Touch Keys of the
Multiline Terminals.
see PRECAUTION (3)
NOTE 2: The default data of this command is 0 (B mode) when the station number is assigned by CM10.
NOTE 3: After the 2nd data of CM12 Y=24 is changed, pull out and reconnect the modular connector of the Multiline Terminal.
25
0
3
CM08>443
26
0
1
3
29
0
1
CM15 Y=485
CM9C
0
1
Available
Not available
CM15 Y=210
NOTE: When second data is inputted, my line number information is transmitted to Multiline Terminal according
to setting of CM15 Y=210.
Second data returns to 1 after the completion of transmitting my line number information.
30
0
1
To send
Not sent
CM50 Y=08>0
31
0
1
To send
Not sent
CM50 Y=08>1
32
0
1
To send
Not sent
CM50 Y=08>2
33
0
1
To send
Not sent
CM50 Y=08>3
Continued on next page
3-170
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM12
MEANING
SETTING DATA
DATA
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
0
1
To send
Not sent
CM50 Y=08>4
35
0
1
To send
Not sent
CM50 Y=08>5
36
0
1
To send
Not sent
CM50 Y=08>6
37
0
1
To send
Not sent
CM50 Y=08>7
38
01
CM13 Y=41,
49, 60, 61
34
50
NONE
39
00
63
NONE
43
00
19
NONE
CM67
Location number 63
Location number 00
Group Call No. 00
Location number 00
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1 minute later
2 minutes later
4 minutes later
8 minutes later
16 minutes later
32 minutes later
64 minutes later
Not use the power saving
45
00
44
15
CM13 Y=45
CM57 Y=1029
CM15
3-171
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM12
MEANING
SETTING DATA
DATA
46
X-XXXX
NONE
47
00
MEANING
SIP subscriber number (Indial No.)
No data
CM12 Y=12
CM12 Y=13
14
15
0
1
3
50
00
Location number 00
61
0
1
2
3
CM67
48
63
NONE
RELATED
COMMAND
Location number 63
Location number 00
CM35 Y=247
CM35 Y=248
NOTE: This command is effective when the forced release is provided to the destination trunk route (CM35 Y=247
and 248 is set to 0).
62
Do Not Disturb/Message
Waiting Lamp Indication
on Line/Trunk/Feature keys
of Multiline Terminal
0
2
3
CM08>140
CM15 Y=188
CM15 Y=189
3-172
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM12
MEANING
63
SETTING DATA
DATA
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
15
16
17
18
NONE
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
Japanese
English
French (Canadian French)
Spanish (Latin Spanish)
Portuguese (Brazilian Portuguese)
German
Italian
Netherlandish
[8300R2]
French (Europe)
Spanish (Europe)
Portuguese (Europe)
Swedish
Danish
Catalan
Russian
Turkish [8300R6]
Simplified Chinese [8300R7] [Asia]
Traditional Chinese [8300R7] [Asia]
As per CM04 Y=00>00
CM04
Y=00>00
NOTE 1: When the setting of the DT700 Series is changed, a reset of the terminal is required.
NOTE 2: When this data is set to 15-18 for the terminal which cannot display Russian/Turkish/Chinese characters on the LCD, the terminal displays English characters on the LCD (same as the second data 01).
64
50
NONE
1
3
NONE
Unit number 01
01
65
Unit number 50
No data
Paging
External relay/External key/External Hold Tone
Source/Voice Response System
Ordinary station
NOTE 1: After this data setting, a reset of the PGD(2)-U10 ADP (Unplugged and plugged in/Blade Reset) is
required.
NOTE 2: External Hold Tone Source/Voice Response System is effective for 8300R3 software or later.
Continued on next page
3-173
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM12
SETTING DATA
DATA
66
00
MEANING
External Key Group No. 00
CM12 Y=65: 3
CM61
MEANING
No.
RELATED
COMMAND
63
0
1
2
3
CM12 Y=65: 1
68
Specification of Paging
Zone
NOTE: Effective when the
second data of
CM12 Y=65 is set
to 1.
00
CM20 Y=0-3:
A070-A079
CM12 Y=65: 1
69
70
00
15
NONE
X
CM57 Y=31,
32
Group Call
Meet-Me Conference
Sequential Call-up
[8300R4]
Ordinary station (Not pilot station)
0
1
2
71
09
NONE
Kind of paging
NOTE: Effective when the
second data of
CM12 Y=65 is set
to 1.
67
XXXX
XXXX
NONE
No data
NOTE: This data is not available when setting the first data that is not a virtual station number.
Continued on next page
3-174
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM12
MEANING
DT300/700 series Display
Enhancement for Universal Design
[8300R3]
SETTING DATA
DATA
0
1
NONE
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
Second line is twofold font, First line is delete
Third line is twofold font, First line is delete
Twofold font is not display
CM90 Y=00:
F5030, F5031
NOTE: This data is effective only when DT330/DT710 (DESI-less only)/DT730/DT750 are used.
76
00
01
16
NONE
No time out
1 minute
16 minutes
4 minutes
NOTE: Set this data to 00 and reset the station when using DTPlusWare.
77
Dual Ringing
[8300R5]
0
1
Available
Not available
NOTE 1: Set this data for Mobility Access station from CAT/PCPro.
NOTE 2: DATA ERROR is displayed on LCD when System version license is not registered, if this data is set
to 0.
0
1
3
79
000
127
NONE
Master station
Sub station
Ordinary station
CM12 Y=79
CM57 Y=34
CM12 Y=78
CM57 Y=34
78
NOTE: This data must be set for both master station and sub stations in suite room.
80
1
2
3
4
NONE
CM20 Y=0-3:
A256, A267A269
CM64 Y=10,
14-16
Continued on next page
3-175
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM12
SETTING DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
90
X.....XXX
(12 digits)
0
CCC
NONE
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
MAC Address display
MAC Address automatic registration in Fixed Connection Mode
Clear
No data
NOTE 1: If you clear the registered IP Station MAC Address while the system is operating, IP Station is reset
even if it is connected.
NOTE 2: MAC Address automatic registration in Fixed Connection Mode should be executed during the terminal
logging in.
NOTE 3: A maximum of 256 MAC Addresses can be registered in Fixed Connection Mode.
NOTE 4: This command has to be registered after assigning CM15 Y=480 2nd data 1 and CM2B Y=00 in
Fixed Connection Mode. If you do not do that, DATA ERROR is displayed.
NOTE 5: Execute the system data backup by CMEC Y=6>0: 0 after this command registered. When changing
this data of terminals accommodated in a Remote Unit, execute the system data copy by CMEC Y=8 to
the Remote Unit.
NOTE 6: Confirm the registered MAC Addresses by CM12 Y=92.
92
X.....XXX
(12 digits)
CCC
NONE
MAC Address
Clear
No data
NOTE 1: A maximum of 256 MAC Addresses can be registered in Fixed Connection Mode.
NOTE 2: This command has to be registered after assigning CM15 Y=480 2nd data 1 and CM2B Y=00 in
Fixed Connection Mode. If you do not do that, DATA ERROR is displayed.
NOTE 3: When a MAC Address is entered during the terminal logging in incorrectly, DATA ERROR is displayed. When a MAC Address of the other terminals which is logging in is entered, WAIT, BUSY
NOW is displayed.
NOTE 4: Execute the system data backup by CMEC Y=6>0: 0 after this command is registered.
When changing this data of terminals accommodated in a Remote Unit, execute the system data copy
by CMEC Y=8 to the Remote Unit.
93
1
CCC
3-176
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM12
MEANING
Standard SIP station connection status
[8300R3.5]
SETTING DATA
DATA
0
1
NONE
CCC
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
NOTE 1: When a station during calling is set forced idle return by this data, the forced idle return is completed
and the call is terminated.
NOTE 2: Re-register the Standard SIP station by CMBC Y=15 after forced idle return by this data.
NOTE 3: When an unassigned number is set to the first data of this data, DATA NOT FOUND is displayed.
NOTE 4: When assigning forced idle return for a disconnected station displayed 0 as readout data of this data,
DATA ERROR is displayed and the forced idle return is not executed.
97
X.....XXX
(maximum
12 digits)
NONE
NOTE 1: Set this data to the related station before registering Standard SIP station without REGISTER by CMBC
Y=15.
NOTE 2: When the IP address is changed or deleted by specifying the registered Standard SIP station, WAIT,
BUSY NOW is displayed (the IP address is not changed or deleted).
NOTE 3: When changing the IP address assigned by this data, delete the registered terminal once by CMBC
Y=15. Then register the terminal again.
98
00000
65534
NONE
NOTE 1: When using the port number other than 5060 (default), set this data to the related station before registering Standard SIP station without REGISTER by CMBC Y=15.
NOTE 2: When the IP address is changed or deleted by specifying the registered Standard SIP station, WAIT,
BUSY NOW is displayed (the IP address is not changed or deleted).
NOTE 3: When changing the port number assigned by this data, delete the registered terminal once by CMBC
Y=15. Then register the terminal again.
3-177
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM13
(2)
When a station has been set as an FAX station (CM13 Y=07), the following limitations are applied
to that station.
Periodic Time Indication tone is not given to the line.
Override by other stations is restricted.
Ringing interval is fixed to 1 second ON-2 seconds OFF.
Call Waiting Answer-Called Side to be restricted by CM15 Y=044: 0.
(3)
(4)
When 2 Paging equipment are connected to a PGD(2)-U10 ADP, the setting of Dual port mode is
required as with Analog Port Adapter (related command: CM13 Y=32/33/34).
(5)
The data for a Single Line station number, My Line number of a Multiline Terminal and Virtual
Line station number are shown in the table below.
: To assign : Not assigned
Y
STATION NUMBER
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 18 21 22 23 24 25 29 32 33
3-178
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM13
34 35 37 39 40 41 45 46 49 51 52 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 63 64 66 67 68 69
Multiline Terminal My
line number (Assigned by
CM10 Y=00, 01)
Virtual line station number
(Assigned by CM11)
Y
STATION NUMBER
70 71 73 74
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
STATION
ST + 13YY + DE + NUMBER + DE + DATA + EXE
(1 digit)
(1-8 digits)
3-179
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM13
MEANING
SETTING DATA
DATA
MEANING
00
Do Not Disturb-System
0
1
To provide
Not provided
01
Room Cutoff-System
0
1
To provide
Not provided
02
Off-Hook Alarm
0
1
To provide
Not provided
03
0
1
NOTE: Set the second data to default when Standard SIP station is used, because Standard SIP station is unsupported to control these features.
04
0
1
Not provided
To provide
See CM08>153
05
0
1
To provide
Not provided
06
0
1
Not provided
To provide
07
0
1
Data station
Ordinary station
08
0
1
09
0
1
Without PAD
As per CM42>190
0
1
Without PAD
As per CM42>190
VMS station
See CM41 Y=0>44, 48, 49, CM50 Y=00
Ordinary station
10
3-180
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM13
SETTING DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
11
0
1
To provide
Not provided
12
0
1
Secretary station
Ordinary station or Boss station
13
NOTE: MW Lamp of calling station is turned off when Message Waiting Front Desk Terminal answers.
See CM08>233
18
0
1
To send
Not sent
NOTE: This command is effective when using the LC blade supports reverse signal.
21
0
1
To provide
Not provided
23
0
1
To provide
Not provided
NOTE: When this feature is activated, be sure to set CM08>141, CM35 Y=22, and/or CM76 Y=13.
See CM08>141 CM35 Y=022 CM76 Y=13
24
0
1
In-Skin UMS
Digital Multiline Terminal
25
0
1
To provide
Not provided
29
0
1
32
0
1
To connect
Not connected
BLADE RESET
See PRECAUTION (4)
Continued on next page
3-181
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM13
SETTING DATA
MEANING
Port mode of Analog Port Adapter/
PGD(2)-U10 ADP
DATA
MEANING
0
1
BLADE RESET
See PRECAUTION (4)
34
35
0
1
Not sent
To send
37
0
1
To provide
Not provided
39
0
1
Available
Not available
40
0
1
41
0
1
To store
Not stored
45
0
1
To provide
Not provided
46
0
1
NOTE: Call Forwarding-No Answer Timing is as follows when second data is set as 0.
When the timer for each station is set up by CME6 Y=07, 08: The timer of CME6 Y=07, 08 is effective.
When the timer for each station is not set up by CME6 Y=07, 08: The timer of CM41 Y=0>100, 101
is effective.
49
0
1
To store
Not stored
Continued on next page
3-182
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM13
MEANING
Kind of station in the hotel function
SETTING DATA
DATA
0
1
MEANING
Administrative station
Guest station
NOTE: Set the second data to 0, when the station except Hotel Console and Guest station is used.
52
Whether the PMS information for 8 characters display in left-side on upper line of
LCD is to be displayed on administrative
station (Multiline Terminal) or not
0
1
54
0
1
To provide
Not provided
55
0
1
To provide
Not provided
NOTE: When terminating the call to the stations of SLT/subline of Multiline Terminal/Virtual line/Virtual station for PS, the calling number is displayed on the LCD of the Multiline Terminal assigned by CM57
Y=30.
56
0
1
Restricted
Allowed
57
0
1
To provide
Not provided
NOTE: Set the second data to 0 for all the VMS ports performing Voice Mail Live Record-CCIS.
58
0
1
59
Kind of VMS
0
1
Not used
In-Skin UMS
60
0
1
To store
Not stored
Continued on next page
3-183
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM13
SETTING DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
61
Storage of the call history (IC) when handling of unanswered a trunk call
0
1
To store
Not stored
63
Accommodation of Dterm70/PGD(2)-U10
ADP
0
1
To accommodate
Not accommodated
BLADE RESET
NOTE 1: Set this data only for a Base Port of DLC blade.
NOTE 2: Whether the following equipment can be accommodated to the same DLC blade or not depends on
this data.
- When the second data is set to 0
Accommodatable : DT300/Dterm85/Dterm70/PGD(2)-U10 ADP
Unaccommodatable: Dterm75/DESKCON/DSS Console
- When the second data is set to 1
Accommodatable : DT300/Dterm85/Dterm75/DESKCON/DSS Console
Unaccommodatable: Dterm70/PGD(2)-U10 ADP
64
0
1
66
0
1
Accommodation of DTH-4R/DTL-8R
[North America Only]
0
1
To accommodate
Not accommodated
68
0
1
To send
Not sent
NOTE: This data is used when IP Multiline Terminal or BCT (IVR) is connected to the system. This data is
assigned to the station number of IP Multiline Terminal/BCT (IVR).
Continued on next page
3-184
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM13
SETTING DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
69
0
1
To provide
Not provided
70
0
1
71
0
1
73
0
1
Pilot station
Ordinary station
NOTE 1: This data is effective only to the pilot station for the Conference group specified in CM04 Y=04: 0
(with password protection).
NOTE 2: The type of pilot station number for Conference assigned by CM12 Y=69 becomes ineffective when
the pilot station number is set by this data.
74
0
1
NOTE: When setting External Hold Tone by CM48 Y=0/CM64 Y=1, External Hold Tone is selected regardless of this data.
3-185
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM15
3-186
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM15
SERVICE
REST.
CLASS (A)
MEANING
00
SETTING DATA
DATA
0
1
MEANING
Restricted
Allow
15
3-187
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM15
SERVICE
REST.
CLASS (A)
MEANING
00
SETTING DATA
DATA
0
1
MEANING
Restricted
Allow
15
3-188
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
CM15
SERVICE
REST.
CLASS (A)
MEANING
00
DATA
MEANING
0
1
Restricted
Allow
0
1
Allow
Restricted
0
1
Restricted
Allow
0
1
Restricted
Allow
SETTING DATA
15
3-189
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM15
SERVICE
REST.
CLASS (A)
MEANING
00
~
15
SETTING DATA
DATA
MEANING
0
1
Restricted
Allow
0
1
Restricted
Allow
0
1
Allow
Restricted
0
1
Allow
Restricted
NOTE 1: Set the second data to 1 when a Standard SIP station is used.
NOTE 2: This command is effective only for PCS when PS is used.
120 Dynamic Dial Pad
00
~
15
1
NOTE: Set the second data to 1 when a Standard SIP station is used.
123 Calling Name Display-PS/Standard SIP station
00
0
1
Allow
Restricted
15
NOTE: The display on Standard SIP station depends on the terminal specification.
00
15
0
1
Allow
Restricted
0
1
Allow
Restricted
Continued on next page
3-190
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM15
MEANING
SETTING DATA
DATA
00
SERVICE
REST.
CLASS (A)
15
MEANING
Main station and sub
station are controlled
Only main station is
controlled
0
1
Allow
Restricted
NOTE 1, NOTE 2
0
1
Allow
Restricted
0
1
Allow
Restricted
0
1
Allow
Restricted
0
1
Allow
Restricted
3-191
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM15
SERVICE
REST.
CLASS (A)
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
0
1
Allow
Restricted
0
1
Calling Number
Display
Calling Name Display
0
1
Allow
Restricted
0
1
Allow
Restricted
0
1
Restricted
Allow
0
1
Allow
Restricted
0
1
Allow
Restricted
0
1
Allow
Restricted
00
SETTING DATA
15
NOTE 1: The first data must be the preassigned VMS Service Restriction Class which is sent from the office via
CCIS.
NOTE 2: This command is not effective for the Service Restriction Class of own office.
00
15
0
1
Restricted
Allow
0
1
Allow
Restricted
Destination setting of
each PS
Destination setting of
each tenant
3-192
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM15
MEANING
SERVICE
REST.
CLASS (A)
SETTING DATA
DATA
00
~
15
1
MEANING
Off Hook Ring
Volume 2
(As per CM42>75)
Off Hook Ring
Volume 1
(As per CM42>74)
NOTE: The following operations are required when this data is changed.
Multiline Terminal : Disconnect the Multiline Terminal cable and connect the Multiline Terminal cable
again/Unplug the DLC blade and plug the DLC blade again.
IP Station
: Logout the IP Station and login the IP Station again.
0
1
Station Number
Station Name
0
1
Restricted
Allow
0
1
Restricted
Allow
0
1
Restricted
Allow
00
15
NOTE: If this data is set to 1 when using 8300R2 software or later, Preset Dialing on Multiline Terminal is
active regardless of the setting of CM12 Y=22.
213 SMDR service for station to station call
00
Allow
Restricted
0
1
Restricted
Allow
0
1
Restricted
Allow
0
1
Restricted
Allow
0
1
Allow
Restricted
0
1
15
3-193
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM15
SERVICE
REST.
CLASS (A)
MEANING
00
15
SETTING DATA
DATA
MEANING
0
1
Restricted
Allow
0
1
Restricted
Allow
NOTE: Call Forwarding-No Answer in Mobility Access Mode is effective for 8300R5 software or later.
00
0
1
Allow
Restricted
0
1
Restricted
Allow
15
NOTE: This data is effective for the station of Conference participants from own office. The station of Conference
participants from the different offices via CCIS/IP trunk (P2P CCIS) is allowed to participate in Conference regardless of this data.
00
224 Calling Number Display when an internal incoming call is terminated to the sub line of Multiline Terminal
[8300R3.5]
0
1
Allow
Restricted
0
1
Allow
Restricted
0
1
Restricted
Allow
15
15
15
NOTE: Preset Do Not Disturb-Override is allowed for DESKCON regardless of this data.
00
227 Select the call termination to Suite Room station while one of
the suite room stations is busy
[8300R5]
0
1
15
NOTE 1: When this data is set to 1, Call Forwarding-Destination specified by CM51 Y=35 is available.
NOTE 2: Set this data for a Suite Room master station.
Continued on next page
3-194
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM15
SERVICE
REST.
CLASS (A)
MEANING
00
SETTING DATA
DATA
0
1
MEANING
Restricted
Allow
15
NOTE: This data is effective for the station of Call Transfer operator from own office. The station of Conference
participants from the different offices via CCIS/IP trunk (P2P CCIS) is allowed to participate in Conference regardless of this data.
00
15
Peer-to-Peer connection
Via VoIPDB
NOTE 1: To establish Peer-to-Peer connection of station-to-station calling with Standard SIP station, set this
data to 0 for both Standard SIP station.
NOTE 2: When using access codes assigned by CM20 Y=0-3: A263/A264, whether to use Peer-to-Peer connection or not depends on access codes regardless of this data.
NOTE 3: A reset of the terminal is required after this data setting.
00
400 Displaying pattern of Caller ID on the LCD of Multiline Terminal before answering or after answering a trunk call
15
1
To display calling
number on upper line
of LCD, calling name
on middle line of LCD
To display calling
name on upper line of
LCD, calling number
on middle line of LCD
Not displayed calling
number and calling
name simultaneously
NOTE 1: Set this data to 0 or 1 when calling number and calling name is displayed at the same time.
NOTE 2: When the second data of CM15 Y=400 is set to 0, set the second data of CM15 Y=136 to 1 (Calling
Name Display).
NOTE 3: When the second data of CM15 Y=400 is set to 1, set the second data of CM15 Y=136 to 0 (Calling
Number Display).
Continued on next page
3-195
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM15
MEANING
SETTING DATA
DATA
00
401 Entry of Authorization Code/Forced Account Code after dialing an LCR access code and desired number
SERVICE
REST.
CLASS (A)
15
1
2
7
MEANING
Allow (Authorization
Code)
Allow (Forced
Account Code)
Allow (Authorization
Code [PAD LOCK])
Restricted
NOTE: To provide this operation, the following data assignments are required.
- Toll restriction
(CM12 Y=01, CM8A Y=5XXX: 000, CM81)
- LCR origination
(CM20 Y=0-3: A126/A127/A128/A129, CM8A Y=5XXX: 180, CM85)
00
1
2
15
3
4
5
6
7
8
NONE
Unrestricted (RCA)
Non-Restricted 1
(RCB)
Non-Restricted 2
(RCC)
Semi-Restricted 1
(RCD)
Semi-Restricted 2
(RCE)
Restricted 1 (RCF)
Restricted 2 (RCG)
Fully-Restricted
(RCH)
Set Room Cutoff
Continued on next page
3-196
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM15
SERVICE
REST.
CLASS (A)
MEANING
00
SETTING DATA
DATA
1
2
15
3
4
5
6
7
8
NONE
00
15
0
1
2
7
407 Calling Number information to be displayed when an transferred call is terminated to the sub line of Multiline Terminal
[8300R3.5]
0
1
3
MEANING
Unrestricted (RCA)
Non-Restricted 1
(RCB)
Non-Restricted 2
(RCC)
Semi-Restricted 1
(RCD)
Semi-Restricted 2
(RCE)
Restricted 1 (RCF)
Restricted 2 (RCG)
Fully-Restricted
(RCH)
Set Room Cutoff
PAD Pattern 0 (As per
CM42>210)
0 dB
Receiver Type 0 (For
Station/Trunk)
Receiver Type 1 (As
per CM45 Y=B)
Receiver Type 2 (As
per CM45 Y=B)
Receiver Type 0 (For
Station/Trunk)
Not displayed
Transferring Party display
Transferred Party display
3-197
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM15
SERVICE
REST.
CLASS (A)
MEANING
00
15
SETTING DATA
DATA
MEANING
0
1
Restricted
Allow
0
1
To transmit
Not transmitted
NOTE 1: Only ISDN/SIP Trunk can transmit the caller ID of the call originator at the outgoing trunk.
NOTE 2: This data is effective when CM35 Y=306 is set to 0 or CMBA Y=44 is set to 01/15.
NOTE 3: When an intermediate station is Attendant Console, set CM08>1030 (Whether to transmit the caller ID
of the call originator when an Attendant Console holds the trunk incoming call and transfer it to the
trunk).
3-198
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM15
SERVICE
REST.
CLASS (B)
MEANING
00
SETTING DATA
DATA
0
1
MEANING
Restricted
Allow
15
00
0
1
Restricted
Allow
0
1
Restricted
Allow
0
1
Allow
Restricted
0
1
Attendant Terminal
Ordinary station
15
00
~
15
NOTE: To provide the Multiline Terminal Attendant Terminal, set 0 to a different Service Restriction Class
number than for regular Multiline Terminal stations.
Example:
CLASS No. 15 (STATION)
CLASS No. 00 (ATT Terminal)
CM15 Y=71
0
1
CM15 Y=73
0
1
Continued on next page
3-199
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM15
SERVICE
REST.
CLASS (B)
MEANING
00
SETTING DATA
DATA
MEANING
Allow
Restricted
0
1
ICI/OPE Key
Regular station
0
1
Restricted
Allow
0
1
Restricted
Allow
0
1
Restricted
Allow
153 Connected line number indication on Multiline Terminal display in ETSI ISDN Connected Line Identification Presentation (COLP) for a call termination office
[For EU]
0
1
Restricted
Allow
0
1
Restricted
Allow
0
1
Restricted
Allow
0
1
15
3-200
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM15
SERVICE
REST.
CLASS (C)
MEANING
00
~
15
SETTING DATA
DATA
MEANING
0
1
Restricted
Allow
0
1
Allow
Restricted
0
1
See below
: Default
Y=083
Y=084
Y=093: 0
Y=093: 1
00
0
1
Allow
Restricted
(Prime Line Pickup)
0
1
Restricted
Allow
15
NOTE: This data is effective when CM15 Y=082 is set to 0 (Allow).
00
15
Continued on next page
3-201
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM15
SERVICE
REST.
CLASS (C)
MEANING
00
SETTING DATA
DATA
0
1
MEANING
See below
15
: Default
088
089
MEANING OF DATA
Ineffective
0
1
See below
15
: Default
090
091
MEANING OF DATA
Ineffective
3-202
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM15
SERVICE
REST.
CLASS (C)
MEANING
00
SETTING DATA
DATA
0
1
MEANING
See below
15
: Default
Y=083
Y=084
Y=093: 0
Y=093: 1
00
15
0
1
Not displayed
To display
Multiline Terminal
without LCD
Multiline Terminal
with LCD
NOTE: Set the second data to 0 when outgoing call history (stack dial) is restricted.
Continued on next page
3-203
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM15
SERVICE
REST.
CLASS (C)
MEANING
00
SETTING DATA
DATA
0
1
MEANING
See below
15
: Default
097
098
MEANING OF DATA
UCD (CM08>212: 1)
Call Waiting
Hunting
00
Available
Not available
0
1
Available
Not available
0
1
Available
Not available
0
1
Allow
Restricted
0
1
Allow
Restricted
0
1
Allow
Restricted
0
1
15
NOTE: When changing this data of terminals accommodated in a Remote Unit, execute the system data copy by
CMEC Y=8 to the Remote Unit.
195 Fault log collection on VoIP call
00
0
1
Restricted
Allow
15
Continued on next page
3-204
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM15
SERVICE
REST.
CLASS (C)
MEANING
00
SETTING DATA
DATA
0
1
MEANING
Restricted
Allow
15
NOTE: When this data is changed while the system is operating, reboot the terminal (re-login to the PBX).
00
Allow
Restricted
0
1
Not lit
To light
0
1
Not lit
To light
0
1
Not lit
To light
0
1
Allow
Restricted
0
1
280 Automatic change of Display for Multiline Terminal (DESIless) incoming call
[8300R3]
15
NOTE: Set the second data of both CM15 Y=289 and CM35 Y=314 to 0 to be effective for Dial Mask on LCD.
00
0
1
Disconnected
Continued
15
Continued on next page
3-205
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM15
MEANING
SETTING DATA
DATA
MEANING
00
SERVICE
REST.
CLASS (C)
15
1
7
00
02
03
1
2
06
Characteristic level
Restricted
Allow (Send
Announcement to VRS
when no destination is
set)
Allow (Send RBT
when no destination is
set)
09
NONE
No data
NOTE: Do not change this data when the system is operated normally.
Continued on next page
3-206
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM15
SERVICE
REST.
CLASS (C)
MEANING
SETTING DATA
DATA
00
0
3
MEANING
See below
15
: Default
PRIORITY
HIGH
LOW
2ND DATA=0
2ND DATA=3
Station Hunting
Station Hunting
NOTE: Set the 2nd data to 0 to Mobility Access station number for Call Forwarding-All Calls of Mobility Access call.
Continued on next page
3-207
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM15
SERVICE
REST.
CLASS (C)
MEANING
00
15
SETTING DATA
DATA
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
NONE
MEANING
Always off
Always on
5 seconds
10 seconds
15 seconds
30 seconds
60 seconds
10 seconds
NOTE: After this data setting, this data is valid by resetting DT300/DT700 Series or executing CM12 Y=29.
00
15
1
2
7
To encrypt both
Control and Voice
packets
To encrypt Control
Packets only
To encrypt Voice
Packets only
Encryption not
provided
0
1
Allow
Restricted
15
NOTE: It is recommended that Periodic registration timer assigned by CM41 Y=0>151/152/153 is set to default
to enable this data setting.
3-208
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM15
CHARGING
STATION
CLASS
MEANING
00
DATA
MEANING
0
1
Allow
Restricted
0
1
Allow
Restricted
0
1
Allow
Restricted
0
1
Allow
Restricted
SETTING DATA
15
3-209
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM16
The maximum number of stations which can be assigned to a Call Pickup group is 60.
(2)
(3)
An individual station cannot be assigned to more than one Call Pickup group.
(4)
(5)
Group Diversion does not work for stations that are not in the Call Pickup group.
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + 16Y + DE +
DATA
STATION NUMBER (A)
+ DE + (1-8 digits) + EXE
(1-8 digits)
3-210
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
CM16
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
Station number (B)
MEANING
No.
SETTING DATA
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
NONE
No data
When assigning station numbers to a Call Pickup group, only two station numbers can be
assigned per operation. Thus, by repeating the operation as often as required, all the station
numbers to be included in a Call Pickup group can be assigned. The two station numbers to
be assigned by one operation are defined as Station number (A) and Station number (B).
For example, when defining a Call Pickup group with station numbers 300, 301, and 302,
three operations are performed.
1st Operation
2nd Operation
3rd Operation
By these three operations, a chain of three lines is set up. As seen from above, one station
can be either Station Number (A) or Station Number (B). Thus, Station Number (A)/(B) is
used for identifying which of the two station numbers is to be set first.
X
00
Station number
included in Group
Diversion
Station numbers to be
included in a Group DiverXXXXXXXX sion
30
NONE
3
Display of station
numbers included in
Call Pickup group
(Display only)
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
3-211
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
CM16
MEANING
DATA
X
SETTING DATA
DATA
0
1
MEANING
Pilot station
Member station
NOTE
XXXXXXXX
NOTE:
Only one station can be assigned as the Pilot station of a Call Pickup group.
3-212
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
CM17
A maximum of 16 ACD/UCD groups can be assigned per system when using 8300R5 software or
before. A maximum of 100 ACD/UCD groups can be assigned per system when using 8300R6
software or later.
(2)
(3)
Prior to changing or deleting the station number within an ACD/UCD group, in CM17 Y=0, it is
necessary to change the data for CM17 Y=1-7 to the default.
(4)
For details of other ACD/UCD services, refer to AUTOMATIC CALL DISTRIBUTION (ACD)
or UNIFORM CALL DISTRIBUTION (UCD) of Programming Manual.
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + 17Y + DE +
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
MEANING
Station number (A)
DATA
X
XXXXXXXX
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
Station number (B)
MEANING
No.
SETTING DATA
CM17
Y=1-7, A-C
XXXXXXXX
NONE
No data
NOTE 1: Station numbers should be individually assigned to an ACD/UCD group as shown below.
170>400: 401
170>400: 402
170>400: 403
170>400: 404
170>400: 400
NOTE 2: After data setting, lift the handset once, to activate the ACD/UCD function, at each ACD/UCD station.
Continued on next page
3-213
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM17
MEANING
SETTING DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
Station number to
be assigned as Pilot
0
1
Member station
Pilot station
OAI Member
station (Off Hook
suppressed)
OAI Pilot station
(Monitor Pilot)
Pilot station in
ACD/UCD group
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
CM17 Y=0
XXXXXXXX
X
Station number to
be assigned to queuXXXXXXXX ing for SCF
3
2
X
XXXXXXXX
00
ACD/UCD Group
number
15
ACD/UCD group 15
[8300R5 or
before]
00
ACD/UCD group 00
~
99
NONE
3
X
Station number (A)
Display of station
numbers included in
XXXXXXXX
ACD/UCD group
(Display only)
ACD/UCD group 99
[8300R6 or later]
No data
Station number (B)
(Display only)
CM17 Y=0
XXXXXXXX
NOTE: In CAT mode, the displaying station number is added 1 with every press of the S (Step forward) key
regardless of the ACD/UCD group. In Command Mode of PCPro, the next station number in the ACD/
UCD group is displayed with every press of S (Step forward) key.
ACD/UCD service
for C.O./DID
incoming call
Pilot station
number of ACD/
XXXXXXXX UCD group
X
Pilot station
number of ACD/
XXXXXXXX UCD group
ACD/UCD service
for internal call
0
1
Not provided
To provide
CM17 Y=1
0
1
Not provided
To provide
CM17 Y=1
3-214
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM17
MEANING
MEANING
SETTING DATA
DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
0
1
Not provided
To provide
CM17 Y=1
ACD/UCD service
X
Pilot station
for DID/Automated
number of ACD/
Attendant
XXXXXXXX UCD group
0
1
Not provided
To provide
CM17 Y=1
ACD/UCD Delay
Announcement
Service
0
1
Designation of
number of queuing
in each ACD/UCD
group
Pilot station
number of ACD/
XXXXXXXX UCD group
0
1
As per CM42>16
Not provided
(No limitation)
CM17 Y=1
CM42>16
X
Pilot station
Designation of
number of ACD/
ACD/UCD Delay
XXXXXXXX UCD group
Announcement/
ACD/UCD Overflow Announcement
[8300R6]
00
CM17 Y=0, 1
CM49 Y=00
~
X
Pilot station
number of ACD/
XXXXXXXX UCD group
~
~
ACD/UCD service
X
Pilot station
for Tie Line incomnumber of ACD/
ing call
XXXXXXXX UCD group
99
NONE
NOTE: Set this data when sharing one VRS with multiple ACD/UCD groups and using VRS other than own group
number.
3-215
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM18
When a Station Hunting group requires a secretary station, it is necessary to assign CM18 Y=2.
(2)
The maximum number of stations which can be assigned to a Station Hunting group is 60.
(3)
(4)
(5)
Only one hunting system (Station Hunting-Terminal/Station Hunting-Circular/Station HuntingSecretarial) can be assigned to a Hunting group.
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + 18Y + DE +
3-216
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
CM18
Station Hunting-Terminal
: Default
Y
MEANING
Station number (A)
DATA
X
MEANING
Station number (B)
MEANING
No.
SETTING DATA
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
NONE
No data
When assigning station numbers to a Station Hunting group, only two station numbers
can be assigned per operation. By repeating the operation as often as required, all the station numbers to be included in a Station Hunting Group can be assigned. The two station
numbers to be assigned with one operation are defined as Station Number (A) and Station
Number (B).
Example: When you define a Station Hunting-Terminal group using Station Numbers
300, 301, and 302, designate 300 as the pilot station number, and perform the
following three operations:
1st Operation
2nd Operation
3rd Operation
As seen above, one station can be either Station Number (A) or Station Number (B). Station Number (A)/(B) is used to identify which of the two station numbers is to be
assigned first.
1
Station number
Kind of station
numbers included in
Station Hunting group
XXXXXXXX
3-217
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM18
MEANING
DATA
Secretary station
MEANING
Secretary station number
~
Secretary station should XXXXXXXX
be Pilot station.
Operation:
SETTING DATA
DATA
MEANING
30
31
Not assigned
00
The correspondence between Serial numbers and Secretary station numbers is set by
CM19.
The data can be set only to Pilot stations, and thus cannot be set to any of the member
stations.
Call terminated
(Pilot station)
NOTE: If an incoming call terminated to a Station Hunting group has encountered all line busy, the call is routed
to a designated station. This station is called Secretary station.
3
X
Station number (A)
Display of station numbers included in Station
XXXXXXXX
Hunting group
(Display only)
XXXXXXXX
NOTE: In CAT mode, the displaying station number is added 1 with every press of the S (Step forward) key regardless of the Station Hunting group. In Command Mode of PCPro, the next station number in the Station
Hunting group is displayed with every press of S (Step forward) key.
3-218
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM18
Station Hunting-Circular
: Default
Y
MEANING
Station number (A)
DATA
X
MEANING
Station number (B)
MEANING
No.
SETTING DATA
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
NONE
No data
Example: When you define a Station Hunting-Circular group which consists of station
numbers 310-312, the following three operations are required:
1st Operation
2nd Operation
3rd Operation
The above operations produce a chain comprised of three lines. As seen above, a station can be either Station Number (A) or Station Number (B).
1
Hunting direction
Station number
0
1
XXXXXXXX
5
Not used
If station is busy, hunt in
original direction
If station is busy, hunt in
reverse direction
Continued on next page
3-219
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
CM18
MEANING
Operation:
A B C D
Secretary
Call terminated
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
Secretary station:
DATA
SETTING DATA
XXXXXXXX
30
31
No data
00
The correspondence between Serial numbers and Secretary station numbers is set by
CM19.
The data can be set all the stations of the Station Hunting-Circular.
Also, each of the stations belonging to the same one Hunting group can be assigned its
own Secretary station.
NOTE: If an incoming call terminated to a Station Hunting group has encountered all line busy, the call is routed
to a designated station. This station is called Secretary station.
3
X
Station number (A)
Display of station numbers included in Station
XXXXXXXX
Hunting group
(Display only)
XXXXXXXX
NOTE: In CAT mode, the displaying station number is added 1 with every press of the S (Step forward) key regardless of the Station Hunting group. In Command Mode of PCPro, the next station number in the Station
Hunting group is displayed with every press of S (Step forward) key.
3-220
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM18
Station Hunting-Secretarial
: Default
Y
MEANING
Station number (A)
DATA
X
MEANING
Station number (B)
MEANING
No.
SETTING DATA
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
NONE
No data
Example: When you define Station Hunting-Secretarial group which consists of station
numbers 320-323, the following four operations are required:
1st Operation
2nd Operation
3rd Operation
4th Operation
The above operations produce a chain comprised of four lines. As seen above, a station
can be either Station Number (A) or Station Number (B).
Thus, Station Number (A)/(B) is used for identifying which of the two station number is
to be assigned first.
1
0
1
Not used
Station number other than
the last station number for
Station Hunting-Secretarial
Last station number of Station Hunting-Secretarial
Continued on next page
3-221
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
CM18
MEANING
Operation:
D
Secretary
Call terminated
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
Secretary station
DATA
SETTING DATA
XXXXXXXX
30
31
Not assigned
00
The correspondence between Serial numbers and Secretary station numbers is set by
CM19.
The data can be set all of the stations belonging to the Station Hunting-Secretarial.
Also, each station belonging to the same one Hunting group can be assigned its own Secretary station.
NOTE: If an incoming call terminated to a Station Hunting group has encountered all line busy, the call is routed
to a designated station. This station is called Secretary station.
3
X
Station number (A)
Display of station numbers included in Station
XXXXXXXX
Hunting group
(Display only)
XXXXXXXX
NOTE: In CAT mode, the displaying station number is added 1 with every press of the S (Step forward) key regardless of the Station Hunting group. In Command Mode of PCPro, the next station number in the Station
Hunting group is displayed with every press of S (Step forward) key.
3-222
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM19
SECRETARY STATION
SERIAL NUMBER
(00-30)
+ EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
MEANING
DATA
00
No.
SECRETARY
STATION SERIAL
NUMBER
SETTING DATA
MEANING
Secretary station number
XXXXXXXX
30
NONE
No data
See CM18 Y=2
1
0
5
7
00-30
31
Not used
Hunting
(As per CM19 Y=2)
No hunting
Secretary station serial
number (B)
Not used
NOTE: The Secretary Station serial number should be assigned individually in the order of the desired secretary
hunting, as shown below.
1st operation
2nd operation
Secretary Station
Serial No. (A)
Secretary 0
Secretary 1
Secretary Station
Serial No. (B)
Secretary 1
Secretary 2
Continued on next page
3-223
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
CM19
MEANING
SECRETARY
STATION SERIAL
NUMBER
SETTING DATA
DATA
MEANING
3-224
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM1B
ISDN
DATA + EXE
, + MULTIPOINT No. + DE +
(1-8 digits)
(0-7)
DATA TABLE:
1ST DATA
DATA
MEANING
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
X
ISDN Telephone
XXXXXXXX , Z XXXXXXXX: ISDN Line
Multipoint Station No.
Station No.
(EFXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
assigned by
CM10 Y=00)
Z: ISDN Multipoint No. (0-7)
3-225
RELATED
COMMAND
CM10 Y=00
CMAC Y=01
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
CM1D
When a PS is set up initially, set the PS in Data Download Mode by applying power to the PS while
pressing the SEND key, and then execute the CM1D Y=20 in Calling Area No. 00.
(2)
(3)
STATUS
Loading succeeded
PS is busy
PS is out of area
Lack of PS data
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
PS/STANDARD
ST + 1DYY + DE + SIP STATION No. + DE + SETTING DATA + EXE
(1-9 digits)
(1-8 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
PS/STANDARD
SIP STATION
No.
SETTING DATA
DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
No.
MEANING
MEANING
01
X-XXXXXXXX
(Primary PS
Station No.)
XXXXXXXXX
NONE
CM10 Y=04
14
X-XXXXXXXX
(Standard SIP
station No.)
0
1
CM10 Y=04
NOTE: Set the second data to 0 when Standard SIP station is accommodated.
Continued on next page
3-226
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM1D
MEANING
Terminal type of PS
[For PCS]/
Terminal type of Standard
SIP station
[8300R4]
PS/STANDARD
SIP STATION
No.
SETTING DATA
DATA
00
X-XXXXXXXX
(Primary/Subline
PS Station No.,
Standard SIP
station No.)
05
15
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
CM10 Y=04
Multiline Terminal PS II
Type with PS software version 7.02 or later
Standard SIP station
[8300R3.5]
Multiline Terminal PS II
Type with PS software version under 7.02/Former
Multiline Terminal PS Type
Primary/Subline
X-XXXXXXXX
(Primary/Subline
PS Station No.)
0
1
Subline PS
Primary PS
CM10 Y=04
20
X-XXXXXXXX
(Primary PS
Station No.)
0
1
No data
Execute
CM10 Y=04
21
PS-ID
[For PCS]
PS-ID
(Maximum 9 digits, Decimal)
No data
CM10 Y=04
CM10 Y=04
XX...XX
NONE
22
0
1
NOTE: For Multiline Terminal PS II/Multiline Terminal PS III Type with PS, set the second data to 0. For the
other PSs, set the second data to 1.
Continued on next page
3-227
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM1D
MEANING
PS/STANDARD
SIP STATION
No.
SETTING DATA
DATA
02
03
15
MEANING
Allowed
Restricted
Allowed
RELATED
COMMAND
CM10 Y=04
NOTE 1: Be sure to set the second data to 03 (Restricted) when not executing the digest authentication.
NOTE 2: To execute the digest authentication, settings of user name and password for Standard SIP station are
required.
- User name: set the Standard SIP station number assigned by CM10 Y=04.
- Password: set the password assigned by CM2B Y=00.
NOTE 3: Be sure to reset Standard SIP station when this data setting is changed.
90
XX...XX
CCC
NONE
PS station No.
(assigned by CM1C from
NEAX 2000 IPS)
Clear
No data
CM10 Y=04
NOTE 1: This command is used when the system data of NEAX 2000 IPS is converted by System Data Converter
of PCPro.
NOTE 2: PS station numbers are controlled by the following two numbers;
- The incoming/outgoing number of PS is controlled by the first data (PS Station No.) of this command
as well as NEAX 2000 IPS.
- A PS station number between the ZT-PS is controlled by the PS station number assigned by CM1C
of NEAX 2000 IPS.
NOTE 3: If a PS station number is cleared by this command, A PS station number assigned by CM10 Y=04 is
assigned to the PS (a PS number is controlled by one number).
It is recommended to clear a PS station number by this command and control the PS by one station
number.
NOTE 4: This data setting is not required when assigning a PS station number by SV8300.
3-228
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3002.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM20
CM20
Numbering Plan
Station No.
Access Code for Service Feature
Trunk Route
CM22
(4 groups)
CM23
Tenant Block
For each Tenant
Access Code for Service Feature
Trunk Route
(32
blocks)
Trunk
Route
Route
Advance
Block
(24 blocks)
Special Terminal Block
Trunk Route
CM25
(16 blocks)
PRECAUTION:
(1)
If 7XX (XX=20-83) is displayed when reading out the assigned data for the access code, the
access code which was entered is the leading digits of another access code consisting of more
digits. Add a digit to the entered access code and try again (to determine the other access code).
Then decide which one to use or delete/change (not enough digits entered).
(2)
If WRONG is displayed when reading out the assigned data for the access code, another access
code already exists with the same leading digits. Delete the last digit and try again (to determine
the other access code). Then decide which one to use or delete/change (too many digits entered).
Continued on next page
3-229
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
CM20
Hold
Hold
LNR/SPD
Continued on next page
3-230
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM20
Character Table
KEY
0
NUMBER
OF TIMES
1
5
6
7
8
10
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + 20Y + DE +
DATA
ACCESS CODE
+ DE + (1-4 digits) + EXE
(1-4 digits)
3-231
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM20
2
3
DATA
MEANING
Numbering Plan
Group 0
Numbering Plan
Group 1
Numbering Plan
Group 2
Numbering Plan
Group 3
SETTING DATA
ACCESS CODE
XXXX
800-828
See SETTING
DATA: A004-A097
A230-A269
See SETTING
DATA: A230-A269
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
NONE
1
Single Digit
Feature Access
Code for RBT
connection
2
6
8
9
NONE
CM29
See SETTING
DATA: 800-828
See SETTING
DATA: A100-A199
NONE
Single Digit
Feature Access
Code for BT
connection
MEANING
A100-A199
100-515
RELATED
COMMAND
See SETTING
DATA: 100-515
No data
Call Back/Trunk Queuing- CM08>570
Outgoing
Executive Override
Camp On
Call Waiting
Message Reminder Set
Step Call
Message Waiting Record
Voice Mail Transfer
Single Digit Feature Access
Code is not available
Internal Tone/Voice Signal- CM08>570
ing (Voice Call-Multiline
Terminal/Attendant)
Call Back/Trunk QueuingOutgoing
Message Reminder Set
Message Waiting Record
Voice Mail Transfer
Single Digit Feature Access
Code is not available
Continued on next page
3-232
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM20
REMARKS
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
A004
A005
A006
CM15 Y=005-009
A007
CM08>146, 147
CM15 Y=016
A008
A009
A010
A011
A012
A013
A014
A015
A016
A107
A018
A019
A020
Call Pickup-Group
CM16
A021
Call Pickup-Direct
CM15 Y=014
CM15
CM20 Y=0-3: A012, A013 are used
when Call Forwarding-No Answer and Y=010, 011, 028
Busy Line share the same access code.
3-233
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM20
SETTING DATA
DATA
REMARKS
MEANING
A022
A023
A024
A025
A026
A027
CM15 Y=020
CM42>03
A028
CM15 Y=021
A029
Maid Status
A033
Monitor
A034
A035
A037
CM15 Y=014
CM16
A040
A041
A042
NOTE:
From station
RELATED
COMMAND
CM08>275
CM15 Y=019
CM15 Y=013
NOTE
CM08>259
CM15
Y=103, 104
CM30 Y=02, 03
Monitoring telephone conversations may be illegal under certain circumstances and laws.
Consult a legal advisor before implementing the monitoring of telephone conversations.
Some federal and state laws require a party monitoring a telephone conversation to use beeptones, to notify all parties to the telephone conversation, and/or to obtain consent from all
parties to the telephone conversation. Some of these laws provide strict penalties for illegal
monitoring of telephone conversations.
Continued on next page
3-234
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM20
SETTING DATA
DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
REMARKS
MEANING
A043
CM15 Y=060
CM08>244, 245
A044
A045
A046
Call Hold
CM15 Y=001
A047
TAS Answer A
A048
TAS Answer B
CM15 Y=053
CM53
A049
TAS Answer C
A050
TAS Answer D
A051
TAS Answer E
A058
Trunk Hold
A059
Trunk Answer
A062
A064
A065
A066
A067
CM71, 72
CM15 Y=006
A068
CM08>176: 0
A069
CM08>177, 178
Continued on next page
3-235
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM20
SETTING DATA
DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
REMARKS
MEANING
A070
CM30 Y=28
CM44
CM15 Y=008
CM08>157
A071
A072
A073
A074
A075
A076
A077
A078
A079
A080
CM41 Y=0>20
A081
CM30 Y=19
CM15 Y=055
A084
A085
Account Code
CM15 Y=030
CM42>10
A086
Authorization Code
CM08>216
CM15 Y=031
CM42>11
A087
CM08>216
CM15 Y=031
CM42>12, CM2A
A088
Priority Call 0
A089
Priority Call 1
CM90
CM15 Y=017, 018
CM08>250, 251
3-236
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM20
SETTING DATA
DATA
REMARKS
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
A090
CM90
A091
A092
A093
A094
Emergency Call
[8300R2]
A095
CM90
A097
CM90
Continued on next page
3-237
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM20
MEANING
800
Operator Call
[8300R2]
801
1 digit Station
802
2 digits Station
803
3 digits Station
804
4 digits Station
805
5 digits Station
806
6 digits Station
807
7 digits Station
808
8 digits Station
823
824
825
826
827
828
RELATED
COMMAND
REMARKS
CM90
CM41 Y=0>13
3-238
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM20
REMARKS
MEANING
A100
A101
A102
A103
A104
A105
A106
A107
A108
A109
A110
Name Display
A113
A114
A115
A116
A118
A119
A120
A125
Call Waiting
(Camp-On by station-Call Waiting Method)
RELATED
COMMAND
CM10
CM15 Y=033
CM10
CM15 Y=034-039
CM49 Y=00
CM35 Y=069-073
CM13 Y=21
CM15 Y=043, 044
Continued on next page
3-239
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM20
SETTING DATA
DATA
REMARKS
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
A126
LCR Group 0
CM8A Y=A000
A127
LCR Group 1
A128
LCR Group 2
A129
LCR Group 3
A130
Paging Access
A131
CM56 Y=00-07
CM15 Y=049
CM90
A132
A133
A134
A135
A136
A137
A138
Meet-me Answer
A139
CM56 Y=00-07
CM15 Y=049
CM90
A140
A141
A142
A143
A144
A145
3-240
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM20
SETTING DATA
DATA
REMARKS
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
A146
CM15
Y=047, 048
CM13>03
CM90
A147
A148
A149
A150
CM08>110: 0
CM74
A151
CM08>111: 0
CM74
A152
CM08>112: 0
CM74
A154
CM15 Y=019
A155
CM90
A156
A157
A158
A163
A164
For calling
A165
A170
A180
CM08>158
CM15 Y=211
CM35 Y=106
Continued on next page
3-241
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM20
SETTING DATA
DATA
REMARKS
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
A181
A182
A183
A188
Whisper Page
A189
A190
A191
A192
A193
A194
A195
A196
Set Relocation
A197
CM15 Y=130
CM90 Y=00:
F0A97
A198
CM90 Y=00:
F0A98
A199
3-242
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM20
REMARKS
RELATED
COMMAND
DATA
MEANING
A230
CM42>73
A231
CM42>73
A232
A233
A234
CM16 Y=8
CM90 Y=00:
F0B34
A239
IP Station Logout
CM15 Y=143
CM90 Y=00:
F0B39
A241
A242
A243
A256
CM64 Y=10
CM90 Y=00:
F0B56
A257
CM90 Y=00:
F0B56
A258
PS Location Search
CM90 Y=00:
F0B58
Continued on next page
3-243
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM20
SETTING DATA
REMARKS
RELATED
COMMAND
DATA
MEANING
A259
A260
CM90 Y=00:
F1080, F6103,
F6108
A261
CM12 Y=77
A262
A263
A264
A267
CM64 Y=14
CM90 Y=00:
F0B56
A268
CM64 Y=15
CM90 Y=00:
F0B56
A269
CM64 Y=16
CM90 Y=00:
F0B56
DT330/DT710/DT730 only
CM13 Y=66
CM90 Y=00:
F5033
3-244
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM20
REMARKS
MEANING
Trunk Route 00
163
Trunk Route 63
200
300
Tenant Block 00
Data is to be assigned when the purpose and method of the same access
code varies with each tenant.
323
Tenant Block 23
500
~
515
CM30
~
231
RELATED
COMMAND
CM23
CM25
Data is to be assigned when the purpose and method of the same access
code varies with each special terminal
(single line station).
3-245
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
CM21
DATA TABLE:
Y
No.
DATA
A047
A051
MEANING
TAS Answer A
Numbering Plan 0
Numbering Plan 1
Numbering Plan 2
Numbering Plan 3
SETTING DATA
0
1
2
3
MEANING
ACCESS CODE
TAS Answer E
See CM20
100
~
163
Trunk Route 63
200
3-246
Trunk Route 00
231
800
Operator Call
801
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM22
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
No.
00
PRIORITY ORDER
MEANING
Route Advance Block 00
100
163
NONE
NOTE
200
NOTE:
Trunk Route 63
No data
~
231
NONE
Trunk Route 00
1st Priority
2nd Priority
3rd Priority
4th Priority
MEANING
DATA
~
31
0
1
2
3
SETTING DATA
In the following example, seven priorities are defined by using a priority (Priority 3 of Route
Advance Block 00) to point to another Route Advance Block 01.
Route Advance
Block 00
Route Advance
Block 01
PRIORITY ORDER
DATA
100
1st
101
2nd
102
3rd
201
103
4th
104
5th
105
6th
106
7th
3-247
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM23
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
No.
MEANING
DATA
Tenant Block 00
00
Tenant 00
SETTING DATA
00
TENANT
23
Tenant Block 23
63
Tenant 63
A097
800
MEANING
CM20
A004
~
828
A100
RELATED
COMMAND
~
A199
100
Trunk Route 00
163
Trunk Route 63
200
231
NONE
3-248
CM30
CM22
No data
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM25
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
No.
00
MEANING
15
Kind of Special
Terminal Block 15
2
3
3-249
Trunk Route 00
CM30
Trunk Route 63
No data
Route Advance Block 00
CM22
100
Ordinary station
FAX station
163
See CM13 Y=07
NONE
Speech/3.1 kHz audio
Unrestricted digital
200
information
Attendant Console
231
[8300R2]
NONE
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
0
1
DATA
Kind of Special
Terminal Block 00
SETTING DATA
KIND OF SPECIAL
TERMINAL
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM29
DATA TABLE:
: Default
TENANT NUMBER
SETTING DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
Tenant 00
710
CM20 Y=0
63
Tenant 63
711
CM20 Y=1
712
CM20 Y=2
713
CM20 Y=3
NONE
00
3-250
REMARKS
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
CM2A
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
No.
00
DATA
MEANING
X-X..XXX ID Code
ID Code Development
(Maximum 16 digits)
number 00-09
NOTE: CM2A Y=00-09
is determined by
CM2A Y=A0 2nd
data 0-9.
2ND DATA
DATA
0000
MEANING
ID Code Pattern number
~
09
MEANING
1ST DATA
2999
NONE
No data
3-251
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM2A
MEANING
10
1ST DATA
DATA
MEANING
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Unrestricted (RCA)
Non-Restricted-1 (RCB)
Non-Restricted-2 (RCC)
Semi-Restricted-1 (RCD)
Semi-Restricted-2 (RCE)
Restricted-1 (RCF)
Restricted-2 (RCG)
Fully-Restricted (RCH)
12
Service Restriction
Class A
00
11
15
13
00
Service Restriction
Class B
15
14
00
Service Restriction
Class C
15
3-252
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
CM2A
1ST DATA
No.
MEANING
15
16
Setting station of
Manual Call Forwarding set by DISA
50
52
Development Block
number for calling party
number (Development
Pattern 2 assigned by
CM76 Y=26/CM35
Y=174)
MEANING
DATA
0
1
MEANING
Available
Not available
XStation No.
XXXXXXXX
NONE
All stations
000
51
DATA
2ND DATA
999
NONE
3-253
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM2A
1ST DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
A0
ID Code Development
number
NOTE: CM2A
Y=00-09 is
determined by
this data.
Authorization Code
NOTE:
MEANING
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
0-9
ID Code Development
Number 00-09
(Related Command: CM2A
Y=00-09)
No data
NONE
Authorization Code and Forced Account Code are both available for changing class of service. The only difference is that Forced Account Code appears in the account code field in the
SMDR data stream. Authorization Code appears in a separate field designated specifically
for Authorization Code.
3-254
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
CM2B
COMMAND CODE
2B
TITLE:
AUTHORIZATION CODE PER STATION/IP STATION PASSWORD ASSIGNMENT/
STATION DIGEST AUTHENTICATION PASSWORD ASSIGNMENT/STANDARD SIP
STATION REGISTRATION PASSWORD ASSIGNMENT/VoIP ENCRYPTION
PASSWORD ASSIGNMENT
FUNCTION:
This command is used to set up the Authorization Code per station for PAD Lock feature. Also used to
set up the password for the ID registration of the IP Station, Station Digest Authentication and the VoIP
Encryption.
PRECAUTION:
None
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
2ND DATA
1ST DATA
ST + 2BYY + DE + (1-8 digits) + DE + (1-10 digits) + EXE
3-255
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM2B
COMMAND CODE
2B
TITLE:
AUTHORIZATION CODE PER STATION/IP STATION PASSWORD ASSIGNMENT/
STATION DIGEST AUTHENTICATION PASSWORD ASSIGNMENT/STANDARD SIP
STATION REGISTRATION PASSWORD ASSIGNMENT/VoIP ENCRYPTION
PASSWORD ASSIGNMENT
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
1ST DATA
MEANING
DATA
00
Authorization
Code per station
MEANING
Authorization Code
(Maximum 8 digits)
XXXXXXXX X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
CCC
Clear
NONE
No data
X
Password
(Maximum 8 digits)
XXXXXXXX X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
NONE
No data
CM08>513
CM15 Y=480
Password
(Maximum 8 digits)
XXXXXXXX X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
NONE
No data
~
X
Password
(Maximum 8 digits)
XXXXXXXX X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
NONE
No data
Standard SIP
Station registration password
DATA
Station Digest
Authentication
password
Station number
(Maximum 8
XXXXXXXX digits)
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
No.
2ND DATA
NOTE 1: When the default is set to NONE, the password is set to 0000.
NOTE 2: After assigning this command while SIP server is operating, be sure to report changing the SIP server
assigned by CM1D Y=33 second data 1.
NOTE 3: The number of digits of the second data depends on the setting of CM42>73.
NOTE 4: To let the Standard SIP station function when no data is set for a digest authentication (such as conducting test operation by maintenance personnel), set 0000 (4 digits) as a password regardless of the setting of CM42>73.
NOTE 5: The setting of Standard SIP station number is not available when originating/terminating a call or during a call (WAIT, BUSY NOW is displayed).
NOTE 6: Be sure to reset Standard SIP station when this data setting is changed.
Continued on next page
3-256
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM2B
COMMAND CODE
2B
TITLE:
AUTHORIZATION CODE PER STATION/IP STATION PASSWORD ASSIGNMENT/
STATION DIGEST AUTHENTICATION PASSWORD ASSIGNMENT/STANDARD SIP
STATION REGISTRATION PASSWORD ASSIGNMENT/VoIP ENCRYPTION
PASSWORD ASSIGNMENT
: Default
Y
No.
MEANING
02
Service
Restriction
Class A
03
DATA
Station number
(Maximum 8
XXXXXXXX digits)
CM12 Y=02
CM15 Y=031
CM42>73
CM20
Y=0-3: A230
CM2B Y=02
00
00
15
00
Service
Restriction
Class C
MEANING
Unrestricted (RCA)
Non-Restricted 1 (RCB)
Non-Restricted 2 (RCC)
Semi-Restricted 1 (RCD)
Semi-Restricted 2 (RCE)
Restricted 1 (RCF)
Restricted 2 (RCG)
Fully-Restricted (RCH)
15
Service
Restriction
Class B
RELATED
COMMAND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
04
MEANING
DATA
2ND DATA
01
1ST DATA
15
3-257
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM2B
COMMAND CODE
2B
TITLE:
AUTHORIZATION CODE PER STATION/IP STATION PASSWORD ASSIGNMENT/
STATION DIGEST AUTHENTICATION PASSWORD ASSIGNMENT/STANDARD SIP
STATION REGISTRATION PASSWORD ASSIGNMENT/VoIP ENCRYPTION
PASSWORD ASSIGNMENT
: Default
1ST DATA
DATA
MEANING
10
00
Password for
reset setup
11
00
One Time
Password
DATA
MEANING
CM08>513
CM15 Y=480
Password
(Maximum 8 digits)
XXXXXXXX X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
No data
NONE
X
XXXX
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
No.
2ND DATA
XXXXX
XXXXX
NONE
NOTE 1: Specify the password assigned by this data to One Time Password (OTP) for the terminal.
NOTE 2: For security improvement, it is recommended to clear this data after DT700 series setup. For adding on
the DT700 series after clearing this data, a reassignment of this data is required.
3-258
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM30
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
No.
MEANING
00
SETTING DATA
DATA
00
63
NONE
BLADE RESET
RESET
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
CM35
CM10
00
01
Tenant number 00
Tenant number 01
~
63
Tenant number 63
CM63 Y=0, 2
CM49
Y=01-07
CM51, CM65
Continued on next page
3-259
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM30
SETTING DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
02
02
03
04
06
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
16
18
21
23
31
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
CM30 Y=18
Trunk Line (Direct) Appearance
Trunk Line (Direct) Appearance + TAS
CM30 Y=04
Direct-In Termination
Direct-In Termination + Trunk Line
CM49, CM64
(Direct) Appearance
Dial-in
Automated Attendant
Attendant Console + TAS
[8300R2]
Attendant Console + Trunk Line
(Direct) Appearance
[8300R2]
Attendant Console + Trunk Line
(Direct) Appearance + TAS
[8300R2]
TAS
Attendant Console
[8300R2]
Remote Access to System (DISA)
ISDN Indial
(for receiving maximum 8digits dialed
number)
ISDN Indial
(for receiving complete dialed number)
Enblock Dialing Method
(for Forced On PBX)
[8300R7] [For EU]
DID, Tie Line and the call which is not
handled by the PBX
3-260
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM30
02
MEANING
Same as CM30 Y=02
31
X
CM10, CM11
CM71>67
CM35 Y=040
EBXXX
CM15 Y=033
CM20 Y=0-3:
A100, A101, A102
CM49 Y=00: 03000
NONE
No data
DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
04
MEANING
SETTING DATA
XXXXXXXX
CXX
05
CXX
CM71>67
CM35 Y=040
EBXXX
CM15 Y=033
CM20 Y=0-3:
A100, A101, A102
CM49 Y=00: 03000
NONE
No data
Continued on next page
3-261
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM30
SETTING DATA
DATA
07
000
08
029
NONE
NOTE:
0
1
MEANING
CIC000
MEANING
No.
RELATED
COMMAND
CIC029
No data
Restricted
Allow
CM60
Assign CIC to voice channels only. Do not assign CIC to the trunk number of D channel as
follows:
Example for 30PRT
TRK No. D100 Bch
CIC 000
CIC 014
Bch
Dch
Bch
Bch
Dch
CIC 022
CIC 015
Bch
CIC 029
Continued on next page
3-262
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM30
SETTING DATA
MEANING
DATA
09
01
No.
62
NONE
13
16
17
CM90 Y=00:
F1201-F1262
No data
Attendant Console
[8300R2]
TAS
Keep the call ringing
CM30 Y=02
CM30 Y=03
03
15
Attendant Console
[8300R2]
TAS
Keep the call ringing
00
CM30 Y=13, 14
CM44 Y=00: 13XX
01
04
01
03
15
01
63
NONE
18
06
15
15
01
04
06
15
14
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
0
1
No data
To provide
Not provided
CM30 Y=02, 03
Continued on next page
3-263
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM30
28
MEANING
SETTING DATA
DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
Trunk number
XXXX
Trunk ID code
NOTE
XXXX
XZ
CM20 Y=0-3:
A070-A079
CM44 Y=00: 02XX
NOTE:
No data
For Individual Trunk Access, assign the trunk ID code/ISDN subscriber number by CM30
Y=19. The assigned trunk ID code/ISDN subscriber number is displayed on the Attendant
Console or Multiline Terminal.
Continued on next page
3-264
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM30
SETTING DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
No.
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
30
00
01
03
CM41 Y=0>34
CM30 Y=04, 05
CM49 Y=02
CM48 Y=2
15
00
Same as CM30
Y=30
CM41 Y=0>43
CM30 Y=04, 05
CM48 Y=2
31
32
04
05
06
08
15
00
01
03
04
06
15
NOTE 1: For Remote Access to System (DISA), CM30 Y=30, 31 are effective only for a station call.
NOTE 2: When providing a Night Message for Automated Attendant, the 2nd Answering Message
which is assigned by CM49 Y=00 2nd data 02XX is used for the Night Message. In that case,
the 2nd data 08 of CM30 Y=30, 31 cannot be assigned for handling of Busy/Not Available
Automated Attendant destination.
Continued on next page
3-265
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM30
SETTING DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
33
Automated Attendant
Handling of all PBR busy when
2nd announcement and DT are
connected.
See CM30 Y=30/31: 08
00
01
03
34
CM50 Y=05
14
15
001
CIC 001
127
NONE
RESET
00
CM30 Y=30, 31
15
35
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
CIC 127
No data
NOTE 1: For Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0), be sure that the trunk route No.
assigned by this data does not overlap the trunk route No. used for IPT (P2P CCIS) within a same
office.
NOTE 2: Set this data after setting CM35 Y=090/091.
37
00
Same as CM30
Y=32
15
Continued on next page
3-266
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM30
MEANING
40
41
SETTING DATA
DATA
02
03
04
08
09
10
11
12
14
16
18
21
23
31
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
CM30 Y=18
Trunk Line (Direct) Appearance
Trunk Line (Direct) Appearance + TAS
CM30 Y=05
Direct-In Termination
Dial-in
CM49, CM64
Automated Attendant
Attendant Console + TAS
[8300R2]
Attendant Console + Trunk Line
(Direct) Appearance
[8300R2]
Attendant Console + Trunk Line
(Direct) Appearance + TAS
[8300R2]
Termination to Attendant Console
[8300R2]
Remote Access to System (DISA)
ISDN Indial
(for receiving maximum 8digits dialed
number)
ISDN Indial
(for receiving complete dialed number)
Enblock Dialing Method
(for Forced On PBX)
[8300R7] [For EU]
DID, Tie Line and the call which is not
handled by the PBX
3-267
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM30
SETTING DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
42
CM10, CM11
CM71>66
CM35 Y=040
EBXXX
CM15 Y=033
CM20 Y=0-3:
A100, A101, A102
CM49 Y=00: 03000
NONE
No data
No.
XXXXXXXX
CXX
43
CM10, CM11
CM08>179
CM71>66
CM35 Y=040
EBXXX
CM15 Y=033
CM20 Y=0-3:
A100, A101, A102
CM49 Y=00: 03000
NONE
No data
CXX
3-268
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM30
Y
No.
47
MEANING
SETTING DATA
DATA
MEANING
CM41 Y=0>145
X
Station number of Multiline Terminal
Association of BRT and Multiline
for power failure
Terminal for power failure
XXXXXXXX
[8300R2]
NOTE 1
NOTE 2
RELATED
COMMAND
NOTE 1: The first data of this data can be assigned only a B1 channel trunk number of BRT.
NOTE 2: The BRT and the Multiline Terminal for power failure must be installed on the same Line/
Trunk chassis for activating this data.
3-269
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM31
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
0
1ST DATA
DATA
0
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
Nation code
RESET
01
03
04
15
NONE
Nation code
[For EU]
05
RESET
MEANING
Australia
North America
Asia/Africa/Europe/Latin America/
Middle East/Russia
New Zealand
As per CPU blade
Austria/Belgium/Denmark/Germany/Italy/
South Africa/Spain/Sweden/Switzerland/
The Netherlands/UK/Brazil/China/International/Latin America/Asia
NOTE 1: Default of CM31 Y=0>0 depends on each nation code of the CPU program.
For Australia/NZ: 01
For North America: 03
For Asia/Africa/Europe/Latin America/Middle East/Russia: 04
NOTE 2: In case of EU, the default of CM31 Y=0>0 is same as North America (nation code 03).
Therefore, you must set the nation code to 05 by this command.
NOTE 3: A-law/-law setting is decided in the following order.
1. Setting of CM04 Y=10-59
2. Setting by CPU
Continued on next page
3-270
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM31
1ST DATA
DATA
2
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
01
RESET
3
00
RESET
1 digit
MEANING
31
NONE
31 digits
No data
01
02
03
NONE
NOTE: When the signal pattern from T1 network is FGD format, assign the data to NONE. When
the signal pattern from T1 network is ANI format, assign the data 02.
6
01
~
15
01
~
15
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
NONE
01
02
04
05
06
07
08
NONE
3-271
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM31
1ST DATA
DATA
01
~
15
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
00
01
03
04
05
09
NONE
01
~
15
00
14
15
MEANING
Send G-I Signal First digit over GA
Send G-I Signal Next digit over GA
Address complete, change over GB
Congestion
Send G-III Signal Next digit(N+1)
Send G-I Signal Same digit change over
GA
No data
Terminating to Attendant Console
Collect call
Terminating to Station
3-272
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM31
1ST DATA
DATA
00
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
01
Backward GA-1/GC-1
15
NONE
MEANING
Backward GA-15/GC-15
No data
01
Forward GI-15
No data
Forward GII-1
Forward GII-15
Forward GII-1
Forward GII-1
15
NONE
Forward GI-1
15
NONE
Forward GI-15/GIII-15
No data
01
Forward GI-1/GIII-1
15
NONE
01
04
Forward signal when originating from station, Attendant Console or by Tandem connection on DOD MFC call
[8300R3.5]
15
NONE
03
01
02
Forward GII-15
Forward GII-1
00
01
~
10
15
No digit deletion
Leading 1 digit deletion
Leading 10 digits deletion
No digit deletion
Continued on next page
3-273
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM31
1ST DATA
DATA
16
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
0
1
MEANING
To send
Not sent
NOTE: When the signal pattern from T1 network is FGD format, assign the data to 0.
When the signal pattern from T1 network is ANI format, assign the data 1.
17
0
1
DP
DTMF
NOTE: When the signal pattern from T1 network is FGD format, assign the data to 1.
When the signal pattern from T1 network is ANI format, assign the data 0.
18
0
1
To send
Not sent
NOTE: When the signal pattern from T-1 network is FGD format, assign the data to 1.
When the signal pattern from T-1 network is ANI format, assign 0.
30
01
-45 dB
90
91
92
-0.5 dB
0 dB
+0.5 dB
~
97
NONE
+3 dB
-7.0 dB
01
98
99
NONE
20 ms.
1960 ms.
5100 ms.
100 ms.
3-274
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM31
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
DATA
32
01
98
99
NONE
MEANING
20 ms.
MEANING
DATA
1960 ms.
5100 ms.
100 ms.
00
98
99
NONE
0 ms.
24.5 ms.
64 ms.
0 ms.
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
NONE
3-275
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM31
1ST DATA
DATA
35
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
NONE
MEANING
-10/-15/-20/-25/-30/-35/-40 dBm
-11/-16/-21/-26/-31/-36/-41 dBm
-12/-17/-22/-27/-32/-37/-42 dBm
-13/-18/-23/-28/-33/-38/-43 dBm
-14/-19/-24/-29/-34/-39/-44 dBm
-15/-20/-25/-30/-35/-40/-45 dBm
-16/-21/-26/-31/-36/-41/-46 dBm
-17/-22/-27/-32/-37/-42/-47 dBm
-18/-23/-28/-33/-38/-43/-48 dBm
-19/-24/-29/-34/-39/-44/-49 dBm
-20/-25/-30/-35/-40/-45/-50 dBm
-21/-26/-31/-36/-41/-46/-51 dBm
-22/-27/-32/-37/-42/-47/-52 dBm
-23/-28/-33/-38/-43/-48/-53 dBm
-24/-29/-34/-39/-44/-49/-54 dBm
-25/-30/-35/-40/-45/-50/-55 dBm
-25/-30/-35/-40/-45/-50/-55 dBm
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
NONE
0/-5/-10/-15/-20/-25/-30 dBm
-1/-6/-11/-16/-21/-26/-31 dBm
-2/-7/-12/-17/-22/-27/-32 dBm
-3/-8/-13/-18/-23/-28/-33 dBm
-4/-9/-14/-19/-24/-29/-34 dBm
-5/-10/-15/-20/-25/-30/-35 dBm
-6/-11/-16/-21/-26/-31/-36 dBm
-7/-12/-17/-22/-27/-32/-37 dBm
-8/-13/-18/-23/-28/-33/-38 dBm
-9/-14/-19/-24/-29/-34/-39 dBm
-10/-15/-20/-25/-30/-35/-40 dBm
-11/-16/-21/-26/-31/-36/-41 dBm
-12/-17/-22/-27/-32/-37/-42 dBm
-13/-18/-23/-28/-33/-38/-43 dBm
-14/-19/-24/-29/-34/-39/-44 dBm
-15/-20/-25/-30/-35/-40/-45 dBm
0/-5/-10/-15/-20/-25/-30 dBm
3-276
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM31
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
DATA
37
00
09
NONE
MEANING
1 dB
MEANING
DATA
Increment unit: 1 dB
10 dB
10 dB
00
01
02
03
04
NONE
0 dB
-5 dB
-10 dB
-15 dB
-20 dB
-10 dB
01
98
99
NONE
30 ms.
1485 ms.
3840 ms.
30 ms.
01
98
99
NONE
30 ms.
1485 ms.
3840 ms.
30 ms.
00
98
99
NONE
0 ms.
24.5 ms.
64 ms.
0 ms.
3-277
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM31
1ST DATA
DATA
42
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
NONE
MEANING
Detect Level 0: 0 to -25 dBm
Detect Level 1: -5 to -30 dBm
Detect Level 2: -10 to -35 dBm
Detect Level 3: -15 to -40 dBm
Detect Level 4: -20 to -45 dBm
Detect Level 5: -25 to -50 dBm
Detect Level 6: -30 to -55 dBm
Detect Level 0: 0 to -25 dBm
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
NONE
-10/-15/-20/-25/-30/-35/-40 dBm
-11/-16/-21/-26/-31/-36/-41 dBm
-12/-17/-22/-27/-32/-37/-42 dBm
-13/-18/-23/-28/-33/-38/-43 dBm
-14/-19/-24/-29/-34/-39/-44 dBm
-15/-20/-25/-30/-35/-40/-45 dBm
-16/-21/-26/-31/-36/-41/-46 dBm
-17/-22/-27/-32/-37/-42/-47 dBm
-18/-23/-28/-33/-38/-43/-48 dBm
-19/-24/-29/-34/-39/-44/-49 dBm
-20/-25/-30/-35/-40/-45/-50 dBm
-21/-26/-31/-36/-41/-46/-51 dBm
-22/-27/-32/-37/-42/-47/-52 dBm
-23/-28/-33/-38/-43/-48/-53 dBm
-24/-29/-34/-39/-44/-49/-54 dBm
-25/-30/-35/-40/-45/-50/-55 dBm
-25/-30/-35/-40/-45/-50/-55 dBm
3-278
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM31
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
44
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
NONE
MEANING
0/-5/-10/-15/-20/-25/-30 dBm
-1/-6/-11/-16/-21/-26/-31 dBm
-2/-7/-12/-17/-22/-27/-32 dBm
-3/-8/-13/-18/-23/-28/-33 dBm
-4/-9/-14/-19/-24/-29/-34 dBm
-5/-10/-15/-20/-25/-30/-35 dBm
-6/-11/-16/-21/-26/-31/-36 dBm
-7/-12/-17/-22/-27/-32/-37 dBm
-8/-13/-18/-23/-28/-33/-38 dBm
-9/-14/-19/-24/-29/-34/-39 dBm
-10/-15/-20/-25/-30/-35/-40 dBm
-11/-16/-21/-26/-31/-36/-41 dBm
-12/-17/-22/-27/-32/-37/-42 dBm
-13/-18/-23/-28/-33/-38/-43 dBm
-14/-19/-24/-29/-34/-39/-44 dBm
-15/-20/-25/-30/-35/-40/-45 dBm
0/-5/-10/-15/-20/-25/-30 dBm
00
09
NONE
1 dB
Increment unit: 1 dB
10 dB
10 dB
00
01
02
03
04
NONE
0 dB
-5 dB
-10 dB
-15 dB
-20 dB
-10 dB
3-279
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM31
1ST DATA
DATA
47
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
01
98
99
NONE
30 ms.
MEANING
Increment unit: 15 ms.
1485 ms.
3840 ms.
30 ms.
01
98
99
NONE
30 ms.
1485 ms.
3840 ms.
30 ms.
01
31
NONE
1 digit
31 digits
31 digits
01
0
1
31 digits
16 digits
Forward GI-1
15
NONE
1 digit
31
NONE
90
01
51
Forward GI-15
No data
To reset
Already reset
NOTE: Reset MFC Signaling Data after confirming all the MFC-trunk are not used.
Continued on next page
3-280
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM31
1ST DATA
DATA
00
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
01
RESET
01
06
01
31
NONE
1 second
Increment unit: 1 second
31 seconds
12 seconds
1 second
31
NONE
31 seconds
12 seconds
RESET
01
31
NONE
1 second
MEANING
31 seconds
24 seconds
RESET
07
01
31
NONE
1 second
31 seconds
24 seconds
RESET
11
00
01
RESET
0 ms.
50 ms.
12
NONE
600 ms.
NOTE
NOTE: When this data is not assigned, system continue to send Backward signal until receiving Forward signal.
Continued on next page
3-281
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM31
1ST DATA
DATA
12
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
0 ms.
50 ms.
00
Waiting duration from sending last
01
Backward signal to sending Pulse Form signal
[Not used in Australia/
12
North America]
NONE
MEANING
600 ms.
200 ms.
RESET
13
14
15
12
NONE
600 ms.
350 ms.
00
01
0 ms.
50 ms.
Increment unit: 50 ms.
0 ms.
50 ms.
RESET
00
01
600 ms.
200 ms.
RESET
12
NONE
0 ms.
50 ms.
RESET
00
01
12
NONE
600 ms.
350 ms.
3-282
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM31
1ST DATA
DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
00
01
02
03
04
Congestion
[8300R3.5]
05
06
07
08
09
10
15
NONE
Backward Group A1
00
MEANING
3-283
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM31
1ST DATA
DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
01
02
04
Congestion
[8300R3.5]
05
06
07
08
15
NONE
Backward Group B1
01
MEANING
3-284
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM31
1ST DATA
DATA
00
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
01
15
NONE
01
03
04
Congestion
[Mexico Only]
[8300R5]
05
09
3-285
Backward Group C1
MEANING
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM35
Immediate (05)
NOTE:
REMARKS
3-286
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM35
The Commands of CM35 requiring blade reset after the data setting are as follows.
: Blade reset is required : Blade reset is not required *: The data is not effective
Y No.
BLADE TYPE
COT
ODT
LDT
DTI
BRT
PRT
001
009
020
023
025
079
089
104
105
113
129
144
291
299
3-287
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM35
DATA TABLE:
Y=000-098
: Default
Y
No.
MEANING
000
001
BLADE RESET
See PRECAUTION (2)
002
Call direction
003
SETTING DATA
DATA
00
01
02
03
04
05
15
2
3
4
7
1
2
3
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
[Outgoing]
DP 10 PPS
DP 10/20 PPS
DTMF
DP/DTMF
DP 10 PPS
DP 20 PPS
DTMF
DTMF
Incoming trunk
Outgoing trunk
Bothway trunk
CM77 Y=2, 3
16-63
00-14
15
CM50 Y=05
00-14
15
3-288
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM35
MEANING
Answer signal from distant
office for outgoing connection
SETTING DATA
DATA
0
1
2
3
005
008
1
2
3
009
BLADE RESET
See PRECAUTION (2)
010
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
01
03
04
05
06
08
15
0
1
CM35 Y=020
3-289
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM35
MEANING
SETTING DATA
DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
011
Toll Restriction
0
3
To provide
Not provided
CM81, CM8A
CM85
CM35 Y=076
012
Number of digits to be
received on DID for Development Table 0
0
1
2
3
1 digit
2 digits
3 digits
4 digits
CM76
CM35 Y=018
CM35 Y=170
013
NONE
000
001
002
003
004
005
Ordinary TRK
Determined by
CM35 Y=076 NOTE 1
1 digit
2 digits
3 digits
4 digits
5 digits
254
254 digits
CM30 Y=28
Radio Paging TRK
CM35 Y=076
2 digit + STN
NOTE 2
Only dialed No. is sent
1 digit + STN
2 digits + STN
3 digits + STN
4 digits + STN
2 digits + STN
0
1
Not provided
To provide
Continued on next page
3-290
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM35
SETTING DATA
DATA
015
00
17
20
CM90
CM50
~
~
07
10
MEANING
MEANING
No.
RELATED
COMMAND
FX Incoming Call 7
WATS Incoming Call 0
(Standard WATS key)
[North America Only]
27
30
37
40
47
75
NONE
NOTE 1: When the standard LED indications are utilized, set the standard data.
NOTE 2: Set the correspondence between the key positions on Attendant Console and this assignment data by
CM90.
016
0
1
Not sending
Sending
CM90 Y=00:
F1009
Continued on next page
3-291
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM35
SETTING DATA
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
No.
MEANING
DATA
017
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
15
0 add
1 add
2 add
3 add
4 add
5 add
6 add
7 add
8 add
9 add
2-digits addition (CM50 Y=00>0)
1 digit deletion
2 digits deletion
Addition/deletion is not performed.
CM50 Y=00
018
0
1
To provide
Not provided
CM35 Y=171
CM76
NOTE: When this data is set to 1, digit conversion by CM76 is provided to the number of digits to be converted on DID number set by CM35 Y=171.
020
BLADE RESET
See PRECAUTION (2)
00
01
02
15
Wink Start/CCIS/SIP
Delay Dial
Ground Start
Timing Start (Prepause per CM35 Y=021)
CM35 Y=009
3-292
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM35
MEANING
SETTING DATA
DATA
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
CM08>193, 194,
331
021
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
0 second
0.5 seconds
1.0 second
1.5 seconds
2.0 seconds
2.5 seconds
4.0 seconds
5.0 seconds
6.0 seconds
7.0 seconds
8.0 seconds
9.0 seconds
10.0 seconds
11.0 seconds
12.0 seconds
3.0 seconds
022
0
1
CM08>141
Start automatically
CM13 Y=23
Not available
NOTE: When this feature is activated, be sure CM76 Y=13
to assign CM08>141, CM13 Y=23,
and/or CM76 Y=13
023
DP Inter-digital pause
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
300 ms.
400 ms.
500 ms.
600 ms.
700 ms.
900 ms.
1100 ms.
800 ms.
BLADE RESET
See PRECAUTION (2)
3-293
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM35
MEANING
SETTING DATA
DATA
MEANING
024
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
32 ms.
64 ms.
80 ms.
96 ms.
160 ms.
192 ms.
240 ms.
128 ms.
025
DP Make Ratio
0
1
39 % Make Ratio
33 % Make Ratio
BLADE RESET
RELATED
COMMAND
0
1
64 ms.
128 ms.
028
0
1
Not allowed
Allow
CM15 Y=002
032
0
1
CM08>137
NOTE: The lamp indication for an internal incoming call is red (120 IPM flashing). For indicating the termination of transferred external incoming call, the flashing lamp color depends on CM08>137.
Continued on next page
3-294
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM35
SETTING DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
033
0
1
2
3
MEANING
Ringing NOTE
Special Ringing
Internal Ringing
External Ringing
RELATED
COMMAND
CM08>397
See CM08>397
NOTE: For Multiline Terminal, Special Ringing; 0.5 seconds ON-0.5 seconds OFF [For Australia/Asia/
Africa/Europe/Latin America/Middle East/Russia] or 0.25 seconds ON-0.25 seconds OFF-0.25
seconds ON-0.25 seconds OFF [For EU] is applied.
Interval of Multiline Terminal ringing signal to station
on incoming calls
[North America Only]
0
1
2
3
NOTE: For incoming calls to Trunk Line Appearance key on Multiline Terminal, the special ringing; 0.2 seconds ON-0.2 seconds OFF will be applied.
Interval of Single Line
Telephone ringing signal to
station on incoming calls
0
1
2
3
CM04 Y=00>05,
06, 07
3-295
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM35
SETTING DATA
MEANING
DATA
0
1
2
3
MEANING
See below
RELATED
COMMAND
CM08>390
CM15 Y=083, 084
CM65 Y=40
Multiline Terminal ringer tone pattern is assigned by the following combination of CM35 Y=034 and 164.
: Default
Y=34
Y=164: 0
Y=164: 1
0
1
CM8A
After dialing maximum number of digits
After completing dialed digits entered in CM8A Y=4005-4007
Y=4005-4007
037
MF Signaling/Caller ID/
MFC Signaling on DID
0
1
Available
Not available
038
0
1
Available
Not available
039
0
1
Not released
To release
040
00
Abbreviated Codes for speed
calling for routing to C.O.
31
line when all tie lines are
NONE
busy
036
CM71>66
CM72
No data
Continued on next page
3-296
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM35
MEANING
DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
CM35 Y=189
SETTING DATA
NOTE: When both CM35 Y=044 and CM35 Y=189 are set to the same trunk route, the setting of CM35 Y=189
is effective.
046
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
2 seconds
4 seconds
6 seconds
8 seconds
12 seconds
14 seconds
16 seconds
10 seconds
048
0
1
Not available
Available
0
1
To provide
Not provided
CM13 Y=05
051
0
1
Restricted
Allow
CM12 Y=01
CM35 Y=097
052
0
1
Restricted
Allow
053
0
1
Restricted
Allow
Continued on next page
3-297
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM35
SETTING DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
054
0
1
Restricted
Allow
055
0
1
Restricted
Allow
056
0
1
Restricted
Allow
057
0
1
Restricted
Allow
058
0
1
Restricted
Allow
059
0
1
Allow
Restricted
060
Priority Queuing
0
1
Allow
Restricted
061
0
1
Restricted
Allow
062
Restriction of incoming
connection to station
(Non-Restricted-1) (RCB)
0
1
Restricted
Allow
063
Restriction of incoming
connection to station
(Non-Restricted-2) (RCC)
0
1
Restricted
Allow
064
Restriction of incoming
connection to station
(Semi-Restricted-1) (RCD)
0
1
Restricted
Allow
RELATED
COMMAND
CM12 Y=01
CM35 Y=097
CM08>367
CM12 Y=01
3-298
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM35
MEANING
SETTING DATA
DATA
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
065
Restriction of incoming
connection to station
(Semi-Restricted-2) (RCE)
0
1
Restricted
Allow
CM12 Y=01
066
Restriction of incoming
connection to station
(Restricted-1) (RCF)
0
1
Restricted
Allow
067
Restriction of incoming
connection to station
(Restricted-2) (RCG)
0
1
Restricted
Allow
068
Restriction of incoming
connection to station
(Fully-Restricted) (RCH)
0
1
Restricted
Allow
069
Announcement service
group 0
0
1
Restricted
Allow
070
Announcement service
group 1
0
1
Restricted
Allow
071
Announcement service
group 2
0
1
Restricted
Allow
072
Announcement service
group 3
0
1
Restricted
Allow
073
Announcement service
group 4
0
1
Restricted
Allow
074
0
1
Allow
Restricted
075
0
1
Available
CM30 Y=19
Not available (Trunk ID code assigned by
CM30 Y=19 is displayed.)
NOTE 1: Up to 4 digits LDN is available.
NOTE 2: The DID incoming LDN is displayed
irrespective of any digit conversion
by CM76.
CM20 Y=0-3:
A103-A109
CM49
Y=00: 04XX
CM15
Y=034-039
CM08>067
CM35 Y=173
CM49 Y=00, 0A
3-299
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM35
SETTING DATA
DATA
076
00
MEANING
Area Code Development Pattern No. 0
MEANING
No.
07
15
078
Number of digits to be
converted on DID for Development Table 0
0
1
079
0
1
Point-to-Point
Point-to-Multipoint
NOTE: Set 0 for BRT blade.
RELATED
COMMAND
CM8A
Y=4000-4007
CM85 Y=0-7
CM35
Y=012, 018
CM76
BLADE RESET
See PRECAUTION (2)
083
0
1
As per CM08>078
By allotter
CM08>078
CMA7 Y=64
086
Centrex trunk
0
1
To provide
Not provided
087
Distinctive Ringing by
detecting the ringing signal
from main PBX or Centrex
0
1
CM30
To provide
Y=02, 03
Not provided
NOTE 1: When this function is utilized, be sure CM30 Y=18
to set Trunk Line Appearance as the
terminating method (set by CM30
Y=02, 03: 02).
NOTE 2: Tone Ringer is selected by CM35
Y=034, lamp control is set by CM35
Y=032 respectively.
089
0
1
To provide
Not provided
BLADE RESET
See PRECAUTION (2)
NOTE: This command is not effective when the DTI (E1 2 Mbps) is used (CM05 Y=0: 47). In that case, set
CMAA Y=01.
Continued on next page
3-300
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM35
MEANING
SETTING DATA
DATA
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
0
2
3
5
7
CM30 Y=35
091
00
CCH00
CM30 Y=35
CMA7
CMA8
15
NONE
Special facilities
090
CCH15
No data
31
NONE
XZ
NONE
098
0
1
DCH00
00
097
DCH31
No data
X: Day Trunk Restriction class
Z: Night Trunk Restriction class
Setting data is the same as CM12 Y=01.
No data
CM12 Y=01
CM35 Y=051-058
Allow
Restricted
CM12 Y=16
CM42>08
Continued on next page
3-301
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM35
MEANING
100
SETTING DATA
DATA
11
NONE
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
NOTE: When changing the data with online, the data is valid after the trunk blade is unplugged and plugged in.
101
0
1
Available
Not available
102
Reversal on Idle
[Australia Only]
0
1
Available
Not available
103
0
1
Available
Not available
104
1
3
E wire
Open
Ground
0
1
0
1
Not provided
To provide
BLADE RESET
M wire
Open
Signaling (Type I)
Ground Signaling (Type V)
BLADE RESET
See PRECAUTION (2)
106
CM15 Y=211
CM20 Y=0-3:
A170
CM90 Y=00:
F0A70
CM90 Y=00:
F6120
Continued on next page
3-302
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM35
MEANING
LAPD Mode of D-channel
route for WCS Roaming
[For PCS]
[8300R2]
SETTING DATA
DATA
MEANING
0
1
Network Mode
User Mode
0
1
Network Mode
User Mode
RELATED
COMMAND
BLADE RESET
See PRECAUTION (2)
LAPD Mode of D channel
route for Q-SIG
BLADE RESET
See PRECAUTION (2)
115
0
1
Available
Not available
119
0
1
Available
Not available
129
0
1
3
4
7
BLADE RESET
See PRECAUTION (2)
130
0
1
Allow
Restricted
133
0
1
To indicate
Not indicated
CM08>029
CM41 Y=0>54
CM08>722
CMAC Y=11
3-303
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM35
MEANING
DATA
00
07
15
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
CM35 Y=161
PRECEDENCE 0
SETTING DATA
PRECEDENCE 7
PRECEDENCE 0
0
1
To send
Not sent
140
Roaming Service
[For PCS]
[8300R2]
0
1
Available
Not available
NOTE: A trunk route of voice/control channel
on CCIS virtual trunk must be set to
0.
141
0
1
To provide
Not provided
NOTE: When using roaming service, set the
second data to 0 for C.O. Trunk
route of called side PBX. Additionally,
to terminate a roaming call via a voice
channel trunk route of CCIS virtual
trunk, set the second data to 0 for the
trunk route.
144
0
1
BLADE RESET
See PRECAUTION (2)
Continued on next page
3-304
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM35
SETTING DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
145
0
1
To provide
Not provided
0
1
To provide
Not provided
CM90
CM08>103, 104
Broker s Call
TRUNK-B is held, and station returns to the
connection with TRUNK-A.
Three-way Calling
150
0
1
To store
Not stored
CM12 Y=38
155
0
1
Available
Not available
NOTE: Assign this data only for Ring down
connection.
CM2A Y=15, A0
156
0
1
2
3
CM15 Y=136
1000-Slot Memory Block No. 03
1000-Slot Memory Block No. 02, 03
1000-Slot Memory Block No. 00-09 [8300R5]
Not provided
147
148
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
NOTE: Calling Name is displayed when this command is set to 0 or 1 and CM13 Y=69 is set to 0 if a
call from sub line is income.
Continued on next page
3-305
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM35
SETTING DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
158
0
1
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
To release
Not released
NOTE: When sending the in-band tone to the calling station from ISDN, set the second data to 1.
In this case, the ISDN trunk will be released automatically in 30 seconds after the calling station receives the in-band tone or when the calling station goes on-hook.
161
00-3F
NONE
DS code point
No data
CM35 Y=134
CM41 Y=2>38
NOTE 1: Set this data when the router provides DiffServ QoS, if required.
DiffServ: Differentiated Services; one type of QoS.
QoS: Quality of Service
NOTE 2: When this data is set, the TOS field Precedence set by CM35 Y=134 is ineffective.
If you want to validate the Precedence set by CM35 Y=134, set CCC (data clear) for CM35 Y=161.
NOTE 3: This data setting is required only for Point-to-Multipoint connection.
164
0
1
See below
CM35 Y=034
Multiline Terminal ringer tone pattern is assigned by the following combination of CM35 Y=034 and 164.
: Default
Y=34
Y=164: 0
Y=164: 1
3-306
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM35
SETTING DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
169
0
1
To send
Not sent
170
0
3
Development Table 1
Development Table 0
RELATED
COMMAND
CM76 Y=00, 90
NOTE: For SIP trunk, this data is available only for the Development Table 1.
171
01-08
15
1-8 digits
4 digits
CM35 Y=170
CM76 Y=90
NOTE 1: The number of digits set by this command on DID incoming number is converted by CM76 Y=90. DID
number conversion is started from the last digit of the received number.
(ex.) Received number is 050-1234-5678
- When 2nd data is set to NONE, 5678 is developed by CM76.
- When 2nd data is set to 08, 12345678 is developed.
NOTE 2: This data is effective when CM35 Y=18 and CM35 Y=170 is set to 0.
NOTE 3: When DID number is displayed on LCD of Multiline Terminal or Attendant Console, only the last 4
digits are displayed.
172
Number of digits to be
received for Development
Table 1
01-14
15
1-14 digits
4 digits
CM35 Y=170
CM76 Y=90
173
0
1
Available
Not available
CM08>067
CM35 Y=074
CM41 Y=0>01
CM51 Y=31
174
0
1
2
3
CM2A Y=50-52
186
0
1
To provide
Not provided
CM8A
CM35 Y=192
Continued on next page
3-307
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM35
MEANING
DATA
X
SETTING DATA
XX
NONE
MEANING
Trunk Access Code to be added
X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
RELATED
COMMAND
CM35 Y=044
No data
0
1
To provide
Not provided
CM35 Y=186
193
Characteristic level
[8300R3]
06
Characteristic level
CM0B Y=300-350
192
09
NONE
No data
NOTE: Do not change this data when the system is operated normally.
196
Q-SIG Facility
00
15
Q-SIG
No data
CM35 Y=90: 0
Object ID assignment of
Q-SIG Facility Information
Element
0
1
Global
Local
Continued on next page
3-308
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM35
MEANING
SETTING DATA
DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
200
0
1
To send
Not sent
201
0
1
3
202
00
CM85
CM08>626, 627
CM35 Y=203
07
15
0
1
To provide
Not provided
205
0
1
To send
Not sent
206
0
1
00
0 digit
207
31
63
CM08>026, 027
CM35 Y=202
203
31 digits
No data
Continued on next page
3-309
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM35
SETTING DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
208
0
1
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
Not released
To release
NOTE: When sending the in-band tone to the called station from ISDN, set the second data to 0.
In this case, the ISDN trunk will be released automatically in 30 seconds after the called station receives
the in-band tone or when the called station goes on-hook.
220
0
1
To provide
Not provided
NOTE: When providing ETSI ISDN COLP, assign the connected line number for COLP as follows.
Connected line number: Local office code (CM50 Y=05) + ISDN Subscriber Number (CM12 Y=12)
Receiving connected line
number from call terminating office in ETSI ISDN
Connected Line Identification Presentation (COLP) for
a call originating office
[For EU]
0
1
Available
Not available
222
Prefix Code
X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
223
XXXX
NONE
X
221
XXXX
NONE
No data
National Prefix Code
X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
No data
Continued on next page
3-310
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM35
X
XXXX
NONE
X
DATA
225
MEANING
SETTING DATA
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
Country Code
X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
No data
Area Code
X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
XXXXXX
No data
NONE
226
0
1
Available
Not available
228
0
1
To provide
Not provided
230
00
01
02
03
04
06
NONE
Unknown
International number
National number
Network specific number
Subscriber number
Abbreviated number
No data
CM35 Y=234
00
01
03
04
08
09
NONE
Unknown
ISDN/Telephony numbering plan
Data numbering plan
Telex numbering plan
National standard numbering plan
Private numbering plan
No data
CM35 Y=234
3-311
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM35
SETTING DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
233
0
1
MEANING
To release
Not released
RELATED
COMMAND
CM35
Y=266, 158, 208
NOTE 1: To release the ISDN trunk when receiving the ISDN DISCONNECT message, set the second data 0 to
the incoming trunk route of tandem office.
NOTE 2: Assign the second data 0 to the incoming and forwarding trunk route of Mobility Access.
234
Type of number/Numbering
plan identification of ISDN
Calling Party Number
0
1
To provide
Not provided
244
0
1
NOTE 1: This command can be also used to specify whether the SETUP message does not contain a called party number is enabled or not.
When the SETUP message does not contain a called party number message is not enabled, assign the
second data to 0.
NOTE 2: This command should be assigned to incoming trunk route when sending DT to calling party.
NOTE 3: This command should be assigned to both incoming trunk route and outgoing trunk route when the
SETUP message does not contain a called party number is not enabled.
245
0
1
To provide
Not provided
247
0
1
To provide
Not provided
Continued on next page
3-312
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM35
SETTING DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
248
0
1
To provide
Not provided
249
0
1
2
3
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
CM35 Y=247
CM41 Y=0>114
CM41 Y=0>115
CM41 Y=0>116
NOTE: This command is effective when the forced release is provided to the outgoing trunk route of tandem
connection (CM35 Y=247 is set to 0).
250
0
1
To provide
Not provided
254
1
3
CM41 Y=0>117
NOTE: Assign the call terminating method by CM35 Y=255 when this command is set to 0/1.
255
Specification of the call terminating method for incoming call with no CLI in Day
Mode
0
1
2
3
256
0
1
3
NOTE: Assign the call terminating method by CM35 Y=257 when this command is set to 0/1.
Continued on next page
3-313
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM35
SETTING DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
257
Specification of the call terminating method for incoming call with no CLI in Night
Mode/Mode A/Mode B
258
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
CM35 Y=256, 258
CM51 Y=33
0
1
CM35
Y=032, 255, 257
1
2
266
3
NONE
0
1
Network provided
No data
To provide
Not provided
CM35 Y=233
NOTE 1: This command should be set to both incoming trunk route and outgoing trunk route of tandem office.
NOTE 2: To send tone to the calling party according to the status of calling party (idle or busy) as shown below,
set the second data of CM35 Y=233 and CM35 Y=266 to 0.
RBT is sent when the calling party is idle.
BT is sent when the calling party is busy.
NOTE 3: Set the second data 0 to the incoming and forwarding trunk route of Mobility Access.
267
0
1
268
0
1
To provide
Not provided
Continued on next page
3-314
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM35
MEANING
Dial Tone (DT) sending to
calling party of opposite
office when receiving the
SETUP ACK message by
Overlap Sending-Q-SIG
[Russia Only]
SETTING DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
DATA
MEANING
0
1
1
4
8
15
CM35 Y=270
Progress Description 1
Progress Description by
Overlap Sending-Q-SIG
[Russia Only]
Progress Description 4
Progress Description 8
No data
NOTE 1: This command is effective when the second data of CM35 Y=270 is set to 1.
NOTE 2: This command should be assigned to outgoing trunk route.
272
1
4
8
15
CM35 Y=244
Progress Description 1
Progress Description by
Overlap Receiving-Q-SIG
[Russia Only]
Progress Description 4
Progress Description 8
No data
NOTE 1: This command is effective when the second data of CM35 Y=244 is set to 0.
NOTE 2: This command should be assigned to incoming trunk route.
273
0
1
To send
Not sent
NOTE: This command should be assigned to incoming trunk route of tandem office.
Continued on next page
3-315
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM35
SETTING DATA
MEANING
DATA
276
0
1
Allow
Restricted
277
0
1
Allow
Restricted
278
0
1
Allow
Restricted
279
0
Pattern number for adding
an access code for outgoing
7
call to the calling number
stored by Message Reminder NONE
when terminating a tandem
call via CCIS/SIP trunk
281
0
3
MEANING
Pattern No. 0
CM50 Y=11
No.
RELATED
COMMAND
Pattern No. 7
No data
To provide
Not provided
CM35 Y=282
3-316
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM35
SETTING DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
282
0
3
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
To provide
Not provided
CM35 Y=281
2
7
286
Registering a fault
information when a long call
duration of trunk call occurs
0
1
Not registered
To register
289
01
-15 dB
~
-1 dB
0 dB
+1 dB
(1 dB increment)
+15 dB
0 dB
+: Gain
- : Loss
(1 dB increment)
15
16
17
31
NONE
CM42>182
CMEA Y=2>04A
3-317
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM35
MEANING
DATA
01
MEANING
(1 dB increment)
+15 dB
0 dB
+: Gain
- : Loss
~
-1 dB
0 dB
+1 dB
(1 dB increment)
15
16
17
31
NONE
RELATED
COMMAND
-15 dB
SETTING DATA
BLADE RESET
See PRECAUTION (2)
00
01
02
03
15
Not filtered
TYPE1 (Very short distance)
TYPE2 (Middle distance)
TYPE3 (Long distance)
TYPE2 (Middle distance)
NOTE 1: This command is effective for the data set for the trunk route of the base port of each COT/LDT/ODT
blade (All ports of the blade including COTDB become the same setting).
NOTE 2: For the second data, signal losses in the line distance of the line are estimated as follows.
Second data: 01 (TYPE1 [Very short distance])........ 0 dB
: 02 (TYPE2 [Middle distance]) ............. 4 dB
: 03 (TYPE3 [Long distance]) ................ 8 dB
NOTE 3: For a COT blade, set the second data shown below depending on the line distance of the ordinary line.
- Set the second data to 01 (TYPE1 [Very short distance]) when connecting to the behind PBX, TA
and IP terminal adapter.
- Set the second data to 03 (TYPE3 [Long distance]) when the line is far from the Office PBX and
the signal attenuation is heavily.
NOTE 4: For a LDT/ODT blade, set the second data depending on the line distance of the line.
Continued on next page
3-318
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM35
MEANING
DATA
00
01
(1 dB increment)
+15 dB
0 dB
+: Gain
-: Loss
00
~
-1 dB
0 dB
+1 dB
-45 dB
-1 dB
0 dB
+1 dB
(1 dB increment)
+18 dB
0 dB
+: Gain
-: Loss
0
1
2
NONE
44
45
46
(1 dB increment)
(1 dB increment)
15
16
17
63
NONE
298
-15 dB
(1 dB increment)
+18 dB
See CM42>191
+: Gain
- : Loss
31
NONE
297
(1 dB increment)
-1 dB
0 dB
+1 dB
RELATED
COMMAND
-45 dB
44
45
46
63
NONE
296
MEANING
SETTING DATA
CM45 Y=B
3-319
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
MAY/26/2010
CM35
MEANING
Polarity Detection of COT
[8300R4]
SETTING DATA
DATA
0
1
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
To detect
Polarity free
BLADE RESET
See PRECAUTION (2)
Continued on next page
3-320
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM35
MEANING
SETTING DATA
DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
302
0
1
Restricted
Allow
306
0
1
Available
Not available
CMBA Y=44
NOTE 1: Assign this data to an outgoing trunk route that can be sent the Calling Party Number.
NOTE 2: When an outgoing trunk is SIP trunk, specify whether to send the Calling Party Number by CMBA
Y=44.
307
0
1
2
7
NOTE 1: Whether to be sent My line number/Sub line number per Line Key can be selected by CM13 Y=70/71.
NOTE 2: When an outgoing trunk is SIP trunk, set the Calling Party Number by CMBA Y=44 and CM8A
Y=5XXX>176.
308
XXXX
XXXX
NONE
00
01
Not added
No digit deletion
First 1 digit deletion
309
08
15
3-321
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM35
SETTING DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
310
0
1
MEANING
To add
Not added
RELATED
COMMAND
CM35 Y=307, 308
CM8A
Y=5XXX>176
CMBA Y=44
NOTE 1: Prefix code is added only when station number is sent as a caller ID (CM35 Y=307: 0).
NOTE 2: This data is effective when setting Station Number (without Originating Office number by CMA7
Y=06) as Calling Party Number set by CMBA Y=44 and CM8A Y=5XXX>176.
311
0
1
To add
Not added
NOTE: This data is effective when sending the Calling Party Number when calling from tandem connection set
by CM36 Y=306: 0.
314
0
1
Allow
Restricted
CM15 Y=289
NOTE: Set the second data of both CM15 Y=289 and CM35 Y=314 to 0 to be effective for Dial Mask on LCD.
318
0
1
Available
Not available
319
0
1
3
CMEC Y=8
3-322
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM35
MEANING
320
321
323
324
325
326
327
RELATED
COMMAND
DATA
MEANING
CM76 Y=45-48
00
CM76 Y=49-52
322
SETTING DATA
63
NONE
No data
3-323
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM35
MEANING
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
DATA
00
MEANING
VRS Waiting Message No. 00-63
RELATED
COMMAND
CM76 Y=53-56
SETTING DATA
63
NONE
0
1
No data
CM76 Y=57-60
3-324
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM35
MEANING
336
Multiple connections of
VRS Waiting Message
(for Day Mode)
[8300R7]
337
Multiple connections of
VRS Waiting Message
(for Night Mode)
[8300R7]
338
Multiple connections of
VRS Waiting Message
(for Mode A)
[8300R7]
339
Multiple connections of
VRS Waiting Message
(for Mode B)
[8300R7]
340
SETTING DATA
DATA
MEANING
0
1
0
1
To provide
Not provided
RELATED
COMMAND
CM76 Y=61-64
CCC
NOTE 1: All trunk route data by CM35 set to each trunk route will return to default settings if this command is used.
NOTE 2: This data is effective also when the system is under on-line mode.
3-325
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM36
Any incoming trunk route assigned to No release signal in CM35 Y=005, is restricted from
tandem connection.
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
INCOMING OUTGOING
TRUNK
TRUNK
DATA
ST + 36Y + DE + ROUTE + ROUTE + DE + (1-4 digits) + EXE
(2 digits)
(2 digits)
3-326
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM36
MEANING
Setting of PAD
data for tandem
connection
OUTGOING
TRUNK
ROUTE
00
00
No.
INCOMING
TRUNK
ROUTE
63
63
SETTING DATA
0
1
aa bb
Allow
Restricted
RELATED
COMMAND
CM35 Y=005
15: -1 dB
(1 dB increment)
16: 0 dB
17: +1 dB
~
~
NONE
31: +15 dB
(1 dB increment)
0 dB/0 dB
+: Gain
- : Loss
3-327
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3003.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM40
UNIT01
UNIT02
UNIT03
UNIT04
REMARKS
(0)
(1)
(0)
(1)
(0)
(1)
(0)
(1)
Built-in PMS
[8300R3]
(0)
(1)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
MCI
(0)
(1)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
[8300R2]
(0)
(1)
MP-FP command
output
Built-in SMDR
Individual Station
Record by CIS
[8300R1 Only]
3-328
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM40
UNIT01
UNIT02
UNIT03
UNIT04
REMARKS
(0)
(1)
(0)
(1)
(0)
(1)
(0)
(1)
3-329
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM40
(2)
The equipment connected to RS-232C ports on Unit02-03 is available only for normal mode
(survival mode and off-line mode are not available).
(3)
The port number setting by CM40 Y=00 is required when providing Individual Station Record by
CIS (the connection to RS-232C ports for the equipment is not required).
[8300R1 only]
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + 40YY + DE +
ST + 4010 + DE +
1ST DATA
SETTING DATA
+ DE +
+ EXE
(1/2)
(1-8 digits)
3-330
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM40
MEANING
Function
UNIT01 PORT1
UNIT01 PORT2
UNIT02 PORT1
[8300R2]
UNIT02 PORT2
[8300R2]
UNIT03 PORT1
[8300R2]
UNIT03 PORT2
[8300R2]
SETTING DATA
REMARKS
DATA
MEANING
08
10
11
NOTE 1
14
NOTE 1
NOTE 1
NOTE 1
19
20
24
NONE
01
Data length
0
1
7 bit
8 bit
02
Parity check
0
1
Effective
Ineffective
03
Kind of parity
0
1
Odd parity
Even parity
04
Stop bit
0
1
1-Stop bit
2-Stop bit
05
0
1
Low
High
06
0
1
Low
High
Continued on next page
3-331
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM40
08
MEANING
CS control
Data speed
09
Printout Status
[8300R5]
13
0
1
UNIT01 PORT1
UNIT01 PORT2
UNIT02 PORT1
[8300R2]
UNIT02 PORT2
[8300R2]
UNIT03 PORT1
[8300R2]
UNIT03 PORT2
[8300R2]
SETTING DATA
MEANING
CS control is always
provided
As per CS signal
input
1
NOTE 1
NOTE 1
NOTE 1
NOTE 1
UNIT01 PORT1
UNIT01 PORT2
REMARKS
DATA
1
2
3
4
5
NONE
1200 bps
2400 bps
4800 bps
9600 bps
19200 bps
9600 bps
0
1
Disable
Enable
0
1
High
Low
NOTE 1: The setting of Port Location Numbers 4-7 are effective after the system reset or for 10 minutes
after this data setting.
NOTE 2: CM40 Y=00: 14 should not be assigned when using Built-in SMDR in Local Office of Centralized Billing-CCIS.
NOTE 3: When using CPU RS-232C port for PCPro, set the default to CM40 Y=01-06.
NOTE 4: When External Printer for PMS is connected, set the second data of CM40 Y=01-07 as shown
below.
- CM40 Y=01-06............1 (default)
- CM40 Y=07 .................0 (always ON)
- CM40 Y=08 .................Adjust for the baud rate of External Printer
NOTE 5: Set the second data of CM40 Y=07 as follows.
- When using a printer cable ..................... 0 (always ON)
- When using a cable except printer .......... 1 (As per CS signal input)
NOTE 6: CM40 Y=13 should be set to 0 for downloading soft key information from UM8000 to
CPU.
Continued on next page
3-332
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JULY/15/2011
CM40
MEANING
DATA
SETTING DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
Restriction of
Remote Maintenance
by user operation
[8300R7]
CPU Built-In
Modem
1ST DATA
0
1
Available
Not available
RELATED
COMMAND
CM08>909
CM13 Y=07
CM15 Y=044
CM41 Y=0>165
CM90 Y=00:
F1364
NOTE 1: Station number must be an unassigned number by either CM10 Y=00 or CM11.
NOTE 2: For the station number of the built-in modem, set CM13 Y=07 to 0 (FAX Station) and CM15
Y=44 to 0 (Call Waiting Answer-Called Side restricted).
NOTE 3: This command is available when CM08>909 is set to 0.
3-333
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM41
DATA TABLE:
Y=0
1ST
DATA
00
31.2
14
2.4 seconds
~
33.6
seconds
01 02 03 04 05 06 ....................... 13
NONE
INCREMENT
UNIT
TIMER
2ND DATA
DEFAULT
MEANING
16 17 18 19.........................................24
9.6 seconds
30
32
01 02 03 04 05 06 ....................... 29
NONE
02
36
seconds
NONE
01 02 03 .........................................................14
1040 ms.
4 seconds
80 ms.
3-334
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM41
1ST
DATA
03
NONE
01 02 03 04 05 06 ....................... 13
~
12 16 20 ...................... 388
4 8 12 16 20 24 ...................... 392
NOTE: When timer data 99 is assigned, the call is not
recalled.
01 02 03 04 05 06 ....................... 29
NONE
01 02 03 04 05 06 ....................... 16
28
seconds
4 seconds
192
196
seconds
4 seconds
30
24
4 seconds
99
NONE
01 02 03 04 05 06 ....................... 98
09
99
4 8 12 .............................................. 392
NOTE: When timer data 99 is assigned, the call is not
recalled.
07
0.48 seconds
8 ............................................... 388
240
seconds
236
NONE
06
01 02 03 ............................................... 98
~
64
seconds
14
60
NONE
12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40
4 seconds
1.92
24
seconds
2.40
seconds
05
12 16 20 24 28 32 36
20
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08
NONE
INCREMENT
UNIT
TIMER
2ND DATA
DEFAULT
04
MEANING
32 seconds
3-335
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM41
1ST
DATA
11
MEANING
NONE
31.2
01 02 03 04 05 06 ....................... 13
0
14
2.4 seconds
33.6
seconds
INCREMENT
UNIT
TIMER
Attendant Recall of
held call
[8300R2]
2ND DATA
DEFAULT
9.6 seconds
1 second
5
seconds
NONE
01 02 03 04 05 06 .................................50
512 ms.
NONE
01 02 03 04 05 06 ....................... 29
64 ms.
30
36
seconds
32
03 04 05 06 07 08
15
NONE
14
4 seconds
3-336
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM41
1ST
DATA
16
MEANING
8 .........................................................116
NONE
01 02 03 .........................................................30
0
32
36
seconds
12 ........................................................120
NONE
01 02 03 04 05 06 ....................... 14
15
5
minutes
15
NONE
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08
12 ........................................................120
6 ........................ 14
NONE
02 03 04 05 06 07 08 .........................14
12 16 20 24 28 32
12 16 20 24 28 .........................52
1 minute
4 seconds
32
seconds
12 16 20 24 28
28
28
4 seconds
8 .........................................................116
36
seconds
32
seconds
NONE
02 03 04 05 06 07 08 .........................99
4 seconds
12 16 20 24 28 32 .........................56
32
seconds
12 16 20 24 28 ........................392
28
24
Ringing duration of
Automatic Wake-Up/
Timed Reminder call
23
32
22
Automatic Cancel
Time for unanswered
Paging call
01 02 03 .........................................................30
20
TIMER
Maximum ACD/UCD
call waiting time
before either answer or
abandonment for PEG
count
NONE
INCREMENT
UNIT
Unanswered timing
for ACD/UCD Delay
Announcement and
Attendant Delay
Announcement
2ND DATA
DEFAULT
4 seconds
12 16 20 24 28 32 ........................396
Continued on next page
3-337
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM41
1ST
DATA
26
16 24 32 40
NONE
03 04 05 06 07 .........................................14
7
seconds
NONE
01 02 03 04 05 .........................................15
16
7 ..........................................14
12 16 .........................................56
12
16 20 .........................................60
NONE
01 02 03 04 .................................................30
12 ................................................116
24
seconds
32
8 seconds
48........................................128
36
seconds
NONE
01 02 03 .........................................................07
3 times
NONE
11
12 13 .........................................................31
1 second
4 seconds
4 seconds
12 16 ................................................120
3 .......................................................... 7
40 44 48 ........................................................120
120
Duration of call by
Timed Queue
32
seconds
16 24 32 40 ........................................120
37
Number of call
attempts by Timed
Queue
36
24
35
Duration of music
connection before DT
connection in Automated Attendant
01 02 03 04 05 .........................................15
34
Interdigit Pause on
outgoing call
NONE
INCREMENT
UNIT
TIMER
33
Automatic Recall
Timing of Camp-On
2ND DATA
DEFAULT
27
MEANING
124
seconds
44 48 52 ........................................................124
NONE
05 06 .................................................................31
32
seconds
20 24 ................................................................124
1 time
4 seconds
4 seconds
3-338
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM41
1ST
DATA
38
MEANING
DEFAULT
Programmable Pause
for System Speed
Dialing/Station Speed
Dialing
NONE
1.5
seconds
BLADE RESET
39
32
4 .................................................................116
36
seconds
NONE
01 02 03 .........................................................15
0
2 ..........................................................14
NONE
01 02 .................................................................98
0
6
seconds
28
1 second
3 ..........................................................15
4 .................................................................388
32
seconds
NONE
01 02 03 .........................................................14
14
seconds
NONE
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08
0
4 seconds
8 .................................................................120
1 second
1.5 seconds
01 02 .................................................................30
44
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07
43
TIMER
42
NONE
INCREMENT
UNIT
41
2ND DATA
4 seconds
8 .................................................................392
3 ..........................................................14
09 10
11
12 13
11
12 0.5
10
1 second
1 second
(01-12)
-0.5 seconds
(13)
Continued on next page
3-339
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM41
1ST
DATA
45
4 .................................................................392
64
seconds
NONE
01 02 03 ............................................... 29
32
30
NONE
01 02 .................................................................30
0
36
seconds
32
4 seconds
8 .................................................................396
4 seconds
4 .................................................................116
DTMF Interdigit
Pause for VMS
60
50
01 02 .................................................................99
49
TIMER
48
Timing of Multiple
Call Forwarding No
Answer after second
forwarding
NONE
INCREMENT
UNIT
47
2ND DATA
DEFAULT
46
MEANING
36
seconds
NONE
00 01
128 ms.
64 128
NONE
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07
160 ms.
NONE
03 04 05 .........................................................14
10
seconds
4 seconds
8 .................................................................120
64 ms.
32 ms.
(00-01)
16 ms.
(01-02)
20 ms.
(02-04)
40 ms.
(04-07)
5 ..........................................................14
1 second
3-340
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM41
1ST
DATA
51
64
~
68
seconds
52
8 .........................................................392
NONE
01 02 03 .........................................................99
0
12 ........................................................396
8 .........................................................392
NONE
01 02 03 .........................................................06
96
32 64 96 ........................................................192
4 seconds
12 ........................................................396
64 96 128 .......................................................224
NOTE: With this timing, the tandem connection is released, unless the incoming trunk does not receive the release signal.
32 minutes
01 02 03 04 .................................................13
8
12 16 20 .................................................56
~
24
seconds
64
seconds
20
4 seconds
60
64
seconds
NONE
4 seconds
01 02 03 .........................................................99
0
~
Forced release timing
for unanswered call
with tandem connection or trunk to trunk
connection when a station holds another station/trunk
8 12 16 ........................................................128
NOTE: In case that the recording time of Voice Response System is shorter than the time assigned
by command (CM41Y=0>51), Voice Response
System will be released when the message reply is finished (The message reply will not be
repeated).
60
128
minutes
55
12 ........................................................124
54
NONE
53
01 02 03 .........................................................31
NONE
INCREMENT
UNIT
TIMER
2ND DATA
DEFAULT
MEANING
12 16 20 24 .................................................60
NOTE: This data is available when the incoming trunk
cannot receive a release signal.
4 seconds
3-341
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM41
1ST
DATA
56
TIMER
01 02 03 .........................................................99
20
NONE
03 04 05 .........................................................14
10
seconds
NONE
01 02 03 .........................................................31
NONE
7 days
0.5
4 ..........................................................28
1 day
4 seconds
8 ..........................................................32
00 01 02 .........................................................40
80 160 ......................................................3200
1120
1200
ms.
NONE
01 02 03 .........................................................14
320
1 second
5 ..........................................................14
00 01 02 .........................................................08
NONE
12 ........................................................396
1 2 3 ..........................................................31
NOTE: Voice Message Waiting Service-Individual All
Clear clears messages exceeding the term.
61
Status Change
Rebound Guard Timer
4 seconds
24
seconds
8
seconds
60
8 .........................................................392
NONE
INCREMENT
UNIT
59
2ND DATA
58
DEFAULT
57
MEANING
480
ms.
80 ms.
160 ms.
3-342
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM41
1ST
DATA
62
MEANING
NONE
1440
NONE
00
01 02
1360
No
0 80 160 ............................................2320
NONE
01 02 03 .........................................................09
14
seconds
14 28 42 ........................................................126
NONE
01 02 .................................................................99
12
4 .................................................................392
NONE
01 02 .................................................................99
0
60
16
seconds
4 .................................................................392
NONE
01 02 03 .........................................................32
0
64
seconds
80 ms.
14 seconds
4 seconds
8 .................................................................396
4 seconds
8 .................................................................396
12
seconds
8 .........................................................124
UCD Delay
Announcement/
Attendant Delay
Announcement/OAI
Announcement Connection Timer
1440
ms.
67
Message duration of
UCD Overflow
Announcement
03...............................................30
66
~
~
65
480 ms.
64
63
01 02 03 .........................................................14
1920
ms.
INCREMENT
UNIT
TIMER
2ND DATA
DEFAULT
4 seconds
12 ........................................................128
3-343
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM41
1ST
DATA
69
75
INCREMENT
UNIT
TIMER
NONE
45 46 .................................................................99
304
seconds
NONE
01 02 .................................................................99
116
4 seconds
8 .................................................................396
4 seconds
120
seconds
NONE
6
03 04 05 .........................................................60
3
5 ..........................................................60
1 second
Overlap Sending
Mode timer for ISDN
telephone
2ND DATA
DEFAULT
81
MEANING
7
seconds
84
01 02 .................................................................99
116
4 .................................................................392
NONE
01 02 .................................................................99
8 .................................................................396
4 seconds
4 .................................................................392
12
seconds
120
seconds
NONE
85
4 8 .................................................................396
NOTE: Set this data within the range from 01 (0-4 sec.)
to 07 (24-28 sec.) for Standard SIP station.
This service is not effective when this data is
set to 08 and over.
4 seconds
3-344
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM41
1ST
DATA
86
4 8 .................................................................396
NOTE: Effective only when CM08>085: 0.
NONE
05 06 07 .........................................................30
14
seconds
NONE
01 02 03 04 05 06 ....................... 29
01 02 03 04 05 06 ....................... 29
30
36
seconds
NONE
01 02 .................................................................99
116
4 seconds
1 second
30
4 seconds
32
NONE
36
seconds
7 ..........................................................30
32
4 .................................................................392
4 .................................................................392
104
01 02 .................................................................99
40
seconds
102
36
101
NONE
INCREMENT
UNIT
TIMER
100
2ND DATA
DEFAULT
97
MEANING
120
seconds
NONE
02 03 04 .........................................................99
7 seconds
2 3 4 ..........................................................99
NOTE 1: Assign the value which exceeds the maximum value of timer set by CMA7 Y=10.
NOTE 2: This data is recommended to set to 33.
4 seconds
4 seconds
8 .................................................................396
1 second
3-345
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM41
1ST
DATA
105
107
109
110
MEANING
SPDT Timer after
Hooking
Inter-digit Pause on
system basis
INCREMENT
UNIT
TIMER
NONE
10
11 12 .........................................................60
15
seconds
10
11 12 .........................................................60
NONE
01 02 03 04 05 06 07
NONE
PBR timer for ETSI
ISDN Overlap Receiv6 seconds
ing
Timing until sending
the reverse signal to
the calling PS/Standard SIP station for
connecting the line
2ND DATA
DEFAULT
NONE
Not Sent
1 second
16/32/48 ms.
03 04 05 .........................................................99
3
5 ..........................................................99
1 second
01 02 03 .........................................................99
4
12 ........................................................396
4 seconds
NOTE 1: This timer data is used for setting the timing of pseudo-answer signal to PS/Standard SIP station
when a replying signal from the opposite system is not received after sending an outgoing call from
PS/Standard SIP station.
NOTE 2: This timer data converts PS/Standard SIP station from ringing state to calling state and enables
forcibly to send PB signal from PS/Standard SIP station.
NOTE 3: This timer data enables pseudo-answering in all the pattern of an outgoing call from PS. When
calling to the other side station, PS is made busy before that station answering.
NOTE 4: When using Standard SIP station, this timer data enables pseudo-answering while hearing the inband tone.
NOTE 5: Set this timer data to 01 (4 seconds)/02 (8 seconds) under the normal operation.
111
112
NONE
7 seconds
NONE
6 seconds
02 03 04 .........................................................15
2
4 ..........................................................15
1 second
03 04 05 .........................................................99
3
5 ..........................................................99
1 second
3-346
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM41
1ST
DATA
114
115
116
117
119
120
MEANING
2ND DATA
DEFAULT
INCREMENT
UNIT
TIMER
Timer A of warning
SST sending for
forced release
NONE
Timer B of warning
SST sending for
forced release
NONE
Timer C of warning
SST sending for
forced release
NONE
NONE
01 02 03 .........................................................99
99
seconds
1 2 3 ..........................................................99
NOTE: Effective only when CM35 Y=250: 0.
NONE
01 02 03 .........................................................30
10
seconds
NONE
00 02 03 .........................................................99
180
seconds
01 02 03 .........................................................99
64 128 192 ......................................................6336
NOTE: Set the time from the start of communications
to the warning SST is sent.
Forced release is executed at 16 seconds later
from the warning SST is sent.
64 seconds
01 02 03 .........................................................99
64 128 192 ......................................................6336
NOTE: Set the time from the start of communications
to the warning SST is sent.
Forced release is executed at 16 seconds later
from the warning SST is sent.
64 seconds
01 02 03 .........................................................99
64 128 192 ......................................................6336
NOTE: Set the time from the start of communications
to the warning SST is sent.
Forced release is executed at 16 seconds later
from the warning SST is sent.
64 seconds
1 second
1 second
3 ..........................................................30
0 4 8 .........................................................396
NOTE: When this data is set to 00, forced release is
not executed.
4 seconds
3-347
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM41
1ST
DATA
123
MEANING
DEFAULT
Timing of Caller ID
station until sending
Caller ID signal after
the first ringer begins
to send
NONE
RESET
130
1500 ms.
(CM08>
592: 0)/
2500 ms.
(CM08>
592: 1)
NONE
3 minutes
2ND DATA
INCREMENT
UNIT
TIMER
00 01 02 .........................................................25
0 100 200 ......................................................2500
100 ms.
00 01 02 .........................................................99
0
2 ..........................................................99
132
NONE
00 01 02 .........................................................23
3 minutes
0 1 2 ..........................................................23
NOTE: See NOTE 1 through NOTE 5 on CM41
Y=0>130.
NONE
00 01 02 .........................................................59
3 minutes
0 1 2 ..........................................................59
NOTE: See NOTE 1 through NOTE 5 on CM41
Y=0>130.
1 day
1 hour
1 minute
3-348
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM41
1ST
DATA
133
134
135
MEANING
Expire value for
DT700 Series SUBSCRIBE for Server
(Day)
2ND DATA
DEFAULT
INCREMENT
UNIT
TIMER
NONE
00 01 02 .........................................................99
1 hour
2 ..........................................................99
NONE
00 01 02 .........................................................23
1 hour
0 1 2 ..........................................................23
NOTE: See NOTE 1 through NOTE 5 on CM41
Y=0>133.
NONE
00 01 02 .........................................................59
1 hour
0 1 2 ..........................................................59
NOTE: See NOTE 1 through NOTE 5 on CM41
Y=0>133.
1 day
1 hour
1 minute
3-349
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM41
1ST
DATA
136
137
138
140
MEANING
Expire value for
DT700 Series SUBSCRIBE for Client
(Day)
2ND DATA
DEFAULT
INCREMENT
UNIT
TIMER
NONE
00 01 02 .........................................................99
1 hour
2 ..........................................................99
NONE
00 01 02 .........................................................23
1 hour
0 1 2 ..........................................................23
NOTE: See NOTE 1 through NOTE 5 on CM41
Y=0>136.
NONE
00 01 02 .........................................................59
1 hour
0 1 2 ..........................................................59
NOTE: See NOTE 1 through NOTE 5 on CM41
Y=0>136.
Conference (built-in
CPU) timing of group
call conference-No
answer
[8300R2]
NONE
01 02 03 .........................................................99
36
seconds
12 ........................................................396
1 day
1 hour
1 minute
4 seconds
3-350
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM41
1ST
DATA
141
142
MEANING
Conference (built-in
CPU) forced release
timer
[8300R2]
D11 data receiving
time after PSW (For
DLC)
[8300R2]
INCREMENT
UNIT
TIMER
NONE
01 02 03 .........................................................24
7 hours
3 ..........................................................24
1 hour
03 04 05 .........................................................30
3 ms.
3 4 5 ..........................................................30
NOTE: When DESKCON is accommodated, set this
data to 06.
NONE
01 02 03 .........................................................10
25.8
seconds
BLADE RESET
144
2ND DATA
DEFAULT
1 ms.
NONE
03 04 05 .........................................................20
3
minutes
8.6 seconds
5 ..........................................................20
NOTE 1: This data is effective only for power failure transfer with
a BRT.
NOTE 2: When a power failure is returned to normal condition
while Multiline Terminal for power failure is busy,
DT700 Series calling is kept between the time of power
failure restoration and the time set by this data.
1 minute
3-351
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM41
1ST
DATA
151
152
MEANING
2ND DATA
DEFAULT
INCREMENT
UNIT
TIMER
NONE
00 01 02 .........................................................99
Periodic registration
timer for Standard SIP
0 day
0 1 2 ..........................................................99
station
NOTE 1: Be sure to reset Standard SIP station when this data set- Day
ting is changed.
[8300R3.5]
RESET NOTE 2: This data is set by the combination of CM41 Y=0>151153 (day/hour/minute). When CM41 Y=0>151-153 (day/
hour/minute) are all set to NONE, the expire value 1
hour is set as default.
NOTE 3: The minimum value of the periodic registration timer for
Standard SIP station is 3 minutes (when less than 3
minutes is set to the second data of CM41 Y=0>151-153
respectively, 1 hour is set as the periodic registration
timer).
NONE
00 01 02 .........................................................23
Periodic registration
timer for Standard SIP
1 hour
0 1 2 ..........................................................23
station
NOTE: See NOTE 1 through NOTE 3 on CM41 Y=0>151.
- Hour
[8300R3.5]
1 day
1 hour
RESET
153
NONE
00 01 02 .........................................................59
Periodic registration
timer for Standard SIP
0 minute
0 1 2 ..........................................................59
station
NOTE: See NOTE 1 through NOTE 3 on CM41 Y=0>151.
- Minute
[8300R3.5]
1 minute
RESET
155
NONE
03 04 05 .........................................................99
Release timer when
calling to Standard SIP
30 minutes 3 4 5 ..........................................................99
station for a long call
NOTE 1: When this data is set to 00, the release timer is ineffecduration
tive.
[8300R3.5]
NOTE 2: This data is reflected immediately after the data setting.
However, the set timer before change remains as for a
preset Long Call Duration Release Timer for Standard
SIP station.
1 minute
3-352
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
FEBRUARY/29/2012
CM41
1ST
DATA
159
MEANING
Timing until sending
the reverse signal to
Standard SIP station
[8300R3.5]
2ND DATA
DEFAULT
NONE
12
seconds
INCREMENT
UNIT
TIMER
00 01 02 .........................................................99
Not 4
sent
8 .........................................................396
4 seconds
NOTE: This data is effective only when the 2nd data of CM41 Y=
0>110 is set to NONE.
8 .........................................................116
NONE
01 02 03 .........................................................60
8
seconds
4 seconds
12 ........................................................120
3 ..........................................................60
1 second
NOTE: Dual ringing timer is not started when this data is set to
00.
NONE
01 02 03 .........................................................15
4-8
seconds
8 ..........................................................56
4 seconds
Message on Hold
Service with VRS
guard timer
(Related command:
CM49 Y=00: 0500)
[8300R4]
32-36
seconds
164
DTMF Caller ID
received timer
[8300R5]
01 02 03 .........................................................30
163
NONE
162
161
12 .........................................................60
NONE
01 02 03 .........................................................12
30
minutes
10 20 30 ........................................................120
10 minutes
3-353
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
FEBRUARY/29/2012
CM41
1ST
DATA
165
MEANING
Remote maintenance
permission timer
[8300R7]
2ND DATA
DEFAULT
INCREMENT
UNIT
TIMER
NONE
01 02 03 ....................... 20
21
22
23
5 minutes
10 20 30 ...................... 200
360
720
1440
01 02 03 .........................................................30
4-8
seconds
1 minute
(02-99)
8 .........................................................116
12 ........................................................120
NONE
01 02 03 .........................................................30
4-8
seconds
8 .........................................................116
NONE
209
208
NONE
02 03 04 .........................................................99
Interval of session
timer for standard SIP
3 minutes 2 3 4 ..........................................................99
station
NOTE 1: When this data is set to 00, this session timer is set to
[8300R7]
1 day (1440 minutes).
NOTE 2: When this data is set to 01, this session timer is set to
90 seconds.
NOTE 3: Assign this data to the same data of the session timer of
the terminal.
10 minutes
(02-20)
4 seconds
4 seconds
12 ........................................................120
Continued on next page
3-354
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM41
210
MEANING
INCREMENT
UNIT
TIMER
NONE
01 02 03 .........................................................30
32-36
seconds
8 .........................................................116
Hold-tone timer
between the 1st and
the 2nd VRS Waiting
Message
[8300R7]
2ND DATA
DEFAULT
1ST
DATA
4 seconds
12 ........................................................120
Continued on next page
3-355
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM41
1ST
DATA
09
11
20
MEANING
Delayed Ringing
Timer
Switch Control Screen
of LCD Pattern A/B
[North America
Only]
On-Hook Detect
Timer
BLADE RESET
21
22
Momentary Open
Controlled Timer
2ND DATA
DEFAULT
NONE
INCREMENT
UNIT
TIMER
01
02
03 ..................................................20
2048 ms.
01
LCD
LCD
Control Control
Pattern B Pattern A
(Normal)
NONE
01 02 03 .........................................................60
700 ms.
20 40 60 .......................................................1200
NONE
01 02 03 .........................................................40
700 ms.
(Momentary
Reverse)/
800 ms.
(disconnect)
20 40 60 .......................................................2000
NONE
01 02 03 .........................................................60
105 ms.
20 40 60 .......................................................1200
NONE
01 02 03 .........................................................60
400 ms.
20 40 60 .......................................................1200
20 ms.
50 ms.
20 ms.
BLADE RESET
23
20 ms.
BLADE RESET
Continued on next page
3-356
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM41
1ST
DATA
50
MEANING
C.O. Trunk Termination Detect Timer
BLADE RESET
51
BLADE RESET
52
2ND DATA
DEFAULT
INCREMENT
UNIT
TIMER
NONE
01 02 03 .........................................................99
224 ms.
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
1200 ms.
16 24 ........................................................792
99
16 32 48 ...........................................1568 2040
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
104 ms.
16 32 48 ...........................................1568 2040
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
400 ms.
16 32 48 ...........................................1568 2040
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
704 ms.
16 32 48 ...........................................1568 2040
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
8 ms.
16 ms.
(01-98)
99
16 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
53
99
16 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
54
Minimum time
between Ringing
(Single/Double
Ringing)
99
16 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
55
3008 ms.
99
128 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
56
BLADE RESET
57
BLADE RESET
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
99
640 ms.
32 64 96 ...........................................3136 4080
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
144 ms.
32 64 96 ...........................................3136 4080
99
32 ms.
(01-98)
32 ms.
(01-98)
3-357
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM41
1ST
DATA
58
MEANING
COT Ground Starting
Timer
BLADE RESET
59
OD Trunk Answer
Detect Time
BLADE RESET
60
OD Trunk Release
Detect Timer
BLADE RESET
61
OD Trunk Termination
Detect Timer
BLADE RESET
62
2ND DATA
DEFAULT
INCREMENT
UNIT
TIMER
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
48 ms.
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
60 ms.
20 40 60 ...........................................1960 2550
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
700 ms.
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
100 ms.
20 40 60 ...........................................1960 2550
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
200 ms.
20 40 60 ...........................................1960 2550
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
200 ms.
20 40 60 ...........................................1960 2550
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
60 ms.
20 40 60 ...........................................1960 2550
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
700 ms.
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
100 ms.
20 40 60 ...........................................1960 2550
16 24 ............................................784
99
2040
99
99
99
8 ms.
(01-98)
20 ms.
(01-98)
200 ms.
(01-98)
20 ms.
(01-98)
99
20 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
63
OD Trunk Delay
Signal Timer out
BLADE RESET
64
LD Trunk Answer
Detect Timer
BLADE RESET
65
LD Trunk Release
Detect Timer
BLADE RESET
66
LD Trunk Termination
Detect Timer
BLADE RESET
99
99
99
99
20 ms.
(01-98)
20 ms.
(01-98)
200 ms.
(01-98)
20 ms.
(01-98)
3-358
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM41
1ST
DATA
67
2ND DATA
INCREMENT
UNIT
MEANING
DEFAULT
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
200 ms.
20 40 60 ...........................................1960 2550
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
200 ms.
20 40 60 ...........................................1960 2550
NONE
01 02 03 .........................................................20
4800 ms.
TIMER
99
20 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
68
BLADE RESET
69
BLADE RESET
70
OD Receive Wink/
Delay Duration Minimum Time
[8300R4]
99
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
130 ms.
20 40 60 ...........................................1960 2550
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
500 ms.
20 40 60 ...........................................1960 2550
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
130 ms.
20 40 60 ...........................................1960 2550
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
500 ms.
20 40 60 ...........................................1960 2550
20 ms.
(01-98)
480 ms.
99
20 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
71
OD Receive Wink/
Delay Duration Maximum Time
[8300R4]
99
20 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
72
LD Receive Wink/
Delay Duration Minimum Time
[8300R4]
99
20 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
73
LD Receive Wink/
Delay Duration Maximum Time
[8300R4]
99
20 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
Continued on next page
3-359
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM41
1ST
DATA
74
2ND DATA
INCREMENT
UNIT
MEANING
DEFAULT
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
100 ms.
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
TIMER
99
100 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
75
OD Wink/Delay
Receive Timer out
[8300R6]
4800 ms.
99
200 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
76
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
99
300 ms.
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
100 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
77
LD Wink/Delay
Receive Timer out
[8300R6]
4800 ms.
99
200 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
80
OD Receive DP Make
Minimum Time
[8300R6]
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
99
10 ms.
6 .............................................196
510
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
99
100 ms.
6 .............................................196
510
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
99
10 ms.
510
2 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
81
OD Receive DP Make
Maximum Time
[8300R6]
2 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
82
OD Receive DP Break
Minimum Time
[8300R6]
6 .............................................196
2 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
Continued on next page
3-360
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM41
1ST
DATA
83
2ND DATA
INCREMENT
UNIT
MEANING
DEFAULT
OD Receive DP Break
Maximum Time
[8300R6]
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
99
100 ms.
6 .............................................196
510
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
99
10 ms.
6 .............................................196
510
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
99
100 ms.
6 .............................................196
510
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
99
10 ms.
6 .............................................196
510
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
99
100 ms.
510
TIMER
2 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
84
LD Receive DP Make
Minimum Time
[8300R6]
2 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
85
LD Receive DP Make
Maximum Time
[8300R6]
2 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
86
LD Receive DP Break
Minimum Time
[8300R6]
2 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
87
LD Receive DP Break
Maximum Time
[8300R6]
6 .............................................196
2 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
Continued on next page
3-361
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM41
1ST
DATA
20
2ND DATA
INCREMENT
UNIT
MEANING
DEFAULT
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
60 ms.
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
600 ms.
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
80 ms.
16 32 48 ...........................................1568 2040
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
200 ms.
16 32 48 ...........................................1568 2040
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
200 ms.
16 32 48 ...........................................1568 2040
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
100 ms.
16 32 48 ...........................................1568 2040
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
500 ms.
16 32 48 ...........................................1568 2040
TIMER
16 24 ............................................784
99
1020
8 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
21
99
200 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
22
99
16 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
23
99
16 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
24
99
16 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
25
99
16 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
26
99
16 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
Continued on next page
3-362
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM41
1ST
DATA
30
MEANING
Loop Current Detect
Timing for DTI
(E1 2 Mbps) trunk
[8300R3]
2ND DATA
DEFAULT
INCREMENT
UNIT
TIMER
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
99
48 ms.
16 32 48 ...........................................1568 4080
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
400 ms.
16 32 48 ...........................................1568 2040
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
800 ms.
32 64 96 ...........................................3136 4080
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
304 ms.
16 32 48 ...........................................1568 2040
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
16 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
31
99
16 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
32
99
32 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
33
99
16 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
34
2048 ms.
99
128 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
35
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
99
200 ms.
16 32 48 ...........................................1568 2040
16 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
Continued on next page
3-363
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM41
1ST
DATA
36
2ND DATA
INCREMENT
UNIT
MEANING
DEFAULT
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
400 ms.
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
TIMER
99
128 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
37
1536 ms.
99
128 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
38
NONE
DTI (E1 2 Mbps) trunk
Receive Double
3008 ms.
Answer maximum time
[8300R3]
01 02 03 .............................................98
99
128 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
39
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
100 ms.
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
100 ms.
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
300 ms.
16 24 ............................................784
99
1020
8 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
40
16 24 ............................................784
99
1020
8 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
41
16 24 ............................................784
99
1020
8 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
Continued on next page
3-364
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM41
1ST
DATA
42
2ND DATA
MEANING
DEFAULT
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
100 ms.
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
100 ms.
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
300 ms.
NONE
00 01 02 .............................................98
INCREMENT
UNIT
TIMER
16 24 ............................................784
99
1020
8 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
43
16 24 ............................................784
99
1020
8 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
44
16 24 ............................................784
99
1020
8 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
49
0 ms.
16 ............................................784
99
2040
8 ms.
(00-98)
BLADE RESET
50
NONE
1008 ms.
01 02 03 .............................................98
99
32 64 96 ...........................................3136 4080
32 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
Continued on next page
3-365
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM41
1ST
DATA
51
2ND DATA
INCREMENT
UNIT
MEANING
DEFAULT
NONE
01 02 03 .............................................98
800 ms.
16 32 48 ...........................................1568 2040
NONE
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08
TIMER
99
16 ms.
(01-98)
BLADE RESET
60
16
seconds
12 16 20 24 28 32
12
MFC-R2 Backward
receiving guard timer
for DOD
[8300R3.5]
4 seconds
12 16 20 24 28 32 36
NOTE: This timer data is used as a guard timer when not detecting Backward signal from the opposite office.
61
NONE
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08
16
seconds
12 16 20 24 28 32
12
MFC-R2 Backward
Tone Complete receiving guard timer for
DOD
[8300R3.5]
4 seconds
12 16 20 24 28 32 36
NOTE: This timer data is used as a guard timer when not detecting received Backward signal (end of tone)
from the opposite office.
62
NONE
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08
12
16
seconds
12 16 20 24 28 32
MFC-R2 Forward
receiving guard timer
for DID
[8300R3.5]
4 seconds
12 16 20 24 28 32 36
NOTE: This timer data is used as a guard timer when not detecting Forward signal from the opposite office.
63
NONE
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08
16
seconds
12 16 20 24 28 32
12
MFC-R2 Forward
Tone Complete receiving guard timer for
DID
[8300R3.5]
4 seconds
12 16 20 24 28 32 36
NOTE: This timer data is used as a guard timer when not detecting received Forward signal (end of tone)
from the opposite office.
3-366
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM42
SETTING
DATA + EXE
(2 digits)
3-367
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM42
01
03
01
05
NONE
05
01
5 calls
5 calls
1 trunk
99 trunks
No detection
1 trunk
99 trunks
No detection
1 trunk
99 trunks
No detection
1 trunk
16
NONE
1 call
99
NONE
99 stations
No Lockout Alarm Display
01
1 station
99
NONE
01
08
99
NONE
07
01
06
48 calls
6 calls
1 call
99
NONE
REMARKS
48
NONE
01
01
SETTING DATA
CM12 Y=16
CM35 Y=098
16 trunks
Not seized
Continued on next page
3-368
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM42
01
11
01
01
14
01
05
NONE
1 digit
CM08>216: 0
16 digits
10 digits
1 digit
CM08>216: 1
10 digits
10 digits
1 digit
CM08>216: 0
16 digits
10 digits
1 digit
CM08>217: 1
10 digits
16 digits
1 digit
CM08>217: 0
16 digits
16 digits
1 time
10 digits
10 digits
16
NONE
CM08>216: 1
10
NONE
01
16
NONE
1 digit
13
01
16 digits
10 digits
10
NONE
1 digit
16
NONE
01
10 digits
10 digits
12
10
NONE
01
1 digit
16
NONE
REMARKS
10
NONE
01
SETTING DATA
5 times
5 times
Continued on next page
3-369
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM42
01
00
01
02
RESET
04
NOTE 1, NOTE 2 NONE
RESET
NOTE 1, NOTE 2
01
02
04
05
06
07
08
09
NONE
99 calls
1 call
1 call
99 calls
No limit
1 time
09
NONE
1 call
99
NONE
REMARKS
01
66
99
NONE
19
01
16
SETTING DATA
9 times
4 times
New Zealand
China
Brazil
Europe
Other countries except for
the above
China
Brazil
UK
Austria/Belgium/Denmark/
Germany/Sweden/Switzerland/The Netherlands
UK (for EU)
Spain (for EU)
Italy (for EU)
South Africa (for EU)
Depends on Nation Code
(CM31 Y=0>0)
NOTE 1: For North America and Australia, this command is not effective. The transmission characteristic depends on the nation code.
NOTE 2: A-law/-law setting is decided in the following order.
1. Setting of CM04 Y=10-59
2. Setting by CPU
Continued on next page
3-370
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM42
00
06
NONE
54 dB
SETTING DATA
18 dB
30 dB
REMARKS
6 dB
increments
NOTE 1: Do not change this data normally, incorrect data settings may cause howler of low-level speech.
NOTE 2: For the volume control (Side tone level) of DT300/DT700 series, set the data by CM42>198.
69
00
99
NONE
01
07
NONE
73
77
No data
1 time
7 times
5 times
1 digit
CM2B Y=00
CM20 Y=0-3:
A230, A231
8 digits
4 digits
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
NONE
10 dB
12 dB
14 dB
16 dB
18 dB
20 dB
22 dB
24 dB
20 dB
CM15 Y=205
1 digit
01
08
NONE
75
No data
08
NONE
74
01
00-99 dollars/euro/integral
charge per unit
99
NONE
72
00
70
8 digits
4 digits
Continued on next page
3-371
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM42
01
32
NONE
REMARKS
CM08>850
1 call
SETTING DATA
32 calls
No limit
NOTE: Assign the maximum number of Wake Up Call for the same time per every minute.
182
01
60
NONE
CM35 Y=286
CMEA
Y=2>04A
1 hour
60 hours
60 hours
NOTE: When the call time exceeds the time set by this command, a fault information is stored as long-time
call fault.
183
01
16 calls
4 calls
The 1st of the month
25
NONE
1 call
16
NONE
01
185
NOTE: From the 26th to the day before end of month cannot be assigned.
190
08
NONE
01
(1 dB increment)
+15 dB/+15 dB
-6 dB/-6 dB
+: Gain
- : Loss
-1 dB/-1 dB
0 dB/0 dB
+1 dB/+1 dB
15
16
17
31
NONE
188
187
01
186
3-372
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM42
00
(1 dB increment)
+18 dB
-10 dB
+: Gain
- : Loss
00
01
No limit
1 time
~
99
NONE
~
-1 dB
0 dB
+1 dB
194
(1 dB increment)
44
45
46
63
NONE
REMARKS
-45 dB
SETTING DATA
99 times
3 times
NOTE: When entering incorrect password for the number of times set by this command, DT700 Series will be
in password lock state.
195
00
01
~
99
NONE
Not unlocked
1 minute
99 minutes
10 minutes
NOTE: When the DT700 Series is in password lock state, a password entry is restricted until the time set by
this command is elapsed.
198
00
01
CM42>68
~
32
NONE
-54 dB
-48 dB
-18 dB
-12 dB [For EU]/
-18 dB [Other than EU]
NOTE: For the volume control (Side tone level) of the Multiline Terminal/DESKCON, set the data by
CM42>68.
Continued on next page
3-373
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM42
00
31
NONE
REMARKS
SETTING DATA
00
31
NONE
05
06
07
1 dB
0 dB
-1 dB
205
206
207
15
NONE
01
204
6 dB
5 dB
00
01
203
-9 dB
-4 dB
-15 dB
15
16
17
-1 dB
0 dB
1 dB
~
31
NONE
15 dB
0 dB
Continued on next page
3-374
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM42
01
44
45
46
-1 dB
0 dB
1 dB
213
00
01
15
NONE
18 dB
0 dB
No digit deletion
First 1 digit deletion
~
63
NONE
REMARKS
-45 dB
SETTING DATA
NOTE: Assign this data to 01 in accordance with the system specifications in Saudi Arabia.
804
01
3-375
15 digits
All digits printed
1 line feed
10
NONE
1 digit
15
NONE
01
807
10 line feeds
1 line feed
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM42
MEANING
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
00
15
NONE
REMARKS
MEANING
2400 IPX Trunk Restriction
Class (0-15)
No data
SV8300
2400 IPX
01
DATA
20
2ND DATA
08
NONE
SV8300
3-376
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM42
SV8300
TRK RESTRICTION CLASS
1: Unrestricted (RCA)
1: Unrestricted (RCA)
2: Non-Restricted-1 (RCB)
3: Non-Restricted-2 (RCC)
4: Semi-Restricted-1 (RCD)
5: Semi-Restricted-2 (RCE)
6: Restricted-1 (RCF)
7: Restricted-2 (RCG)
8: Fully-Restricted (RCH)
15:
(2) SV8300 to 2400 IPX
SV8300
TRK RESTRICTION CLASS
1: Unrestricted (RCA)
2: Non-Unrestricted-1 (RCB)
3: Non-Restricted-2 (RCC)
4: Semi-Restricted-1 (RCD)
5: Semi-Restricted-2 (RCE)
6: Restricted-1 (RCF)
7: Restricted-2 (RCG)
8: Fully-Restricted (RCH)
2400 IPX
TRK RESTRICTION CLASS
1: Unrestricted-1
2: Unrestricted-2
3: Non-Restricted
4: Semi-Restricted
5: Restricted
6: Fully-Restricted
7:
Not Defined
8:
NOTE 2: This command should be used when changing the reset setting shown above, or when receiving the 2400 IPX Trunk Restriction Class (9-15) as a Deluxe Travelling Class Mark.
3-377
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM42
MEANING
Priority 1-4 in CODEC list 0
~
103
120
~
123
140
2ND DATA
DATA
01
02
03
04
07
NONE
MEANING
REMARKS
G.711 -law 64 K
NOTE 1 CM67
G.711 A-law 64 K
NOTE 1
G.723.1 (5.3/6.3K)
NOTE 4
G.729a
G.722 (Wide Band Codec)
NOTE 2, NOTE 3
No data
~
143
160
~
163
3-378
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM42
MEANING
Priority 1-4 in CODEC list 0
2ND DATA
DATA
01
REMARKS
MEANING
CM67
10 ms.
113
04
40 ms.
NOTE 1, NOTE 2, NOTE 3
No data
130
NONE
133
150
~
153
170
~
173
NOTE 1: The following payload size can be assigned for each CODEC type.
G.711 : 10 ms./20 ms./30 ms./40 ms.
G.722 : 10 ms./20 ms./30 ms./40 ms.
G.723.1: 30 ms.
G.729a : 10 ms./20 ms./30 ms./40 ms.
See NOTE 7 on CM67 Y=00
Continued on next page
3-379
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM42
G.711
64
64
128
128
10 ms.
20 ms.
30 ms.
40 ms.
The payload size is recommended to set to 20 ms./30 ms./40 ms. When the payload size is set
to 10 ms., more than 65 of channel number must be made busy by CME5 Y=5.
NOTE 3: When the payload size setting differs from that for the opposite VoIPDB, the shorter size is
adopted.
3-380
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM43
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
2
MEANING
Date and time setting
for periodic maintenance
1ST
DATA
00-07
MEANING
2ND DATA
Periodic maintenance 07
YYYY MM DD HH
NONE
3
0
1
00
MEANING
7
NONE
HH MM
HH : Hour (00-23)
MM : Minute (00-59)
No backup the system data
0300 (3:00 a.m.)
9999
NONE
3-381
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM43
MEANING
1ST
DATA
00
MEANING
2ND DATA
IP Station firmware
automatic update time
MEANING
NOTE: This data is recommended to set to have two minutes or longer interval of time from the system clock.
7
00
HH MM
9999
NONE
HH : Hour (00-23)
MM : Minute (00-59)
Not copy the system data
automatically
0200 (2:00 a.m.)
NOTE 1: System data copy is executed from the low Remote Unit number to high Remote Unit number.
NOTE 2: The start time for system data copy may gain/loss about three minutes from the time you set.
8
00
01
MM W D
NONE
3-382
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM43
MEANING
Time setting for
Automatic clock
change
1ST
DATA
02
MEANING
2ND DATA
MEANING
YYYY MM DD
03
04
05
NONE
MM W D
NONE
06
07
YYYY MM DD
NONE
3-383
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM44
For External Relay Interface of the CPU blade, assign 312, 313 (blade No. 31, circuit No. 2, 3).
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
RELAY
RELAY
CIRCUIT
DATA 1
DATA 2
GROUP
ST + 44YY + DE + GROUP + NUMBER /
+ DE + (4 digits) + (2 digits) /
NUMBER
NUMBER (3 digits)
(2 digits)
DATA
(1-8 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
RELAY CIRCUIT No./
RELEY GROUP No.
Y
No.
MEANING
DATA
00
XX Y
MEANING
SETTING DATA
DATA
MEANING
XX
NOTE: To use the dual port mode on PGD (2)-U10 station (CH1/2), different circuit numbers must be assigned
to each port.
01
00
Association of the
Relay Group number
and PGD (2)-U10
station number
31
NOTE: Set this command only for a PGD (2)-U10 station (CH1) when using a PGD (2)-U10 station (CH2).
Continued on next page
3-384
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM44
DATA 1
DATA
00
MEANING
DATA
00
DATA 2
REMARKS
MEANING
External Hold Tone for Music on
Hold
CM48 Y=0
09
01
00
02
00
11
09
01
Trunk Group 01
TAS Indication
CM30 Y=09
13
CM12 Y=68
CM20
62
Trunk Group 62
00
TAS Group 00
CM30 Y=13, 14
~
63
TAS Group 63
14
XX
CM17
15
00
CM90 Y=00:
F7XXX
35
00
~
15
36
01
Tenant No.
NOTE: An intra-office Attendant
Console should not be assigned for the tenant.
38
00
01
MJ Alarms
MN Alarms
CM08>912
Continued on next page
3-385
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JULY/15/2011
CM44
INTERFACE
RELATED COMMAND
REMARKS
CM05 Y=0
CM10 Y=00
CM12 Y=65: 3
CM13 Y=32-34, 63
CM44 Y=00: 02XX
CM44 Y=01
CM48 Y=0: 1300
CM64 Y=1
Wake Up Call/Timed
Reminder tone source
[8300R3]
CM05 Y=0
CM10 Y=00
CM12 Y=65: 3
CM13 Y=32-34, 63
CM44 Y=00: 0100
CM44 Y=01
CM48 Y=1>00: 0200
Speaker Paging
3-386
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM44
EQUIPMENT KIND
TAS Indication
INTERFACE
Built-in Relay on CPU
RELATED COMMAND
CM05 Y=0
CM10 Y=00
CM12 Y=65: 3
CM13 Y=63
CM30 Y=13, 14
CM44 Y=00: 13XX
CM44 Y=01
CM17
Start by Built-in Relay on CPU
CM44 Y=00>312, 313:
14XX
REMARKS
CM05 Y=0
CM10 Y=00
CM12 Y=65: 3
CM13 Y=63
CM17
CM44 Y=00: 14XX
CM44 Y=01
CM05 Y=0
CM10 Y=00
CM12 Y=65: 3
CM13 Y=63
CM44 Y=00: 15XX
CM44 Y=01
CM05 Y=0
CM10 Y=00
CM12 Y=65: 3
CM13 Y=63
CM44 Y=00: 35XX
3-387
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM44
EQUIPMENT KIND
INTERFACE
RELATED COMMAND
CM05 Y=0
CM10 Y=00
CM12 Y=65: 3
CM13 Y=63
CM44 Y=00: 3601
CM44 Y=01
CM08>912
CM44 Y=00: 38XX
3-388
REMARKS
Start by External Relay Control
Circuit of PGD(2)-U10 ADP
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM45
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
No.
6
1ST DATA
MEANING
NOTE 1:
NOTE 2:
NOTE 3:
NOTE 4:
00
DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
CPU built-in CFT circuit
number
DATA
0
1
MEANING
Make busy
In service
15
Set this data when CPU built-in CFT is secured for Conference.
Each unit has 16 circuits for built-in CFT on CPU.
When using Three Party Conference, each group uses one CPU built-in CFT circuits.
When using Conference, four participants or less can connect to one CPU built-in CFT circuits.
(ex.) Set two circuits to make busy for one 8-party conference.
Continued on next page
3-389
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM45
1ST DATA
DATA
Setting of DTMF
Receiver detect level
(Related command:
CM15 Y=406, CM35
Y=298)
[8300R4]
X 00
MEANING
Receiver start delay time
X: Receiver Type (0-2)
DATA
MEANING
98
99
NONE
0 ms.
(0.25 ms. increments)
24.5 ms.
64 ms.
0 ms.
00
MEANING
No.
2ND DATA
X 01
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
NONE
X 02
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
NONE
-10/-15/-20/-25/-30/-35/-40 dBm
-11/-16/-21/-26/-31/-36/-41 dBm
-12/-17/-22/-27/-32/-37/-42 dBm
-13/-18/-23/-28/-33/-38/-43 dBm
-14/-19/-24/-29/-34/-39/-44 dBm
-15/-20/-25/-30/-35/-40/-45 dBm
-16/-21/-26/-31/-36/-41/-46 dBm
-17/-22/-27/-32/-37/-42/-47 dBm
-18/-23/-28/-33/-38/-43/-48 dBm
-19/-24/-29/-34/-39/-44/-49 dBm
-20/-25/-30/-35/-40/-45/-50 dBm
-21/-26/-31/-36/-41/-46/-51 dBm
-22/-27/-32/-37/-42/-47/-52 dBm
-23/-28/-33/-38/-43/-48/-53 dBm
-24/-29/-34/-39/-44/-49/-54 dBm
-25/-30/-35/-40/-45/-50/-55 dBm
-25/-30/-35/-40/-45/-50/-55 dBm
Continued on next page
3-390
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
MAY/26/2010
CM45
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
Setting of DTMF
Receiver detect level
(Related command:
CM15 Y=406, CM35
Y=298)
[8300R4]
X 03
X 04
X 05
00
09
NONE
01
01
1 dB
10 dB
6 dB
1 dB
10 dB
6 dB
30 ms.
(15 ms. increments)
1485 ms.
3840 ms.
30 ms.
30 ms.
(15 ms. increments)
1485 ms.
3840 ms.
30 ms.
98
99
NONE
0/-5/-10/-15/-20/-25/-30 dBm
-1/-6/-11/-16/-21/-26/-31 dBm
-2/-7/-12/-17/-22/-27/-32 dBm
-3/-8/-13/-18/-23/-28/-33 dBm
-4/-9/-14/-19/-24/-29/-34 dBm
-5/-10/-15/-20/-25/-30/-35 dBm
-6/-11/-16/-21/-26/-31/-36 dBm
-7/-12/-17/-22/-27/-32/-37 dBm
-8/-13/-18/-23/-28/-33/-38 dBm
-9/-14/-19/-24/-29/-34/-39 dBm
-10/-15/-20/-25/-30/-35/-40 dBm
-11/-16/-21/-26/-31/-36/-41 dBm
-12/-17/-22/-27/-32/-37/-42 dBm
-13/-18/-23/-28/-33/-38/-43 dBm
-14/-19/-24/-29/-34/-39/-44 dBm
-15/-20/-25/-30/-35/-40/-45 dBm
-2/-5/-10/-15/-20/-25/-30 dBm
98
99
NONE
MEANING
3-391
09
NONE
00
X 07
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
NONE
X 06
DATA
MEANING
No.
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
MAY/26/2010
CM48
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
No.
0
MEANING
Hold Tone
Sending
1ST DATA
DATA
00
01
02
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
C.O. Line
Tie Line
Station
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
0000
No Tone
0500
Hold Message
1300
CM64 Y=1
External Hold Tone
Source on CPU blade/
External Hold Tone
Source
NOTE 2
1400
1500
NONE
CM49 Y=00
NOTE 1: External hold tone through the PGD (2) -U10 can not be sent to IP trunk (P2P CCIS) and
SIP Trunk.
NOTE 2: When IP station is used, this data is not effective. In this case, the hold tone source on IP
Station is sent.
Continued on next page
3-392
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM48
MEANING
Wake Up Call/
Timed
Reminder
1ST DATA
DATA
00
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
Tone source of
Wake Up Call/
Timed Reminder
MEANING
0000
No Tone
0200
0400
Speech Synthesis
[8300R2]
0500
1301
1400
1500
NONE
NOTE:
RELATED
COMMAND
CM41 Y=0>52
CM49 Y=00, 08
When IP station is used, this data is not effective. In this case, the hold tone source on IP
Station is sent.
Continued on next page
3-393
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM48
MEANING
Dial Tone
sending
NOTE:
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
03
0
1
Not provided
To provide
04
2nd DT sending on
ISDN trunks
0
1
To provide
Not provided
06
0
1
No Dial Tone
Dial Tone
12
Dial Tone on
setting Message
Waiting
0
1
13
14
17
0
1
No Tone
Hold Tone
RELATED
COMMAND
CM64
CM41 Y=0>43
3-394
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM48
1ST DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
Music selection
for Internal
Hold Tone
01
2ND DATA
MEANING
Music selection
for Internal Hold
Tone
RELATED
COMMAND
DATA
MEANING
00
01
02
03
04
Nocturne
Minuet
Fur Elise
The Maidens Prayer
When the saints go
marching in
Spring (by four seasons)
Ich bin ein Musikante
(German folk song)
Amaryllis
(French folk song)
Minuet
06
08
10
NONE
02
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
NONE
Netherlands
Germany
Italy
Austria
Belgium
Spain
Sweden
UK/South Africa
Denmark
Greece
Switzerland
South Africa
Malaysia
[8300R2]
Not used
Continued on next page
3-395
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM48
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
Announcement
PS/Standard SIP
station No
Answer
[8300R2]
00
Announcement
PS Out of Cell
(Zone)/Power
Off, Announcement-Standard
SIP station Off
Hook/Power
Off/Cable
Pulled Out
[8300R2]
02
External Tone
Source per Unit
[8300R3]
XX YY
DATA
0500
NONE
~
XXXX
XXXX
NONE
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
To provide
Not provided
CM12 Y=04
CM41 Y=0>01,
75
CM49 Y=00, 10
01
Unit No.
External Tone
Source for Wake
Up Call per Unit
[8300R3]
50
XXXX
XXXX
NONE
3-396
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM49
TENANT
NUMBER + DE + DATA + EXE
(2-5 digits)
(2 digits)
DATA TABLE:
Y
No.
00
MEANING
Function of Voice
Response System
VRS No./
TENANT No.
XXX: VRS number
(000-007)
[8300R6
software or
before]
: VRS number
(000-015)
[8300R7
software or
later]
SETTING DATA
DATA
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
01 XX
CM08
CM64
CM30 Y=30, 31
02 XX
03000
04 X Z
X: Announcement Service
Group (0-4)
Z: Announcement Service
Message No. (0-9)
CM15 Y=034-039
CM35 Y=069-073
05 XX
CM48 Y=0
06 XX
CM65 Y=50
3-397
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM49
Y
No.
00
MEANING
Function of Voice
Response System
NOTE:
VRS No./
TENANT No.
XXX: VRS number
(000-007)
[8300R6
software or
before]
: VRS number
(000-015)
[8300R7
software or
later]
SETTING DATA
DATA
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
07 XX
CM65 Y=51
08 XX
09
0A00
CM51 Y=06-08
0B0 XX
0C XX
Answering Message on
Automatic Wake Up/Timed
Reminder
XX: Message No. (00-63)
CM41 Y=0>52
CM48 Y=1
0D00
0E00
3-398
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM49
Y
No.
00
MEANING
Function of Voice
Response System
VRS No./
TENANT No.
XXX: VRS number
(000-007)
[8300R6
software or
before]
: VRS number
(000-015)
[8300R7
software or
later]
SETTING DATA
DATA
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
0F XX
Attendant Delay
Announcement
XX: Message No. (00-63)
[8300R2]
CM49 Y=0A
CM35 Y=074
CM41 Y=0>16, 47
10
CM15 Y=59
CM41 Y=0>56
CMD7 Y=2
11 XX
Second Announcement of
ACD/UCD delay announcement
XX: ACD/UCD Group No.
(00-15)
[8300R5 or before]
: ACD/UCD Group No.
(00-99)
[8300R6 or later]
CM17 Y=2, C
CM41 Y=0>47
CM49 Y=00-0B0XX
12 XX
ACD/UCD Overflow
Announcement
XX: ACD/UCD Group No.
(00-15)
[8300R5 or before]
: ACD/UCD Group No.
(00-99)
[8300R6 or later]
CM17 Y=2, C
CM41 Y=0>66
13 XX
Announcement-PS/Standard
SIP station No Answer
XX: Message Group No.
(00-63)
CM41 Y=0>01, 75
CM48 Y=5
CM49 Y=10
15 XX
CM41 Y=0>01, 75
Announcement-PS Out of
Cell (Zone)/Power Off/-Stan- CM48 Y=5
CM49 Y=10
dard SIP station Off Hook/
Power Off/Cable Pulled Out
XX: Message Group No.
(00-63)
Continued on next page
3-399
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM49
MEANING
Function of Voice
Response System
VRS No./
TENANT No.
XXX: VRS number
(000-007)
[8300R6
software or
before]
: VRS number
(000-015)
[8300R7
software or
later]
SETTING DATA
DATA
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
16 XX
17 XX
Voice Guide
XX: Message No. (00-63)
CM15 Y=116
CM49 Y=13
CM48 Y=2
1800
CM51 Y=26
1900
Restriction Announcement
for Wake Up call
21 XX
CM15 Y=481
CM41 Y=0>102
CM49 Y=14
CM51 Y=32
2200
CM51 Y=33
24 XX
CM35 Y=324-331
CM76 Y=49-56
NONE
No data
Continued on next page
3-400
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM49
MEANING
01
SETTING DATA
VRS No./
TENANT No.
DATA
00-63
NONE
MEANING
Message No. assigned by
CM49 Y=00
No data
RELATED
COMMAND
CM49 Y=00
02
CM49 Y=00
05
CM48 Y=0
CM49 Y=00
06
Message No. of
Transferred Trunk
Line (No Answer)
CM49 Y=00
CM65 Y=50
Tenant No. of
transferring station
should be set.
CM49 Y=00
CM65 Y=51
07
Message No. of
Transferred Trunk
Line (Busy)
08
Message No. of
Automatic Wake Up/
Timed Reminder
CM49 Y=00
CM48 Y=1
0A
Message No. of
Attendant Delay
Announcement
[8300R2]
CM49 Y=00
10
CM49 Y=00
12
CM49 Y=00
3-401
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM49
14
MEANING
VRS No./
TENANT No.
NOTE:
SETTING DATA
DATA
00-63
NONE
00-63
NONE
MEANING
Message No. assigned by
CM49 Y=00 (Not available
for IP Station)
No data
RELATED
COMMAND
CM48 Y=2
CM49 Y=00: 17XX
3-402
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM4A
(2)
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
2ND DATA
1ST DATA
ST + 4AYY + DE + (1-4 digits) + DE + (1/2 digits) + EXE
3-403
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM4A
MEANING
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
Tenant No. 00-63
System
00
Calendar No.
00-63
90
01
02
03
04
Calendar No. 1
Calendar No. 2
Calendar No. 3
Calendar No. 4
XX ZZ XX : 01-12: Month
ZZ : 01-31: Date
NOTE 1
10
11
12
13
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Sunday
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
NOTE 1
DATA
00
01
02
03
NONE
CCC
MEANING
Calendar No. 1
Calendar No. 2
Calendar No. 3
Calendar No. 4
No data
Data clear
10
11
12
13
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
NONE
CCC
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
NONE
CCC
3-404
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM4A
MEANING
Time schedule No. 0
Time schedule No. 1
Time schedule No. 2
Time schedule No. 3
Time schedule No. 4
Time schedule No. 5
Time schedule No. 6
Time schedule No. 7
1ST DATA
DATA
MEANING
XX ZZ XX : 00-23: Hour
ZZ : 00-55: Minute
NOTE 1
NOTE 2
2ND DATA
DATA
00
01
02
03
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
NONE
CCC
MEANING
Day Mode
Night Mode
Mode A
Mode B
System Service No. 0
[8300R3]
System Service No. 1
[8300R3]
System Service No. 2
[8300R3]
System Service No. 3
[8300R3]
System Service No. 4
[8300R3]
System Service No. 5
[8300R3]
System Service No. 6
[8300R3]
System Service No. 7
[8300R3]
Day Mode/No Change System
Service
Data clear
Continued on next page
3-405
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM4A
1ST DATA
MEANING
System Service No. 0
[8300R3]
System Service No. 1
[8300R3]
System Service No. 2
[8300R3]
System Service No. 3
[8300R3]
System Service No. 4
[8300R3]
System Service No. 5
[8300R3]
System Service No. 6
[8300R3]
System Service No. 7
[8300R3]
Default pattern
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
00
01
0
1
00-63
OFF LINE
00
01
02
03
NONE
CCC
MEANING
Set
Reset
NOTE 1: Automatic Day/Night Mode Change and Automatic RC/DND Mode Select cannot be set for
the same time. Because this command is shared by Automatic Day/Night Mode Change and
Automatic RC/DND Mode Select.
NOTE 2: Only 0 or 5 is available for the last digit number of minute at the 1st data of CM4A
Y=20-27.
When the following last digit number is assigned, the number is corrected and set as follows:
assigned number
corrected to
1-4
0
6-9
5
NOTE 3: For the Default Pattern, see the following pages.
Continued on next page
3-406
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM4A
WEEK SCHEDULE
WEEK SCHEDULE X
12/31
SUNDAY
TIME SCHEDULE 7
MONDAY
TIME SCHEDULE X
TUESDAY
TIME SCHEDULE X
WEDNES-
TIME SCHEDULE X
THURSDAY
TIME SCHEDULE X
FRIDAY
TIME SCHEDULE X
SATURDAY
TIME SCHEDULE 7
WEEK SCHEDULE X
63
TIME SCHEDULE X
TIME SCHEDULE 7
0:00
0:00
NIGHT MODE
9:00
NIGHT MODE
DAY MODE
17:00
NIGHT MODE
24:00
24:00
3-407
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM4A
1ST
2ND
MEANING OF SETTING
00
00-63
00
01
0101-1231
10
10
1-5
20
10
0, 6
27
20
0000-0855
01
20
0900-1655
00
20
1700-2355
01
27
0000-2355
01
1ST
2ND
MEANING OF SETTING
00
00-63
01
02
0101-1231
11
11
1-5
21
11
0, 6
27
21
0000-0855
01
21
0900-1655
00
21
1700-2355
01
27
0000-2355
01
3-408
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
CM4A
1ST
2ND
MEANING OF SETTING
00
00-63
02
03
0101-1231
12
12
1-5
22
12
0, 6
27
22
0000-0855
01
22
0900-1655
00
22
1700-2355
01
27
0000-2355
01
1ST
2ND
MEANING OF SETTING
00
00-63
03
04
0101-1231
13
13
1-5
23
13
0, 6
27
23
0000-0855
01
23
0900-1655
00
23
1700-2355
01
27
0000-2355
01
3-409
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
CM4B
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
00
1ST DATA
DATA
MEANING
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
X00
1
2
NONE
To set
To reset
Not available
X01
1
2
NONE
To set
To reset
Not available
X02
1
NONE
Available
Not available
X03
1
2
NONE
To set
To reset
Not available
X05
1
NONE
Allow
Not allowed
RELATED
COMMAND
NOTE: This data is not effective when CM04 Y=01>10: 0 (Control method for Hotel Feature
is set to PMS).
Continued on next page
3-410
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM4B
1ST DATA
DATA
X06
X07
MEANING
Change of Trunk Restriction
Class
X: Room Status Code 1-8
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
NONE
Unrestricted (RCA)
Non-Restricted 1 (RCB)
Non-Restricted 2 (RCC)
Semi-Restricted 1 (RCD)
Semi-Restricted 2 (RCE)
Restricted 1 (RCF)
Restricted 2 (RCG)
Fully-Restricted (RCH)
Restriction reset
(according to the setting of
CM12 Y=01)
Not available
1
2
3
4
NONE
Lamp OFF
Flash (slowly)
Flash (120 IPM)
Lamp ON
Not controlled
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
3-411
RELATED
COMMAND
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3004.fm
CM50
DATA
KIND OF DATA
+ DE + (1-12 digits) + EXE
(1/2 digits)
3-412
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM50
KIND OF DATA
SETTING DATA
MEANING
DATA
XX
(2 digits)
NONE
XX
Access Code to be added to the calling station number when a call is terminated from a station.
This assignment is required to call back from the analog telephone for Caller ID-Station.
[North America Only]
CODE
XXXX
(2-4 digits)
NONE
X
~
XXXX
(1-4 digits)
NONE
MEANING
Digits to be added
No data
Access Code to be sent
out to a VMS
X: 0-9, A (*), B (#), C/D
(Pause)
Not to be sent out
Access Code to be added
X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
No data
NOTE 2: C or D should not be assigned as the first digit of an access code to insert a prepause
timing.
Assign the prepause timing by CM41 Y=0>44.
NOTE 3: If C is inserted in the access code, it can be used as a pause (1.5 seconds).
To provide the programmable pause, insert D instead of C.
(Programmable pause; CM41 Y=0>38)
Continued on next page
3-413
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM50
KIND OF DATA
CODE
14
XXXX
(1-4 digits)
NONE
No data
Dialed number NOTE 2
Number to be added to the station number for sending BLF message via CCIS (for Open Numbering
system)
No data
XXXX
(Maximum
12 digits)
NONE
XXXX
(1-4 digits)
NONE
00001
No data
No data
Destination Point Code
16367
NONE
00
Not sent
Abbreviated code
XXXX
(1-4 digits)
NONE
~
0
0
7
10
NOTE 1
08
~
07
00
MEANING
05
NOTE 1
~
8
DATA
0
1
02
~
8
MEANING
0
1
SETTING DATA
99
NONE
No data
NOTE 1: Data set by CM50 Y=01 and Y=02 are overridden by data set in CM58.
NOTE 2: Assign different number from any number assigned by CM10 and CM11.
Continued on next page
3-414
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM50
KIND OF DATA
DATA
MEANING
Pattern number for adding an access code for outgoing call to the calling number recalled by Message
Reminder when terminating a SIP trunk or a tandem
call via CCIS
See CM35 Y=279
XXXXXX
(1-6 digits)
NONE
X
MEANING
CODE
12
SETTING DATA
XXXXXXXX
(1-8 digits)
NONE
15
1
7
16
Prefix code
[8300R7] [For EU]
XXXXXXXX
(1-8 digits)
NONE
No data
Local Area Code +
Mobility Access Prefix
Code
X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
No data
Mobility Access station
called
Internal/External station
called
No data
Prefix Code
X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
No data
3-415
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM51
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
GROUP NUMBER
00
00
01
03
04
06
07
MEANING
Tenant 00
DATA
MEANING
Station No.
DATA
MEANING
No.
SETTING DATA
63
Tenant 63
XXXXXXXX
E000
EBXXX
NONE
Attendant Console
[8300R2]
Voice Response
system No.
XXX: 000-007
[8300R6
software
or before]
: 000-015
[8300R7
software
or later]
No data
3-416
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM51
MEANING
Same as CM51 Y=06 (for station call)
GROUP NUMBER
DATA
00
MEANING
Tenant 00
63
Tenant 63
SETTING DATA
DATA
MEANING
E000
Attendant Console
[8300R2]
Voice Response
system No.
XXX: 000-007
[8300R6
software
or before]
: 000-015
[8300R7
software
or later]
No data
EBXXX
NONE
09
Station No.
XXXXXXXX
E000
NONE
Attendant Console
[8300R2]
No data
00
Tenant 00
Station No.
63
Tenant 63
XXXXXXXX
E000
NONE
Attendant Console
[8300R2]
No data
3-417
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM51
GROUP NUMBER
MEANING
DATA
13
Station No.
63
Tenant 63
XXXXXXXX
E000
NONE
00
01
02
03
ATT Group 0
ATT Group 1
ATT Group 2
ATT Group 3
00
House Phone
Group 0
House Phone
Group 1
House Phone
Group 2
House Phone
Group 3
Station No.
X
XXXXXXXX
NONE
No data
Station No.
Attendant Console
[8300R2]
No data
14
Tenant 00
12
00
MEANING
DATA
11
MEANING
SETTING DATA
XXXXXXXX
E000
NONE
Attendant Console
[8300R2]
No data
NOTE: If a transferred station number for a house phone call and a transferred station number for off-hook
alarm are the same, this service is not effective.
Destination of Fax Station
00
01
02
03
FAX Call
Group 0
FAX Call
Group 1
FAX Call
Group 2
FAX Call
Group 3
XXXXXXXX
NONE
No data
3-418
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM51
GROUP NUMBER
15
00
MEANING
Tenant 00
DATA
MEANING
Station No./VMS
Station No.
DATA
MEANING
No.
SETTING DATA
63
Tenant 63
XXXXXXXX
E000
NONE
16
01
02
00
Tenant 00
XXXXXXXX
or
E000
E007
NONE
Station No.
63
Tenant 63
XXXXXXXX
E000
21
22
X
XXXXXX
NONE
No data
Station No.
Attendant Console
[8300R2]
No data
20
Attendant Console
0-7
No data
NONE
18
My line number
of Multiline
Terminal
No data
Station No.
Destination of the call after the first time interval of ACD/UCD Display Announcement
05
Multiline
Terminal/
DESKCON
No. 1
Multiline
Terminal/
DESKCON
No. 2
XXXXXXXX
NONE
17
04
Multiline
Terminal No. 1
Multiline
Terminal No. 2
Attendant Console
[8300R2]
No data
XXXXXXXX
NONE
No data
3-419
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM51
GROUP NUMBER
26
00
27
28
29
MEANING
Tenant 00
DATA
MEANING
Station No.
DATA
MEANING
No.
SETTING DATA
63
Tenant 63
XXXXXXXX
E000
EBXXX
NONE
30
31
Station No.
Station number which is sent as Call Forwarding station to destination VMS/station/Attendant Console, by Call Forwarding by Queue
Limit for TAS/Overflow for TAS Queue
Attendant Console
[8300R2]
Voice Response
system No.
XXX: 000-007
[8300R6
software
or before]
: 000-015
[8300R7
software
or later]
No data
XXXXXXXX
NONE
X
XXXXXXXX
NONE
No data
Station No./Virtual Line Station
No. assigned by
CM11
No data
3-420
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM51
GROUP NUMBER
DATA
32
00
MEANING
Tenant 00
MEANING
No.
63
Tenant 63
SETTING DATA
DATA
MEANING
EBXXX
Voice Response
system No.
XXX: 000-007
[8300R6
software
or before]
: 000-015
[8300R7
software
or later]
No data
NONE
33
X
XXXXXXXX
E000
EBXXX
NONE
35
Station No.
Transfer destination of the call when the calling number is not informed from network
See CM49 Y=00: 2200
Station No.
Attendant Console
[8300R2]
Voice Response
system No.
XXX: 000-007
[8300R6
software
or before]
: 000-015
[8300R7
software
or later]
No data
XXXXXXXX
E000
NONE
Attendant Console
No data
3-421
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM52
The maximum number of Hot Lines/Delayed Hotlines is 100, and the connection is one-way from
calling side to called side. For connection in the opposite direction, the calling and called side must
be assigned to another Hot Line/Delayed Hotline number. If all the Hot Lines/Delayed Hotlines
are to be made bothway lines, the maximum number of Hot Lines/Delayed Hotlines is 50.
(2)
When assigning a station number to a Calling Side, the second data of CM12 Y=03 must be set to
4 (Hot Line/Delayed Hotline).
(3)
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
CALLING SIDE/
DATA
ST + 52YY + DE + CALLED SIDE + DE + (1-8 digits) + EXE
(1 digit)
3-422
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM52
00
Hot Line/Delayed
Hotline Pair
number 00-99
99
Calling Side
DATA
MEANING
MEANING
No.
SETTING DATA
CALLING/CALLED
XXXXXXXX
NONE
1
Called Side
NOTE
Station No.
~
XXXXXXXX
E00X
CXX
NONE
No data
MEANING
00
SETTING DATA
CALLING/CALLED
0
DATA
Calling Side
99
XXXXXXXX
NONE
1
Called Side
MEANING
Fax Call Station No.
NOTE
No data
Fax Station No.
NOTE
~
XXXXXXXX
NONE
NOTE:
No data
3-423
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM53
DATA
CONDITION CODE
+ DE + (1 digit) + EXE
(1 digit)
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
No.
MEANING
TAS Answer A
(CM20 Y=0-3: A047)
TAS Answer B
(CM20 Y=0-3: A048)
TAS Answer C
(CM20 Y=0-3: A049)
TAS Answer D
(CM20 Y=0-3: A050)
TAS Answer E
(CM20 Y=0-3: A051)
See CM20
CONDITION
SETTING DATA
CODE
MEANING
DATA
0
1
Not allowed
Allowed
0
1
Not allowed
Allowed
0
1
Not allowed
Allowed
0
1
Not allowed
Allowed
3-424
MEANING
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM56
DATA
SERIAL No. INTERCOM No.
+ DE + (1-8 digits) + EXE
(4 digits)
(2 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
00
07
SETTING DATA
DATA
X
MEANING
No.
INTERCOM No./
SERIAL No.
XXXXXXXX
NONE
MEANING
My Line number of
Multiline Terminal
No data
RELATED
COMMAND
CM08>158
CM15 Y=049
CM20 Y=0-3:
A130-A145, A164
CM90 Y=00:
F1270-F1277,
F1299
NOTE 1: The maximum number of Internal Zone Paging Group per system is as follows.
- A maximum of 8 zone (CM56 Y=00-07) Internal Zone Paging Group are available for Internal Zone Paging access.
- A maximum of 6 zone (CM56 Y=00-05) Internal Zone Paging Group are available for All
Zone Internal Paging.
NOTE 2: A maximum of 16 Multiline Terminals (Serial number within the group 00-15) can be assigned for each Internal Zone Paging Group. A Multiline Terminal can be assigned for multiple Internal Zone Paging Groups.
Continued on next page
3-425
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM56
00
Simultaneous Paging
Group 0
Simultaneous Paging
Group 7
10
A000
A100,
A001
A101,
Automatic Intercom
number
DATA
XXXXXXXX
NONE
07
SETTING DATA
MEANING
No.
INTERCOM No./
SERIAL No.
MEANING
My Line number of
Multiline Terminal
RELATED
COMMAND
CM90
No data
My Line number of
Multiline Terminal
CM11
CM12 Y=03
CM90
CM08>237
My Line number of
Multiline Terminal
CM11
CM12 Y=03
CM90
CM08>238
My Line number of
Multiline Terminal
CM11
CM12
CM90
CM08>239
XXXXXXXX
...
A031
A131
11
A200
Manual Intercom
number
A700
A201
XXXXXXXX
~
A701
...
A224
~
A724
12
B000
B900
B001
XXXXXXXX
~
B901
...
B024
~
B924
3-426
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM57
COMMAND CODE
57
TITLE:
GROUP CALL, MY LINE NUMBER THAT DISPLAYS THE CALLING NUMBER,
SERIAL NUMBER WITHIN THE CONFERENCE GROUP, CONFERENCE PILOT
STATION FOR THE OUTGOING CALL, PILOT STATION FOR THE SERVICE
ORIGINATING CALL FOR EACH TENANT, SUITE ROOM GROUP NUMBER
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign the Group Call numbers and stations for Group Call by Pilot Number
Dialing, and the My Line number that displays the calling number, the Serial number within the Conference group, the Conference Pilot station for the outgoing call, the Pilot station for the service originating
call for each tenant, the Specification of Suite Room group number.
PRECAUTION:
None
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
2ND DATA
1ST DATA
+ DE + (1-8 digits) + EXE
ST + 57YY + DE +
(2/4/5 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
1ST DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
10
00
29
31
2ND DATA
MEANING
Serial No. 00-31
within the group
DATA
X-XXXXXXXX
NONE
MEANING
Station No.
No data
NOTE 1: The maximum number of simultaneous calling for single line stations/PSs Stations is 12 per chassis.
When the number of single line stations/PSs Stations exceeds 12, allocate the rest of stations to another chassis. For a Multiline Terminal (My Line/Virtual Line), there is no limit as the above.
NOTE 2: Set the second data to the station number set by CM10 when PSs are used.
NOTE 3: Maximum of 32 stations per Group Call can be assigned (However, maximum of 5 PSs can be assigned for PSs).
30
Specification of the
My Line number that
displays the calling
number
XX YY
X-XXXXXXXX
NONE
My Line No.
No data
NOTE: The number of stations that can display the calling number on LCD is maximum 8 per tenant. Set the
allocation number to the stations that displays the calling number.
Continued on next page
3-427
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM57
COMMAND CODE
57
TITLE:
GROUP CALL, MY LINE NUMBER THAT DISPLAYS THE CALLING NUMBER,
SERIAL NUMBER WITHIN THE CONFERENCE GROUP, CONFERENCE PILOT
STATION FOR THE OUTGOING CALL, PILOT STATION FOR THE SERVICE
ORIGINATING CALL FOR EACH TENANT, SUITE ROOM GROUP NUMBER
: Default
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
31
XX YY
XX: Conference
Group No. 00-15
YY: Serial No. 00-30
(within the Conference group)
X-XXXXXXXX
NONE
Station No.
No data
32
XX
X-XXXXXXXX
NONE
Station No.
No data
33
00
X-XXXXXXXX
No.
63
NONE
MEANING
NOTE: Assign one Station Hunting group by CM18 Y=0 in the combination with the Pilot station by this data
and the station number by CM10 Y=0 when using OAI SCF3.
34
Specification of Suite
Room group number
[8300R5]
X-XXXXXXXX
NONE
Station No.
No data
NOTE: Assign Serial No.00 to Suite Room master station number, and assign Serial No.01-03 to Suite Room
sub station number.
3-428
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM58
DATA TABLE:
LDN/TIE
00
01
~
08
MEANING
LDN 7 Key
LDN Key is assigned by CM90
See CM90 Y=00: F6000-F6007 [DESKCON]
10
11
~
18
NOTE:
The data set by CM58 is effective only when the data is assigned by CM50 Y=01/02.
Continued on next page
3-429
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM58
SETTING DATA
MEANING
00
63
NONE
01
00
63
NONE
02
00
Tenant 00
Tenant 63
No data
TAS Group 00
MEANING
DATA
TAS Group 63
No data
Attendant Console LDN/TIE Key 0
03
00
~
07
08
09
NONE
05
00
08
09
NONE
00
See CM53
06
04
07
08
09
NONE
09
NONE
No data
00
08
NONE
See CM53
3-430
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM58
SETTING DATA
MEANING
00
08
NONE
08
MEANING
Same as CM58 Y=06
DATA
Station No.
X
Day Mode station number/Abbreviate
Code for outside party
(LDN-Outside)
XXXXXXXX
CXX
No data
NONE
09
X
XXXXXXXX
CXX
NONE
10
20
Station No.
5F
NONE
3-431
No data
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM59
DATA TABLE:
: Default
FUNCTION NUMBER
00
PURPOSE
TAS/ACD/UCD Relay
Interruption Pattern
DATA
MEANING
01
30 IPM
02
60 IPM
03
120 IPM
07
Steady on
NONE
3-432
120 IPM
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM5B
2ND DATA
1ST DATA
(5 digits) + DE + (12 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
01
Destination IP Address
for IP trunk/SIP trunk
XXX ZZ
XXX: 000-255
(IP Address Pattern No.)
ZZ: IP Address No. 00-07
NOTE 1
0000000
00001
Destination IP Address of
opposite IP trunk/opposite
IPT (P2P CCIS)/opposite
SIP trunk
NOTE 2
No.
2552552
55254
NONE
No data
NOTE 1: Set this command only for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
NOTE 2: Destination IP Address of opposite IP trunk (P2P CCIS) is the IP Address of opposite
SV8300 assigned by CM0B Y=0XX/1XX>00 or the IP Address of opposite 2400 IPX.
Continued on next page
3-433
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM5B
MEANING
2ND DATA
MEANING
00000
10010015150
IP Address of opposite
2400 IPX
00001
10010015151
IP Address of opposite
2400 IPX
3-434
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM60
After setting CM60 Y=00, 01, 02, 04, 06, 16, 17, 22, 23, 27, 30, 51, DESKCON soft reset by CM60
Y=90>0: 0 is required.
(2)
When assigning a password code for DESKCON by CM60 Y=30, the Function number (0/1) is
required as the first data. The purpose of Function numbers is shown below.
0: To assign a password for Attendant Lockout
1: To assign a password for Attendant Programming the following features:
Remote Access to System (DISA), System Speed Dialing, Date and Time, Choice of Night
Service and Tone Ringer
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
DESKCON
ST + 60YY + DE + NUMBER
(0-7)
FUNCTION
DATA
NUMBER + DE + (1-8 digits) + EXE
(0/1)
FUNCTION
DATA + EXE
ST + 6030 + DE + NUMBER + DE +
(1-8 digits)
(0/1)
FUNCTION
ST + 6090 + DE + NUMBER + DE + DATA + EXE
(0)
(0)
3-435
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM60
GROUP NUMBER
MEANING
0
1
2
3
NONE
MEANING
CM41 Y=0>142
CM62
CM51 Y=13
CM60 Y=90
ATT GROUP 0
ATT GROUP 1
ATT GROUP 2
ATT GROUP 3
No data
00
ATT GROUP
01
0
1
Master ATT
Not Master ATT
02
0
1
Effective
Ineffective
CM12 Y=01
CM60 Y=90
04
0
1
Effective
Ineffective
CM30 Y=08
CM60 Y=90
06
0
1
Effective
Ineffective
16
0
1
Effective
Ineffective
CM60 Y=90
17
0
1
Ineffective
Effective
CM90 Y=00
CM60 Y=90
23
0
1
Allow
Restricted
CM60 Y=90
26
00
01
CM08>207
NOTE 1, NOTE 2
DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
CM60 Y=90
NOTE 3
09
10
99
Continued on next page
3-436
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM60
GROUP NUMBER
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
DATA
27
0
1
2
3
30
No.
XX...XX
NONE
32
15
Class No. 15
00
01
02
03
04
Japanese
English
French (Canadian French)
Spanish (Latin Spanish)
Portuguese (Brazilian
Portuguese)
German
Italian
Netherlandish
French (Europe)
Spanish (Europe)
Portuguese (Europe)
Swedish
Danish
Catalan
As per CM04 Y=00>00
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
31
CM60 Y=90
Class No. 00
00
33
MEANING
[8300R2]
3-437
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM60
GROUP NUMBER
No.
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
34
35
Tenant No. 00
00
Tenant No. 63
No data
63
NONE
Ringing signal patterns of
DESKCON
[8300R2]
0
1
2
3
0.5ON-0.5OFF
1sON-1sOFF
2sON-4sOFF
1sON-2sOFF
51
36
XX...XX
NONE
90
0
1
RELATED
COMMAND
No data
To reset
Already reset
NOTE 1: Whether the following equipment can be accommodated to the same DLC blade or not are
depended on CM13 Y=63.
- When the second data of CM13 Y=63 is set to 0
Accommodatable : DT300/Dterm85/Dterm70/PGD(2)-U10 ADP
Unaccommodatable: Dterm75/DESKCON
- When the second data of CM13 Y=63 is set to 1
Accommodatable : DT300/Dterm85/Dterm75/DESKCON
Unaccommodatable: Dterm70/PGD(2)-U10 ADP
NOTE 2: A reset by CM60 Y=90>0: 0 is required after this data setting.
NOTE 3: Master ATT must be assigned to a single Attendant Console within the ATT Group.
Continued on next page
3-438
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM60
3-439
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM61
DATA
KEY NUMBER
+ DE + (1-2 digits) + EXE
(3 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
No.
00
MEANING
Destination of Tenant
KEY NUMBER
SETTING DATA
DATA
XX Z
00
63
NONE
MEANING
Tenant 00
MEANING
No.
RELATED
COMMAND
Tenant 63
No data
01
0
1
Effective
Ineffective
CM12 Y=01
03
0
1
Effective
Ineffective
CM30 Y=08
05
0
1
Effective
Ineffective
CM30 Y=02,
03, 04, 05,
13, 14, 26
CM76 Y=01,
02
CM58
Y=02>09
06
Even if station-to-station
call is restricted, calling
tenant is allowed to cancel
restriction by external key
0
1
Effective
Ineffective
CM63 Y=1
3-440
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM61
KEY NUMBER
SETTING DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
No.
MEANING
No.
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
30
XX Z
00
MJ/MN Alarm
Clear key
Day/Night Mode
Change by
System Clock
Cancel key
No data
01
NONE
3-441
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM62
(2)
Multiple tenants can be assigned to one ATT Group, but one tenant cannot be assigned to more
than one ATT Group.
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + 62Y + DE +
DATA
TENANT NUMBER
+ DE + (1 digit) + EXE
(2 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
No.
00
SETTING DATA
MEANING
Tenant 00
ATT Group 0
ATT Group 1
ATT Group 2
ATT Group 3
No.
0
1
2
3
MEANING
TENANT
63
Tenant 63
No.
0
1
3-442
MEANING
To handle
Not handled
RELATED
COMMAND
CM60 Y=00
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM63
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
TENANT
SETTING DATA
MEANING
No.
MEANING
No.
XX ZZ
0
1
Allowed
Restricted
CM53 Y=4
CM30 Y=17
CM12 Y=04
CM76 Y=0508
Restriction of
Intra-office Connection
XX ZZ
0
1
Restricted
Allowed
CM08>150
CM12 Y=04
Restriction of
incoming DID/Tie
line call/Automated Attendant
XX ZZ
0
1
Restricted
Allowed
CM12 Y=04
CM30 Y=01
3-443
No.
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
CM64
64
FUNCTION:
This command is used to define the answering system of the Automated Attendant feature and assign
the Tenant Number for Music on Hold, the Number of Queue Limit, the Trunk access code for Mobility
Access mode and the ISDN Alternating Routing.
PRECAUTION:
None
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + 64Y/YY + DE +
DATA
TENANT NUMBER
+ DE + (1-26 digits) + EXE
(2 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
No.
0
MEANING
Answering System for
Day Mode
TENANT
00-63
SETTING DATA
DATA
00
DT connection
01
02
03
NOTE:
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
CM30 Y=02, 03
CM48 Y=2>06
CM41 Y=0>33, 43
CM49
CM63 Y=2
If no tone connection is required, Dial Tone sending can be stopped by CM48 Y=2.
Continued on next page
3-444
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM64
64
: Default
Y
MEANING
00-63
SETTING DATA
DATA
MEANING
00
No.
TENANT
09
10
11
NONE
RELATED
COMMAND
CM48 Y=0
NOTE: This data is effective only when the second data of CM48 Y=0 is set to 1300.
2
00-63
00
01
02
03
DT connection
Hold Tone Source on CPU
blade + DT connection
Night Message + DT
connection
As per CM64 Y=0
CM30 Y=02, 03
CM41 Y=0>33, 43
CM49 Y=00: 02XX,
Y=02
CM64 Y=0
NOTE: When providing a Night Message for Automated Attendant, the second data 08 of CM30 Y=30, 31
cannot be specified for handling of busy/not available Automated Attendant destination.
Number of Queue Limit
for TAS, Day Mode
00-63
01
CM51 Y=28, 30
CM76 Y=16
CM51 Y=29, 30
CM76 Y=16
10
99
NONE
1 line
99 lines
No limit
CM51 Y=26, 30
CM76 Y=16
CM51 Y=27, 30
CM76 Y=16
CM12 Y=80
CM15 Y=216
CM20 Y=0-3: A256
CM76 Y=41
Continued on next page
3-445
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM64
64
: Default
Y
No.
MEANING
11
12
TENANT
00-63
SETTING DATA
DATA
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
CME6 Y=51
NOTE: When the second data is set to 0 and CME6 Y=51 is set to NONE, this command operates as well
as second data is set to 1.
13
00-63
Destination of ISDN
Alternative Routing in
Remote Unit survival
mode (tenant basis)
XX...XX
NONE
CM64 Y=12
No data
NOTE: When second data of CM64 Y=12 is set to 1/2, the destination is set by this command.
00-63
CM12 Y=80
CM15 Y=216
CM20 Y=0-3: A267
CM76 Y=41
14
15
CM12 Y=80
CM15 Y=216
CM20 Y=0-3: A268
CM76 Y=41
16
CM12 Y=80
CM15 Y=216
CM20 Y=0-3: A269
CM76 Y=41
3-446
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM65
DATA
TENANT NUMBER
+ DE + (1 digit) + EXE
(2 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
No.
MEANING
19
Do Not Disturb
23
24
TENANT
00-63
SETTING DATA
DATA
0
1
Not provided
To provide
1
25
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
CM15 Y=19
CM15 Y=189
3-447
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM65
MEANING
26
TENANT
00-63
SETTING DATA
DATA
0
1
MEANING
My Line number/name
Sub Line number/name
RELATED
COMMAND
CM08>502
NOTE: When setting Name Display to sub line, whether to display My Line number/name or sub line number/name depends on CM08>502. Set this data to the same setting of CM08>502.
(ex.) When CM65 Y=26 is set to 0 (My Line number/name), set CM08>502 to 0(Name of My
Line).
27
28
00-63
0
1
ACD
Not ACD
1
29
Day/Night Mode
0
1
30
0
1
Allowed
Not allowed
34
0
1
36
Provide
(Day Mode/Night Mode
only)
Not provided
CM13 Y=10
CM4A
CM65 Y=29
3-448
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM65
MEANING
37
38
39
NOTE:
TENANT
00-63
SETTING DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
DATA
MEANING
CM08>608
CME6 Y=04, 05
CM78
CM08>608
CME6 Y=04, 05
CM78
CM08>608
CME6 Y=04, 05
CM78
CM65 Y=37, 38 and 39 are effective only when the second data of CM08>608 is set to 0.
Continued on next page
3-449
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM65
TENANT
MEANING
Multiline Terminal ring
frequency
00-63
SETTING DATA
DATA
0
1
MEANING
See below
Y=40: 0
Y=40: 1
Dterm85
(Series i)/
DT300 Series/
DT700 Series
Ringer Tone 1
Ringer Tone 2
3
4
5
6
7
Ringer Tone 3
Ringer Tone 4
Ringer Tone 5
Not used
Not used
Ringer Tone
Pattern No.
RELATED
COMMAND
NOTE: When using Dterm70 (Elite Terminal)/Dterm75 (Series E), or when accommodating Dterm85 (Series
i) in Remote Unit, the second data is fixed to 1.
41
NOTE:
00-63
0
1
Allow
Not allowed
CM15 Y=063
CM65 Y=41 is effective only when the second data of CM15 Y=063 is set to 1.
Continued on next page
3-450
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM65
MEANING
42
43
50
TENANT
00-63
SETTING DATA
DATA
0
1
To provide
Not provided
0
1
To provide
Not provided
Connection of Transferred
Trunk Line Message (No
Answer)
Recall transferring station
CM49 Y=00, 06
Connection of Transferred
Trunk Line Message
(Busy)
Recall transferring station
CM49 Y=00, 07
1
51
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
3-451
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM67
3-452
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM67
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
00
CODEC list
between locations
XX ZZ
XX: Location
number
(00-63)
ZZ : Location
number
(00-63)
RELATED
COMMAND
DATA
MEANING
NONE
CCC
CM42
CM12 Y=39/50
CM8A Y=50005255: 173
CMAD Y=29
NOTE 1: This data setting is Valid to the voice packets that are sent to the location which is set to ZZ in the
first data from the location which is set to XX in the first data.
NOTE 2: The table below shows the setting of Fixed CODEC List 1/2.
CODEC Type
Payload Size
Priority
Fixed CODEC
List 1
(CM67 Y=00: 4)
Fixed CODEC
List 2
(CM67 Y=00: 5)
Fixed CODEC
List 1
(CM67 Y=00: 4)
Fixed CODEC
List 2
(CM67 Y=00: 5)
G.722
G.729a
40 ms.
40 ms.
G.711*
G.711*
40 ms.
40 ms.
G.729a
G.722
40 ms.
40 ms.
3-453
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM67
Y
No.
00
1ST DATA
MEANING
DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
NOTE 3: The table below shows the default setting of the CODEC List.
Priority
CODEC Type
Payload Size
G.711*
40 ms.
G.729a
40 ms.
G.723.1
30 ms.
3-454
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM67
Y
No.
00
1ST DATA
MEANING
DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
NOTE 7: CODEC and payload size that are available for each terminal is as following data.
: Available : Not available ( ): Usable payload size
TERMINAL
CODEC
G.711
G.722
G.723.1
G.729a
DT730/DT750
(10/20/30/40 ms.)*
DT710
(10/20/30/40 ms.)*
(10/20/30/40 ms.)*
Dterm75 (Series E)
(IP Adapter Type)/ (10/20/30/40 ms.)*
Dterm85 (Series i)
(IP Adapter Type)
(30 ms.)
(10/20/30/40 ms.)*
DtermIP INASET
(20/30/40 ms.)
(20/30/40 ms.)
DtermSP30
(20/40 ms.)
(20/40 ms.)
SP350
(20/40 ms.)
(20/40 ms.)
(20/40 ms.)
MH240
(20/40 ms.)
(20/40 ms.)
(20/30/40 ms.)
(20/30/40 ms.)
(20/30/40 ms.)
Standard SIP
station
3-455
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM67
1ST DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
01
Type of Service
(TOS) field Precedence for IP Station/IPT (P2P
CCIS)/VoIPDB
between locations
XX ZZ
MEANING
XX: Location
number
(00-63)
ZZ : Location
number
(00-63)
2ND DATA
DATA
XZ
NONE
CCC
MEANING
X: PRECEDENCE 0-7
for control packet
Z : PRECEDENCE 0-7
for voice packet
65
Clear
RELATED
COMMAND
CM12 Y=39/50
CM8A Y=50005255: 173
CMAD Y=29
NOTE 1: This data setting is valid to the packets that are sent to the location which is set to ZZ in the first
data from the location which is set to XX in the first data.
NOTE 2: The priority of PRECEDENCE 0-7 is as follows.
PRECEDENCE 0: Lowest priority
~
PRECEDENCE 7: Highest priority
PRECEDENCE 6 for control packet and PRECEDENCE 5 for voice packet are recommended.
NOTE 3: By CM67 Y=01 setting, the router recognizes the precedence of control packet and voice packet and
controls Weighted Fair Queuing (WFQ).
NOTE 4: When this data is set, DSCP set by CM67 Y=06 becomes invalid.
Continued on next page
3-456
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM67
1ST DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
02
XX ZZ
MEANING
XX: Location
number
(00-63)
ZZ : Location
number
(00-63)
2ND DATA
DATA
TT RR
NONE
CCC
MEANING
TT (Transmitter PAD):
+: Gain
: Loss
00, 01-08, 81-88
RR (Receiver PAD):
00, 01-08, 81-88
00: 0 dB
01: +2 dB
02: +4 dB
03: +6 dB
04: +8 dB
05: +10 dB
06: +12 dB
07: +14 dB
08: +16 dB
81: 2 dB
82: 4 dB
83: 6 dB
84: 8 dB
85: 10 dB
86: 12 dB
87: 14 dB
88: 16 dB
00/00
Clear
RELATED
COMMAND
CM12 Y=39/50
CM8A Y=50005255: 173
NOTE 1: When setting the PAD data for gaining to the high value, the echo and howling may occur.
NOTE 2: This data setting is valid to the location that is set to XX in the first data.
Continued on next page
3-457
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM67
1ST DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
03
Echo Canceller
between locations
XX ZZ
MEANING
XX: Location
number
(00-63)
ZZ : Location
number
(00-63)
2ND DATA
DATA
00
01
NONE
CCC
MEANING
Echo Canceller OFF
Echo Canceller ON
Echo Canceller ON
Clear
RELATED
COMMAND
CM12 Y=39/50
CM8A Y=50005255: 173
NOTE: This data setting is valid to the location that is set to XX in the first data.
04
XX ZZ
01
10 ms.
XX: Location
number
(00-63)
ZZ : Location
number
(00-63)
Minimum value of
jitter buffer
between locations
30
300 ms.
(10 ms. increments)
10 ms.
Clear
NONE
CCC
CM12 Y=39/50
CM8A Y=50005255: 173
CMAD Y=29
NOTE 1: When setting this data to other than default, set CM67 YY=05 to other than default.
NOTE 2: Assign the value which does not exceed the maximum value of jitter buffer set by CM67 Y=05.
NOTE 3: When this data is set to other than NONE, assign CM67 Y=05 to other than NONE to be effective for
this data.
NOTE 4: Jitter buffer of PZ-64IPLC-A/PZ-128IPLC-A (VoIPDB) is controlled as 200 ms., when minimum value of jitter buffer is set more than 210 ms.
NOTE 5: This data setting is valid to the location that is set to XX in the first data.
05
XX ZZ
01
10 ms.
XX: Location
number
(00-63)
ZZ : Location
number
(00-63)
Maximum value of
jitter buffer
between locations
30
300 ms.
(10 ms. increments)
300 ms.
Clear
NONE
CCC
CM12 Y=39/50
CM8A Y=50005255: 173
CMAD Y=29
NOTE 1: When setting this data to other than default, set CM67 YY=04 to other than default.
NOTE 2: Assign the value which exceeds the minimum value of jitter buffer set by CM67 Y=04.
NOTE 3: When this data is set to other than NONE, assign CM67 Y=04 to other than NONE to be effective for
this data.
NOTE 4: This data setting is valid to the location that is set to XX in the first data.
Continued on next page
3-458
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM67
1ST DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
06
Diffserv Code
Point (DSCP) of
control packet and
voice packet
XX ZZ
MEANING
XX: Location
number
(00-63)
ZZ : Location
number
(00-63)
2ND DATA
DATA
XX ZZ
NONE
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
XX: 00-FE: DSCP of
control packet
ZZ : 00-FE: DSCP of
voice packet
C0A0
CM12 Y=39/50
CM8A Y=50005255: 173
CM67 Y=01
NOTE 1: This data is required when the system is connected to the router that provides the Diffserv type QoS
function.
NOTE 2: This data setting is valid to the packets that are sent to the location which is set ZZ in the first data
from the location which is set to XX in the first data.
NOTE 3: The TOS field precedence that is set by CM67 Y=01 is invalid when this data is set. To be valid the
TOS field precedence, set CM67 Y=01 again after this data setting.
07
Whether the IP
Station at remote
unit location from
IPS through NAT
can communicate
with each other
under the same
NAT or not
XX ZZ
XX: Location
number
(00-63)
ZZ : Location
number
(00-63)
0
1
CM67 Y=08
NOTE: The same location number must not be assigned to IP Station that is not accommodated under the same
NAT. However, multiple location numbers can be assigned to IP Station that is accommodated under
the same NAT.
08
XX ZZ
XX: Location
number
(00-63)
ZZ : Location
number
(00-63)
0
1
To restrict
Not restrict
CM67 Y=07
NOTE: Restrict the following connection by this command when NAT is used.
-Connection via CCIS (Peer-to-Peer connection)
-Connection between Main Unit and Remote Units
-Connection between locations that are restricted the communications
Continued on next page
3-459
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM67
1ST DATA
MEANING
DATA
10
00
MEANING
DATA
Location number
63
MEANING
XXXXX
No.
2ND DATA
NONE
2nd Data
Time Zone
(see the table below)
No Time Zone
CM02
Time Zone
A2345
A2330
A2315
A2300
A0100
A0045
A0030
A0015
NONE
RELATED
COMMAND
+15 minutes
increments
B0015
B0030
B0045
B0100
B2300
B2315
B2330
B2345
CCC
-15 minutes
increments
3-460
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM67
MEANING
DATA
00
1ST DATA
63
MEANING
Location number
2ND DATA
DATA
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
NONE
CCC
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
Japan
North America
Australia
A-law countries
Hong Kong
Malaysia
Singapore
UK
Mexico
Taiwan
New Zealand
China
Thailand
Brazil
Netherlands
Germany
Italy
Austria
Belgium
Spain
Sweden
UK
Denmark
Greece
Switzerland
South Africa
Depends on Nation Code
(CM31 Y=0>0)
Clear
CM12 Y=39/50
3-461
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM67
1ST DATA
MEANING
DATA
14
Type of Service
(TOS) field Precedence of control
packet for IP Station for each location
00
MEANING
Location number
No.
63
2ND DATA
DATA
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
NONE
CCC
MEANING
PRECEDENCE 0
PRECEDENCE 1
PRECEDENCE 2
PRECEDENCE 3
PRECEDENCE 4
PRECEDENCE 5
PRECEDENCE 6
PRECEDENCE 7
PRECEDENCE 6
Clear
RELATED
COMMAND
CM0B
Y=1XX>10
CM12 Y=39/50
CM67 Y=15
CMAD Y=29
NOTE 1: The DSCP that is set by CM67 Y=15 is invalid when this data is set.
NOTE 2: A location number assigned by CM0B Y=1XX>10 is effective for DT700 Series/SP350. A location
number of IP Station (assigned by CM12 Y=39, 50) cannot be assigned.
15
00
Location number
00
Diffserv Code
Point (DSCP) of
control packet for
IP Station to each
location
63
FE
NONE
C0
CM0B
Y=1XX>10
CM12 Y=39/50
CM67 Y=14
CMAD Y=29
NOTE 1: The TOS field precedence that is set by CM67 Y=14 is invalid when this data is set.
NOTE 2: A location number assigned by CM0B Y=1XX>10 is effective for DT700 Series/SP350. A location
number of IP Station (assigned by CM12 Y=39, 50) cannot be assigned.
Continued on next page
3-462
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM67
1ST DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
20
XX ZZ
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
1
2
3
XX: Location
number
(00-63)
ZZ : Location
number
(00-63)
4-7
NONE
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
NOTE 1: Details of FAX Control Data List (Fixed List) are shown below.
Fixed list 1
Fixed list 2
Fixed list 3
G.711 /A-law
G.726
T.38 UDPTL
40 ms.
40 ms.
20 ms.
120 ms.
120 ms.
120 ms.
120 ms.
Transmission Speed
14400 bps
3 times
0 times
T.38 Version
Version 0
FAX Protocol
NOTE 2: When the CODEC type of SIP trunk for FAX communication is set to T.38
(UDPTL) by CMBA Y=119, Fixed list 1 to 2 operate as Fixed list 3.
Continued on next page
3-463
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM67
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
No.
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
21
Programmable list
4
Programmable list
5
Programmable list
6
Programmable list
7
00
00
22
23
24
01
02
03
06
NONE
CM67 Y=20
NOTE 1: To avoid the false detection, set the second data to 00 when the locations
(between locations) do not provide FAX over IP feature.
NOTE 2: When using SIP trunk, set FAX Protocol Pattern by CMBA Y=119.
01
01
10 ms.
04
40 ms.
(10 ms. increments)
As per Fixed list of
CM67 Y=20
NONE
CM67 Y=20
NOTE: When using SIP trunk, set FAX Payload size by CMBA Y=120.
08
01
10 ms.
Minimum value of
jitter buffer
30
300 ms.
(10 ms. increments)
120 ms.
NONE
CM67 Y=21/22/
23/24>09
NOTE 1: When setting CM67 YY=21/22/23/24>08 to other than default, set CM67
YY=21/22/23/24>09 to other than default.
NOTE 2: Assign the value which does not exceed the maximum value of jitter buffer set
by CM67 Y=21/22/23/24>09.
NOTE 3: This data is not available when using T.38 UDPTL.
NOTE 4: Jitter buffer of PZ-64IPLC-A/PZ-128IPLC-A (VoIPDB) is controlled as 200
ms., when minimum value of jitter buffer is set more than 210 ms.
Continued on next page
3-464
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM67
1ST DATA
DATA
21
Programmable list
4
Programmable list
5
Programmable list
6
Programmable list
7
09
22
23
24
MEANING
DATA
Maximum value
of jitter buffer
01
MEANING
10 ms.
MEANING
No.
2ND DATA
30
300 ms.
(10 ms. increments)
120 ms.
NONE
RELATED
COMMAND
CM67 Y=21/22/
23/24>08
NOTE 1: When setting CM67 YY=21/22/23/24>09 to other than default, set CM67
YY=21/22/23/24>08 to other than default.
NOTE 2: Assign the value which exceeds the minimum value of jitter buffer set by CM67
Y=21/22/23/24>08.
NOTE 3: This data is not available when using T.38 UDPTL.
15
The number of
T.38 FAX control
data retransmission
[8300R3]
0
1
2
3
4
5
NONE
0
8
NONE
2.4 kbps
4.8 kbps
7.2 kbps
9.6 kbps
12.0 kbps
14.4 kbps
14.4 kbps
0 times
10
8 times
3 times
The number of
T.38 FAX image
data retransmission
[8300R3]
0
1
2
NONE
0 times
1 time
2 times
0 times
3-465
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM67
1ST DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
21
Programmable list
4
Programmable list
5
Programmable list
6
Programmable list
7
19
22
23
24
MEANING
2ND DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
DATA
MEANING
T.38 version
[8300R3]
1
2
NONE
DTMF setting
between units
[8300R7]
XX ZZ
0
1
XX: Location
number
(00-63)
ZZ : Location
number
(00-63)
Inband DTMF
Outband DTMF
CM0B
Y=1XX>10
NOTE 1: This data is effective when connecting between Standard SIP terminal and Standard SIP station/SIP
trunk.
NOTE 2: This data is effective when PZ-64IPLC-A/PZ-128IPLC-A is used.
NOTE 3: Assign the location number of the units by CM0B Y=1XX>10.
NOTE 4: This data is ineffective in interconnection mode of Outband DTMF.
Continued on next page
3-466
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM67
1ST DATA
MEANING
DATA
30
Daylight Saving
time setting of each
location
00
MEANING
MEANING
Location number
63
RELATED
COMMAND
DATA
No.
2ND DATA
NONE
CM67 Y=10
CM0B Y=1XX>
10
NOTE 1: After changing the data, system data copy to Remote Unit by CMEC Y=8 is required.
NOTE 2: Usually do not set this command by PCPro/CAT. This command is set automatically when automatic
system clock change has been executed by CM43 Y=8/CM67 Y=31.
31
00
Location number
Change Pattern 0
Change Pattern 1
Automatic clock
change pattern
63
NONE
CM43
Y=8>00-03
CM43
Y=8>04-07
Automatic clock
change is not provided
Continued on next page
3-467
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
CM67
1ST DATA
DATA
90
Limit bandwidth
between locations
XX ZZ
MEANING
XX: Location
number
(00-63)
ZZ : Location
number
(00-63)
DATA
00000
65534
NONE
CCC
MEANING
0 Kbps
MEANING
No.
2ND DATA
65534 Kbps
100000 Kbps (100 Mbps)
Clear
RELATED
COMMAND
CM12 Y=39/50
CM8A
Y=5000-5255:
173
CM67 Y=92
CMAD Y=29
NOTE 1: Assign the value which exceeds the warning bandwidth set by CM67 Y=92.
NOTE 2: Set the bandwidth for voice packet. The available bandwidth minus the bandwidth for control packet
(40 Kbps) is the bandwidth for voice packet.
If the reflection speed of terminals such as button reflection becomes slower by setting the value above
mentioned above, set the bandwidth for voice packet to value which the bandwidth for control packet
supposed more than 40 Kbps.
91
92
XX ZZ
XX: Location
number
(00-63)
ZZ : Location
number
(00-63)
XX: Location
number
(00-63)
ZZ : Location
number
(00-63)
00000
65534
NONE
CCC
CM12 Y=39/50
CM67 Y=90
CM8A Y=50005255: 173
CMAD Y=29
0 Kbps
CM12 Y=39/50
CM8A Y=50005255: 173
CM67 Y=90
CMAD Y=29
XX ZZ
65534 Kbps
100000 Kbps (100 Mbps)
Clear
NOTE: Assign the value which does not exceed the limit bandwidth set by CM67 Y=90.
3-468
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM71
System Speed Dialing has 300 memory locations system-wide; this is referred to as a Memory
Block (See Figure below).
Each location where a dialed number is stored is called Memory Slot.
Memory Block
000
Memory Slot
001
299
Example: The System Speed Dialing memory is assigned to three tenants as follows;
TENANT
NUMBER OF SLOTS
RANGE OF SLOT
NUMBERS
00
20
001-019
01
15
020-034
02
10
035-044
Continued on next page
3-469
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM71
(3)
There is a maximum of 300 memory slots assigned by this command. However, if required,
another 1000-4000 memory slots can be added. These additional 1000-4000 memory slots are to
be assigned with CM08>110, 111, 112, 176, and CM73 and CM74.
(4)
The abbreviated codes for System Speed Dialing are automatically determined by assigning this
command on a tenant basis, as shown below.
Tenant No. 00
(Memory
(Abbreviated
Slot No.)
Code)
Tenant No. 02
(Memory
(Abbreviated
Slot No.)
Code)
000
00
020
00
035
00
001
01
021
01
036
01
002
02
022
02
037
02
(5)
Tenant No. 01
(Memory
(Abbreviated
Slot No.)
Code)
019
19
034
14
044
09
The Resident System Program allocates 100 memory slots to Tenant No. 01.
3-470
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM71
DATA TABLE:
: Default
KIND OF CALLING PARTY
No.
00
MEANING
Tenant No. 00
SETTING DATA
DATA
XXX YYY
~
63
Tenant No. 63
64
65
66
NONE
MEANING
XXX: Starting Memory Slot
number in Block: 000-299
YYY: Number of Slots to
be assigned in Block: 001-300
No data
Exclusively for Voice Mail Station number (Related Command: CM50 Y=10,
CM72 Y=0)
67
68
XXX YYY
NONE
3-471
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM72
When displaying the data, the access code corresponding to the Memory Slot number is indicated
by the very first DE , and the stored number is indicated by the next DE . When the number of
digits of the stored number exceeds 16, the 17th to 26th digits are indicated by the next DE .
(2)
Data can only be changed when the access code is displayed. Enter the data in the following order;
new access code, comma, the called number, and EXE . For clearing the data, enter CCC, and
EXE .
(3)
If C is inserted in the called number, when using System Speed Dialing for an outgoing Tie Line
call, it can be used as a fixed-length pause (1.5 seconds). To provide a programmable pause with
the stored number, insert D instead of C. The length of the programmable pause is assigned
with CM41 Y=0>38.
(4)
The stored number, for System Speed Dialing, is assigned for each Memory Slot number, not for
the abbreviated code of each calling party. When assigning stored numbers, the correspondence
between Memory Slot numbers and abbreviated codes is first to be determined for each kind of
calling party, and then the stored numbers are to be assigned according to the determined
correspondence, with each exclusive memory area assigned in CM71 taken into consideration.
(5)
When entering data with characters, the following characters can be registered;
Alphabet upper case (A-Z), alphabet lower case (a-z), numeric (0-9), symbol (! # $ % & ( ) + ,
; < = > ? @ [ ] ^ _ { } ~), Space, hyphen (-), period (.), slash (/), colon (:)
NOTE:
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + 72Y + DE +
STORED NUMBER
MEMORY SLOT NUMBER
+ DE + (Maximum 32 digits) + EXE
(3 digits)
3-472
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
CM72
1ST DATA
DATA
000-299
2ND DATA
MEANING
Memory Slot number
DATA
XXXX , YY...Y
X-XXXXXXXX
CCC
000-299
000-299
000-299
MEANING
XXXX: Access Code
(Maximum 4 digits)
,
: Separator Mark
YY...Y : Called Party Number
(Maximum 26 digits)
Station Number (Maximum 8 digits)
Clear
NONE
No data
XXX...X
NONE
No data
XXX...X
NONE
No data
XXX...X
NONE
No data
Continued on next page
3-473
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM72
1ST DATA
DATA
000-299
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
XXX...X
NONE
No data
XXX...X
NONE
No data
000-299
3-474
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM73
STATION NUMBER
DATA
+ DE + (7 digits) + EXE
(1-8 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Default
STATION NUMBER
X
~
XXXXXXXX
Station number
which performs Station Speed Dialing
SETTING DATA
WW XX Y ZZ
NONE
NOTE 1: If one of the 1000-Slot Memory Blocks is used for Station Speed Dialing (indicated with
CM08>110, 111, 112, or 176) and MultiLine Terminal one-touch memory (indicated with
CM94), it cannot also be used for Station Speed Dialing.
Continued on next page
3-475
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM73
00
01
99
4000
Memory
Parcels
Called
Number
Memory Parcel
16000
Memory
Parcels
19
3-476
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM73
Station
Number
300
301
302
303
1000-Slot Memory
Block Number
00
00
00
00
Number of 10-Slot
Memory Block
01
02
03
01
The abbreviated codes for Station Speed Dialing are automatically determined by assigning this
command on a station basis.
If the number of Memory Parcels per station (or per station group) does not exceed 10, then Abbreviated Code=0-X.
If the number of Memory Parcels per station (or per station group) exceeds 10, then Abbreviated
Code=00-XX.
The following figure shows the relationship between Abbreviated Codes and Memory Parcels.
Memory
Parcel
Number
(Abbreviated
Code)
00
01
09
10
11
10-Slot
Memory Block
10-Slot
Memory Block
(Abbreviated
Code)
Memory
Parcel
Number
10-Slot
Memory Block
19
3-477
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM73
Example:
Station Number
300
301
302
310
311
312
Assigned data
0000003
0000103 Same Stored
0000103 No. (30)
0003002 Same Stored
0003102 No. (20)
0003102
3-478
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
CM74
Data can only be changed when the access code is displayed. Enter the data in the following order;
the new access code, comma, the called number, and EXE . For clearing the data, enter CCC
and EXE .
(2)
When entering data with characters, the following characters can be registered;
Alphabet upper case (A-Z), alphabet lower case (a-z), numeric (0-9), symbol (! # $ % & ( ) + ,
; < = > ? @ [ ] ^ _ { } ~), Space, hyphen (-), period (.), slash (/), colon (:)
NOTE:
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + 74Y + DE +
STORED NUMBER
MEMORY SLOT NUMBER
+ DE + (Maximum 32 digits) + EXE
(5 digits)
3-479
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
CM74
1ST DATA
DATA
XX YY Z
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
(Maximum 4 digits)
: Separator Mark
YY...Y : Called Party Number
(Maximum 26 digits)
XX...X , YY...Y
X-XXXXXXXX
CCC
XX YY Z
MEANING
NONE
No data
XXX...X
XXX...X
NONE
No data
Continued on next page
3-480
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM74
1ST DATA
DATA
XX YY Z
XX YY Z
X-XXXXXXXX
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
XXX...X
XXX...X
NONE
No data
XXXX
NONE
No data
XX YY Z
CCC
NONE
Clear
No data
NOTE 1: Memory area of System Speed Dialing with 1-8 digits abbreviated code is also used as the memory
area of Station Speed Dialing and MultiLine Terminal one-touch memory. Do not assign the same
Memory Slot number of System Speed Dialing with 1-8 digits abbreviated code (set by CM74 Y=0)
and as Memory Slot number of Station Speed Dialing (set by CM73)/MultiLine Terminal one-touch
memory (set by CM94).
NOTE 2: Set the same number of digits as the digits of abbreviated code assigned by CM42>77 to the first data.
NOTE 3: When setting the number of digits for abbreviated code to 5-8, the minimum number of the abbreviated
code that can be registered to the memory area is as follows.
5-digit abbreviated code: 500
6-digit abbreviated code: 333
7-digit abbreviated code: 250
8-digit abbreviated code: 200
Continued on next page
3-481
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM74
1ST DATA
DATA
XX YY Z
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
XXXX
NONE
No data
XXXX
NONE
No data
XX YY Z
3-482
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM76
(2)
The first digit in the first data field must be assigned, in CM20 Y=0-3, as a station number 801-808.
(3)
When entering data with characters, the following characters can be registered;
Alphabet upper case (A-Z), alphabet lower case (a-z), numeric (0-9), symbol (! # $ % & ( ) + ,
; < = > ? @ [ ] ^ _ { } ~), Space, hyphen (-), period (.), slash (/), colon (:)
NOTE:
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
2ND DATA
1ST DATA
ST + 76YY + DE + (1-8 digits) + DE + (1-32 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
00
X-XXXX:
DID number
DATA
000
999
NONE
REMARKS
MEANING
Number Conversion Block No. 000
MEANING
2ND DATA
No.
1ST DATA
CM35
Y=012, 018,
078, 170
3-483
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM76
01
02
03
For Mode A
04
For Mode B
000-999:
Number Conversion Block No.
assigned by
CM76 Y=00/90,
CM2A Y=50-52
2ND DATA
REMARKS
DATA
MEANING
CM10
CM11
DXX
D02
D03
CM35
Y=018, 78
CM30 Y=02,
03, 40, 41
CM30 Y=18
No.
1ST DATA
XXXXXXXX
D04
D06
D09
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D16
NONE
Automated Attendant
NOTE 2
Attendant Console + TAS
[8300R2]
Attendant Console + Trunk Line
(Direct) Appearance
[8300R2]
Attendant Console + Trunk Line
Appearance + TAS
[8300R2]
TAS
Attendant Console
[8300R2]
Remote Access to System (DISA)
NOTE 2
CM30 Y=04,
05, 42, 43
CM49
CM64
No data
NOTE 1: When digit conversion of the leading 2-4 digits of a DID incoming LDN is available (CM35
Y=078, Data=0), the leading 2-4 digits of the LDN should be assigned as the first data. (When
the DID incoming LDN is one digit, the digit conversion for only one digit is not available.)
NOTE 2: Automated Attendant and Remote Access to System (DISA) via SIP trunk is effective when using 8300R5 software or later.
Continued on next page
3-484
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM76
05
Terminating
Trunk Tenant during Day Mode
(for TAS)
06
REMARKS
CM35
Y=018
Trunk Tenant 63
No data
Trunk Tenant 00
63
NONE
Trunk Tenant 63
No data
Trunk Tenant 00
00
63
NONE
Trunk Tenant 63
No data
Trunk Tenant 00
00
00
63
NONE
Trunk Tenant 63
No data
Station Tenant 00
63
NONE
00
09
Terminating
Trunk Tenant during Mode B
(for TAS)
63
NONE
08
Terminating
Trunk Tenant during Mode A
(for TAS)
MEANING
Trunk Tenant 00
00
07
Terminating
Trunk Tenant during Night Mode
(for TAS)
000-999:
Number Conversion Block No.
assigned by
CM76 Y=00/90,
CM2A Y=50-52
DATA
MEANING
2ND DATA
No.
1ST DATA
Station Tenant 63
No data
10
0
1
Restricted
Allow
CM35
Y=018
11
Priority Queuing
per DID incoming
LDN
0
1
Not provided
To provide
CM35
Y=018
13
Automatic Live
Recording for
DID
0
1
Start automatically
Not available
CM08>141
CM13 Y=23
CM35 Y=22
Continued on next page
3-485
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM76
MEANING
14
Calling party
number is used as
the ID Code for
Remote Access to
System (DISA)
15
Kind of service
setting by Remote
Access to System
(DISA)
16
18
DATA
0
1
00
15
0
2
00
CM15 Y=134
CM2A Y=15,
16, A0
CM15 Y=134
CM2A Y=15,
16, A0
Restricted
Not restricted
(countable for Queue Limit)
Not restricted
(uncountable for Queue Limit)
CM51 Y=2630
CM64 Y=3-6
Station Tenant 00
63
NONE
Station Tenant 63
Trunk Tenant
Station Tenant 00
00
63
NONE
Station Tenant 63
Trunk Tenant
Station Tenant 00
00
63
NONE
Available
Not available
Incoming Call
Restriction by
Queue Limit for
TAS
REMARKS
MEANING
20
000-999:
Number Conversion Block No.
assigned by
CM76 Y=00/90,
CM2A Y=50-52
2ND DATA
19
1ST DATA
Station Tenant 63
Trunk Tenant
Continued on next page
3-486
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM76
21
22
000-999:
Number Conversion Block No.
assigned by
CM76 Y=00/90,
CM2A Y=50-52
DATA
Station Tenant 00
00
63
NONE
Station Tenant 63
Trunk Tenant
0
1
2
3
Rering NOTE 2
See
Special Ringing
CM08>397
Internal Ringing
As per CM35 Y=033
[Other than North America]
CM08>180,
397
CM35
Y=033
0
1
CM08>180
CM35
Y=033
CM08>180
CM04
Y=00>05, 07
CM35
Y=033
2
3
Interval of Single
Line Telephone
ringing tone on
DID incoming
calls
REMARKS
MEANING
MEANING
2ND DATA
No.
1ST DATA
0
1
2
3
3-487
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM76
MEANING
Multiline Terminal Ringer Tone
Pattern on DID
incoming calls
1ST DATA
000-999:
Number Conversion Block No.
assigned by
CM76 Y=00/90,
CM2A Y=50-52
2ND DATA
DATA
REMARKS
MEANING
CM35
Y=034, 164
CM65 Y=40
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
000-199:
Number Conversion Block No.
assigned by
CM76 Y=00/90,
CM2A Y=50-52
NOTE
Character
(Maximum 16 digits)
X: 0-9, A-Z
No data
CM15
Y=123, 136
Character Code
(Maximum 32 digits, 16 characters)
See Character Code Table in
CM77.
No data
CM15
Y=123, 136
CM2A
Y=50-52
To provide
(Using Development Pattern 0)
To provide
(Using Development Pattern 1)
To provide
(Using Development Pattern 2)
Not provided
0
1
Available
Not available
CM08>824
CM76
Y=01-04
25
X......X
NONE
XXX...X
NONE
26
32
Hotel/Motel DID
number allocation
to guest station
NOTE:
000-999:
Number Conversion Block No.
assigned by
CM76 Y=00/90
0
1
2
Number Conversion Block No. 200-999 cannot be used for this assignment.
Continued on next page
3-488
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM76
MEANING
33
1ST DATA
000-999:
Number Conversion Block No.
assigned by
CM76 Y=00/90
2ND DATA
REMARKS
DATA
MEANING
1
3
CM76 Y=34
NOTE: Assign the call terminating method by CM76 Y=34 when this command is set to 0/1.
34
Specification of
the call terminating method for
DID incoming call
with no CLI in
Day Mode
000-999:
Number Conversion Block No.
assigned by
CM76 Y=00/90
1
2
3
35
0
1
3
CM51 Y=33
CM76 Y=33,
37, 38, 39
CM76 Y=36
NOTE: Assign the call terminating method by CM76 Y=36 when this command is set to 0/1.
Continued on next page
3-489
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM76
MEANING
36
Specification of
the call terminating method for
DID incoming call
with no CLI in
Night Mode/
Mode A/Mode B
37
Distinctive lamp
indication on Multiline Terminal for
DID incoming call
with no CLI
1ST DATA
000-999:
Number Conversion Block No.
assigned by
CM76 Y=00/90
2ND DATA
REMARKS
DATA
MEANING
CM51 Y=33
CM76 Y=35,
37, 38, 39
0
1
CM35
Y=032
CM76 Y=34,
36
1
2
3-490
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM76
MEANING
38
Interval of SLT/
Multiline Terminal ringing tone
for DID incoming
call with no CLI
1ST DATA
000-999:
Number
Conversion
Block No.
assigned by
CM76 Y=00/90
2ND DATA
DATA
REMARKS
MEANING
Ringing NOTE3
Special Ringing
Internal Ringing
See CM08>397
As per CM35 Y=033
[Other than North America]
See CM08>397
See CM08>397
CM08>397
CM35 Y=033
CM76 Y=34,
36
2
3
NOTE 1: Assign this command when the terminal destination is SLT or Multiline Terminal.
NOTE 2: This command is effective when CM76 Y=34, 36 is set to 0 or 2.
NOTE 3: For SLT, Internal Ringing is applied. For Multiline Terminal, Special Ringing; 0.5 seconds ON-0.5
seconds OFF [For Australia/Asia/Africa/Europe/Latin America/Middle East/Russia] or
0.25 seconds ON-0.25 seconds OFF-0.25 seconds ON-0.25 seconds OFF [For EU] is applied.
Continued on next page
3-491
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM76
MEANING
39
1ST DATA
000-999:
Number Conversion Block No.
assigned by
CM76 Y=00/90
2ND DATA
DATA
REMARKS
MEANING
CM65 Y=40
CM76 Y=23,
34, 36
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
NOTE 1: This command is effective when CM76 Y=34, 36 is set to 0 or 2, and Multiline Terminal receives the
incoming call.
NOTE 2: For details of the Ringer Tone Pattern see CM65 Y=40.
40
CM35
Y=015
CM76 Y=34,
36
0
1
000-999:
Number Conversion Block No.
assigned by
CM76 Y=00/90
Kind of call
termination
indicator key/
lamp on Attendant console for
DID incoming
call with no CLI
[8300R2]
6
7
NOTE: The command is effective when CM76 Y=34, 36 is set to 0, and the destination of call forwarding is
Attendant console.
41
Mobility Access
function to each
DID number
000-999:
Number Conversion Block No.
assigned by
CM76 Y=00/90
0
1
2
3
CM15
Y=216
CM64 Y=10,
14-16
3-492
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM76
46
MEANING
VRS Waiting
Message
(for Day Mode)
[8300R7]
VRS Waiting
Message
(for Night Mode)
[8300R7]
1ST DATA
000-999:
Number Conversion Block No.
assigned by
CM76 Y=00/90,
CM2A Y=50-52
2ND DATA
DATA
CM35 Y=320
CM35 Y=321
CM35 Y=322
CM35 Y=323
00
CM35 Y=324
1
3
0
1
3
47
VRS Waiting
Message
(for Mode A)
[8300R7]
1
3
48
49
63
NONE
00
CM35 Y=325
50
VRS Waiting
Message
(for Mode B)
[8300R7]
REMARKS
MEANING
63
NONE
3-493
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM76
51
52
VRS Waiting
Message Send
Pattern
(for Day Mode)
[8300R7]
63
NONE
00
CM35 Y=327
63
NONE
00
CM35 Y=328
63
NONE
00
CM35 Y=329
63
NONE
00
CM35 Y=330
63
NONE
00
CM35 Y=331
57
CM35 Y=326
56
00
55
REMARKS
MEANING
54
DATA
53
000-999:
Number Conversion Block No.
assigned by
CM76 Y=00/90,
CM2A Y=50-52
2ND DATA
No.
1ST DATA
63
NONE
0
1
CM35 Y=332
3-494
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM76
MEANING
58
VRS Waiting
Message Send
Pattern
(for Night Mode)
[8300R7]
59
VRS Waiting
Message Send
Pattern
(for Mode A)
[8300R7]
60
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
REMARKS
0
1
CM35 Y=333
0
1
CM35 Y=334
VRS Waiting
Message Send
Pattern
(for Mode B)
[8300R7]
0
1
CM35 Y=335
61
0
1
CM35 Y=336
62
0
1
CM35 Y=337
63
0
1
CM35 Y=338
000-999:
Number Conversion Block No.
assigned by
CM76 Y=00/90,
CM2A Y=50-52
3-495
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM76
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
64
000-999:
Number Conversion Block No.
assigned by
CM76 Y=00/90,
CM2A Y=50-52
0
1
90
X-XXXXXXXX:
DID number
000
Registered DID
number display
0000-0999:
Registered DID
number is displayed from the
lowest to the
highest
XXX ZZZZ
1000-1999:
Registered DID
number is displayed from the
lowest to the
highest
XXX
ZZZZZZZZ
99
DATA
999
NONE
NONE
NONE
3-496
REMARKS
MEANING
Play the message any time
As per CM35 Y=339
CM35 Y=339
CM35
Y=170-172
MEANING
No.
CM76 Y=00
XXX
CM76 Y=90
: Number Conversion
Block No. assigned by
CM76 Y=90
ZZZZZZZZ : DID Number assigned
by CM76 Y=90
No data
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM76
CM76
Y=01
DAY
TAS
D13
NIGHT
Data Set
DXX
00~63
NONE
00~63
NONE
STA
Other terminating
method
B
CM76
Y=02
Data
Not
Set
DXX
CM76
Y=03
NONE
00~63
NONE
Other terminating
method
TAS
D13
DXX
NONE
00~63
NONE
Other terminating
method
DXX
00~63
NONE
00~63
NONE
STA
TAS
D13
00~63
STA
CM76
Y=04
00~63
STA
TAS
D13
Other terminating
method
3-497
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM76
CM76
Y=01
STA
NONE
DAY
Terminating Trunk
Tenant
TAS
D13
NIGHT
00~63
NONE
DXX
Other terminating
method
B
00~63
CM76
Y=02
STA
NONE
TAS
D13
00~63
NONE
DXX
Other terminating
method
00~63
CM76
Y=03
STA
NONE
TAS
D13
00~63
NONE
DXX
Other terminating
method
00~63
CM76
Y=04
STA
NONE
TAS
D13
00~63
NONE
DXX
3-498
Other terminating
method
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM77
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
STATION
ST + 77Y + DE + NUMBER
(1-8 digits)
TRUNK ROUTE
NAME NUMBER
(2 digits)
ZT
NUMBER
(3 digits)
DESKCON
NUMBER + DE +
(1 digit)
DATA
+ EXE
(1-32 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
No.
MEANING
X-XXXXXXXX: Station
number/
My Line
number
assigned by
CM10/Virtual station
number
assigned by
CM11
SETTING DATA
REMARKS
DATA
MEANING
XXX...X
Character Code
(Maximum 32 digits)
See Character Code
Table.
Page 3-502
No data
NONE
X
STATION No./TRUNK
ROUTE NAME No./
ZT No./DESKCON No.
X......X
NONE
CM10/CM11
Character
(Maximum 16 characters)
NOTE 1
No data
Continued on next page
3-499
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM77
MEANING
Trunk Route Name
assignment with
character code (for
English)
STATION No./TRUNK
ROUTE NAME No./
ZT No./DESKCON No.
00-14, 16-63: Trunk Route
Name number
assigned by
CM35 Y=003
SETTING DATA
DATA
XXX...X
NONE
3
X......X
NONE
X-XXXXXXXX: Station
number
assigned by
CM10
XXX...X
NONE
8
ZT Name assignment
with character code
(for English)
000-127: ZT Number
assigned by CM10
XXX...X
NONE
9
DESKCON Name
assignment with
character code
(for English)
[8300R2]
ZT Name assignment
with character (for
English)
X......X
NONE
0-7: DESKCON number
assigned by CM10
XXX...X
NONE
REMARKS
MEANING
CM35 Y=003
Character Code
(Maximum 8 digits)
See Character Code
Table.
Page 3-502
No data
Character
(Maximum 4 characters)
No data
Character Code
(Maximum 32 digits)
(for Russian)
See Character Code
Table for Russian.
Page 3-503
No data
Character Code
(Maximum 32 digits)
See Character Code
Table.
Page 3-502
No data
CM10
CM08>521
CM15 Y=148, 149
Character
(Maximum 16 characters)
No data
Character Code
(Maximum 32 digits)
See Character Code
Table.
Page 3-502
No data
CM10
3-500
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM77
X-XXXXXXXX: Station
Number
assigned by
CM10
X-XXXXXXXX: Station
Number
assigned by
CM10
DATA
X
X......X
NONE
X
DESKCON Name
assignment with
character
(for English)
[8300R2]
SETTING DATA
MEANING
STATION No./TRUNK
ROUTE NAME No./
ZT No./DESKCON No.
X......X
NONE
X
~
X......X
NONE
MEANING
REMARKS
Character
(Maximum 16 characters)
No data
Calling Party Name
Character by PCPro
(Maximum 8 characters)
No data
CM77 Y=4, 5
CM77 Y=4, 5
3-501
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM77
&
<
>
3-502
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM77
&
"
&
'
<
>
y
j
3-503
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM78
DATA TABLE:
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
XX Y
X-XXXX + , + YY...YY
Outside Party
Station number
(1-8 digits)
Station
X-XXXXXXXX
3-504
DESTINATION
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
CM81
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
00
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
00
RCA
RCB
RCC
RCD
RCE
RCF
RCG
RCH
(2)
The restricted classes 00, 14 and 15 are fixed; restricted classes 01 to 13 can be changed.
3-505
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
CM81
DATA TABLE:
Y
TRUNK RESTRICTION
MEANING
No.
01
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
No.
13
MEANING
Unrestricted (RCA)
Non-Restricted-1 (RCB)
Non-Restricted-2 (RCC)
Semi-Restricted-1 (RCD)
Semi-Restricted-2 (RCE)
Restricted-1 (RCF)
Restricted-2 (RCG)
Fully Restricted-1 (RCH)
SETTING DATA
DATA
0
3
MEANING
Restricted
Allowed
3-506
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
CM81
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
13
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
Unrestricted
Non-Restricted-1
Non-Restricted-2
Semi-Restricted-1
Semi-Restricted-2
Restricted-1
Restricted-2
Fully Restricted
NOTE:
12
12
13
In the above example, Patterns 06, 07, 09, 10, 12 and 13 are used and 08 has been modified.
3-507
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
CM85
MAXIMUM NUMBER
AREA/OFFICE CODE
OF SENDING DIGITS + EXE
+
+
DE
(1-8 digits)
(2 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
01
24
24 digits
79
80
See
CM35 Y=076
CM8A Y=40004004, 4005-4007
1 digit
NOTE 1
X...X
(Maximum
8 digits)
Area/Office Code,
or its part
Area Code
Development
Pattern No. 0-7
0-4: For Toll Restriction
5-7: For LCR
AREA/OFFICE CODE
MEANING
No.
79 digits
Go back to Area Code Development
Pattern No. 0 for Toll Restriction
(CM85 Y=0)
NOTE 2
84
85
87
NOTE 1: If the office code is not assigned with this command, the maximum number of sending digits
is automatically set to 24.
NOTE 2: Allows the development of a secondary table.
Continued on next page
3-508
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM85
00
05
07
07
07
07
07
07
07
07
00
00
01
09
02
09
03
09
04
09
05
09
06
09
07
09
08
09
09
09
000
03
001
18
002
09
003
09
004
09
005
09
006
09
007
09
008
09
009
09
3-509
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
CM8A
3-510
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM8A
1ST DATA
MEANING
Route Pattern No. 000
~
Route Pattern No. 255
MEANING
TR/LCR Pattern for 6digit Toll Restriction
DATA
00000
~
0255
DATA
2ND DATA
25500
NONE
00
0000
XXX 00
XXX: TR Pattern
No. 000-255
(
See CM8A
Y=5000-5255)
00 : TR No.
No data
1015
63
Tenant No. 63
0255
1000
Tenant No. 00
MEANING
NONE
2000
0000
~
2330
~
Time Pattern No. 7
0000
~
2007
HH MM
HH : Hours 00-23
MM: Minutes 00/30
0255
NONE
1000
1015
NONE
3-511
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
CM8A
MEANING
3000
0000
MEANING
Route Pattern No. 000
0255
NONE
1000
Sunday
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
DATA
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
MEANING
~
Date Pattern No. 3
DATA
2ND DATA
~
3003
1ST DATA
1015
NONE
2000
2007
NONE
3-512
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
CM8A
1ST DATA
4004
Area Code
(Maximum 8 digits)
XX...XX
DATA
0000
0255
NONE
1000
NONE
2000
NONE
3000
NONE
4000
NONE
B000
NONE
~
B015
~
4004
~
3003
~
2007
~
1015
MEANING
4000
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
No.
2ND DATA
3-513
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
CM8A
MEANING
TR Pattern No. 000
000
MEANING
Designation of Trunk
Restriction Pattern No.
DATA
00
15
020
8000
~
8049
NONE
021
~
028
XXX
Designation of 6-digit
Toll Restriction Pattern
No.
(
See CM8A
Y=8000-8049)
CCC
8000
MEANING
~
TR Pattern No. 255
DATA
2ND DATA
~
5255
1ST DATA
0
1
Available
Not Available
(To be designated by 1st
Data=000)
0
1
Restricted
Allowed
A000
0
1
2
3
4000
4004
NONE
8049
3-514
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM8A
1ST DATA
MEANING
Route Pattern No. 000
MEANING
DATA
0000
0255
NONE
1st
2nd Order of
3rd Choice
4th
00000
1
2
3
4
25563
NONE
XXX ZZ
XXX: LCR Pattern No.
000-255
(
See CM8A Y=50005255)
ZZ : Trunk Route
No. 00-63
No data
00
0000
Tenant No. 00
1000
MEANING
~
Route Pattern No. 255
DATA
~
0255
2ND DATA
1015
63
Tenant No. 63
0255
NONE
2000
0000
~
2330
~
Time Pattern No. 7
0000
~
2007
HH MM
HH : Hours 00-23
MM: Minutes 00/30
0255
NONE
1000
1015
NONE
3-515
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
CM8A
1ST DATA
No.
MEANING
3000
0000
NONE
1000
~
Tenant Pattern No. 15
(CM8A Y=1000-1015)
No data
~
Time Pattern No. 7
(CM8A Y=2000-2007)
No data
Route Pattern No. 000
XX...XX
0000
~
4007
Area Code
(Maximum 8 digits)
2007
NONE
X
1015
2000
0255
NONE
4005
MEANING
Sunday
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
DATA
~
Date Pattern No. 3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
MEANING
~
3003
DATA
2ND DATA
0255
NONE
1000
1015
NONE
2000
2007
NONE
3-516
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM8A
1ST DATA
4007
Area Code
(Maximum 8 digits)
XX...XX
DATA
3000
4005
NONE
5000
5225
NONE
8000
NONE
Intra-Office Termination
No data
8001
8008
NONE
0000
~
0255
NONE
XXX
Area Code
(Maximum 3 digits)
NOTE: Effective only
for access code
assigned by
CM20 Y=0-3:
A126.
~
4007
4010
3003
NONE
Area Code
(Maximum 8 digits)
including LCR Access
Code assigned by CM20
Y=0-3: A129
MEANING
4005
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
No.
2ND DATA
3-517
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM8A
1ST DATA
MEANING
LCR Pattern No. 000
Designation of Toll
Restriction Pattern No.
DATA
00
MEANING
Toll Restriction Pattern
No. 00
~
LCR Pattern No. 255
000
MEANING
~
5255
DATA
2ND DATA
15
020
8000
~
8049
CCC
NONE
021
~
028
100
0
1
9000
~
9255
NONE
150
8050
Available
Not Available (To be designated by 1st Data=000)
Digit Addition Pattern
No. 000
Digit Addition Pattern
No. 255
No digit addition
6-digit Prefix Pattern
No. 00
Designation of Prefix
code Pattern No.
(
See CM8A
Y=8050-8099)
Designation of Digit
Addition Pattern No.
(
See CM8A
Y=9000-9255)
Designation of 6-digit
Toll Restriction Pattern
No.
(
See CM8A
Y=8000-8049)
8099
CCC
NONE
151
0
1
To delete
Not deleted
152
0
1
To delete
Not deleted
Continued on next page
3-518
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM8A
1ST DATA
MEANING
LCR Pattern No. 000
Number of digit to be
deleted from Area Code
assigned by
CM8A Y=4000-4007
DATA
00
01
10
NONE
MEANING
No digit deletion
First one digit deletion
~
LCR Pattern No. 255
153
MEANING
~
5255
DATA
2ND DATA
155
0
1
Available
Not available
157
Kind of origination
[Chinese No. 1]
00
01
07
NONE
Unknown
Toll Semi-Automatic Call
(17X)
Toll Automatic Call (0)
Normal Local Call, Tie
Line
Special Call (110, 119)
International Semi-Automatic Call (10X)
International Automatic
Call
Not used
Unknown
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
NONE
Unknown
International
National
Network
Local
Not used
Speed Dial
For future use
Unknown
02
03
04
05
06
Kind of origination
[North America Only]
3-519
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
CM8A
1ST DATA
MEANING
LCR Pattern No. 000
5255
DATA
157
158
MEANING
2ND DATA
DATA
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
NONE
Unknown
International number
National number
Not used
Subscriber number
Not used
Not used
Not used
Unknown
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
NONE
Unknown
Level 2 regional number
Level 1 regional number
PSTN specific number
Local number
Not used
Abbreviated number
Not used
Unknown
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
15
NONE
159
MEANING
00
Call by Call
Type of Network ID
[North America Only]
Unknown
ISDN/Telephone Numbering Plan
Not used
Data Numbering Plan
Telex Numbering Plan
Not used
Not used
Not used
National Numbering Plan
Private Numbering Plan
For future use
Unknown
07
NONE
No data
Continued on next page
3-520
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM8A
1ST DATA
MEANING
LCR Pattern No. 000
~
LCR Pattern No. 255
DATA
MEANING
DATA
160
Call by Call
Network ID Plan
[North America Only]
00
161
15
NONE
X
No data
X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
Call by Call
Network ID Character
[North America Only]
MEANING
~
5255
2ND DATA
XXXXX
NONE
No data
0
1
Feature
Service
162
Call by Call
Service/Feature
[North America Only]
163
Call by Call
Binary Facility Coding
Value (for AT&T)
[North America Only]
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
16
NONE
SDN
MEGACOM800
MEGACOM
Not used
Not used
ACCUNET
Not used
INTERNATIONAL800
AT&T MULTIQUEST
No data
Call by Call
Binary Facility Coding
Value (for Nortel)
[North America Only]
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
16
NONE
Private
INWATS
OUTWATS
Foreign Exchange (FX)
Tie Trunk (TIE)
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
No data
Continued on next page
3-521
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM8A
1ST DATA
MEANING
LCR Pattern No. 000
~
LCR Pattern No. 255
DATA
MEANING
DATA
164
Call by Call
WATS Band Number
[North America Only]
00
MEANING
WATS Band Number
~
5255
2ND DATA
09
NONE
No data
165
Caller ID on outgoing
call by CCIS/Q-SIG/SIP
0
1
To add
Not added
166
911 Notification on
DESKCON/Multiline
Terminal
[North America Only]
0
1
To provide
Not provided
167
IP Address Pattern
See CM5B, CMBA
000
~
255
NONE
DPC
No data
0
1
NONE
NOTE: Set this data when setting the echo canceller to each opposite office respectively.
Continued on next page
3-522
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM8A
1ST DATA
MEANING
LCR Pattern No. 000
DATA
000
001
127
999
NONE
MEANING
30 seconds
1 minute
(1 minute increments)
127 minutes
Not Released
As per CMA7 Y=45
~
LCR Pattern No. 255
171
MEANING
~
5255
DATA
2ND DATA
NOTE: Set this data when setting the release timer to each opposite
office respectively.
When setting the release timer to each trunk route basis, set
the 2nd data to NONE.
0
3
To send
Not sent
173
00
Location No. 00
63
NONE
174
0
3
172
Location No. 63
Location No. 00
2400 IPX
SV8300
Continued on next page
3-523
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM8A
1ST DATA
MEANING
LCR Pattern No. 000
5255
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
176
01
02
07
14
15
00
01
02
08
14
15
3-524
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM8A
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
177
~
5255
MEANING
1ST DATA
178
9000
9255
NONE
To provide
(As per CM8A Y=50005255>178)
Not provided
(As per CM8A Y=50005255>100)
Digit Addition Pattern No.
000
Designation of Digit
Addition Pattern No.
(
See CM8A
Y=5000-5255)
MEANING
180
Origination of a call by
pressing # key
0
1
To provide
Not provided
181
0
1
Restricted
Allowed
NOTE: Set this data to 0 for the opposite office other than
SV8300 when using 8300R4 software.
183
00
15
NOTE: When this data is set to 0 but the name is not assigned by
CM77 Y=0/1, the calling number is notified. The procedure
of calling number notification follows the existing calling
number notification service.
Continued on next page
3-525
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM8A
MEANING
6-digit TR No. 00
8049
6-digit TR No. 49
8050
DATA
MEANING
DATA
0
1
Restricted
Allowed
XXX
0
1
Restricted
Allowed
X...X
A000
4005
0
1
2
3
MEANING
9000
2ND DATA
XXX
~
8099
9255
1ST DATA
4007
NONE
NOTE 1: When CM12 Y=12, 13 is not assigned, Representative Number assigned by CM30 Y=19, 34
is sent from ISDN trunk.
NOTE 2: When CM12 Y=46, 47 is not assigned, Representative Number assigned by CM30 Y=19, 34
is sent from ISDN trunk.
Continued on next page
3-526
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM8A
01
(Caller ID
conversion
mode 1)
02
(Caller ID
conversion
mode 2)
03
(Caller ID
conversion
mode 3)
00
Representative Number
by CMBA
Y=32
Representative Number
by CMBA
Y=32
Not informed
Representative Number
by CMBA
Y=32
Not informed
01
Representative Number
by CMBA
Y=32
DID
Number 1
DID
Number 1
DID
Number 1
DID
Number 1
Subscriber
number set to
CM12 Y=12,
13
Representative Number
by CMBA
Y=32
Representative Number
by CMBA
Y=32
Station Number
Representative Number
by CMBA
Y=32
Station Number
No Subscriber
number set to
CM12 Y=12,
13
Representative Number
by CMBA
Y=32
DID
Number 2
DID
Number 2
DID
Number 2
DID
Number 2
Subscriber
number set to
CM12 Y=46,
47
Representative Number
by CMBA
Y=32
Representative Number
by CMBA
Y=32
Station Number
Representative Number
by CMBA
Y=32
Station Number
No Subscriber
number set to
CM12 Y=46,
47
CM8A
Y=5XXX>176
02
15
(Not
provided)
08
14
15
REMARKS
3-527
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM8A
00
(Caller ID
conversion
mode 0)
01
(Caller ID
conversion
mode 1)
02
(Caller ID
conversion
mode 2)
03
Caller ID
conversion
mode 3)
Not informed
Representative Number
by CMBA
Y=32
Representative Number
by CMBA
Y=32
Representative Number
by CMBA
Y=32
Representative Number
by CMBA
Y=32
Not informed
Informed
Representative Number
by CMBA
Y=32
DID Number/
Station Number
Representative Number
by CMBA
Y=32
Representative Number
by CMBA
Y=32
DID Number/
Station Number
3-528
15
(Not
provided)
REMARKS
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM8B
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
000
Registration of Toll
Restriction pattern
number for Call
Forwarding Outside
Forwarding
destination number
X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
NOTE
100
XXXX
XXXX
MEANING
No.
115
NONE
100
~
115
Toll Restriction
pattern number
00-15 (for Call
Forwarding Outside)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
NOTE:
Unrestricted
(RCA)
Non-Restricted-1
(RCB)
Non-Restricted-2
(RCC)
Semi-Restricted-1
(RCD)
Semi-Restricted-2
(RCE)
Restricted-1 (RCF)
Restricted-2
(RCG)
Fully Restricted-1
(RCH)
0
3
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
Toll Restriction
pattern number
00-15 (for Call
Forwarding Outside)
No data
CM8B Y=100-115
Restricted
Allow
CM12 Y=01
CM8B Y=000
3-529
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3005.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM90
My Line must always be assigned to any key except key No. 00 on each Multiline Terminal or
Add-on Module.
But DT300 Series Multiline Cordless Terminal (24BT) must be assigned My Line to key No. 00.
(2)
For assignment of a key on the Add-on Module, CM98 data should be assigned before data
assignment of CM90.
(3)
(4)
For key number layout of each Multiline Terminal, DESKCON, DSS Console, and Add-On
Module, refer to TERMINAL KEY ASSIGNMENT.
Page A-1
(5)
When Multiline terminal key assignment is changed, existing key assignment must be deleted
before changing the data.
3-530
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM90
KEY
MY LINE
ST + 90YY + DE + NUMBER + , + NUMBER + DE + DATA + EXE
(1-8 digits)
(01-24, 90-99)
(1-8 digits)
ST + 9009 + DE +
ORIGINAL STATION
COPIED STATION
+ DE +
+ EXE
NUMBER
NUMBER
(1-8 digits)
(1-8 digits)
ST + 9010 + DE +
KEY
NUMBER + DE + DATA + EXE
(1-8 digits)
(01-24, 90-99)
3-531
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM90
MEANING
Setting of Functions
SETTING DATA
DATA
X
~
XXXXXXXX
A000
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
CM10
CM11
CM11
CM12 Y=03
CM56 Y=10
CM11
CM12 Y=03
CM56 Y=11
CM11
CM12 Y=03
CM56 Y=12
Station number
My Line number (FX-FXXXXXXXX)
Multiline number (Ordinary Station)
Multiline number
(assigned by CM11)
X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
A031
A100
~
A131
A200
~
A700
A201
~
A701
...
A224
~
A724
B000
~
B900
B001
~
B901
...
B024
~
B924
Continued on next page
3-532
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
CM90
Y
No.
00
MEANING
Setting of Functions
SETTING DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
AA01
DATA
AA05
AA11
~
AA15
CM11
CM15 Y=071
CM12 Y=03
...
AAX Z
X: Multiline Terminal Attendant Position
No. (0-7)
Z : Loop Line No. (1-5)
AA71
~
AA75
AB00
CM11
CM15 Y=071
CM12 Y=03
Trunk number
CM10
CM30
Y=02, 03, 18
AB99
D000
~
D511
F0XXX
CM15 Y=002,
003, 025, 157,
158
CM15 Y=005
CM15 Y=000,
026
CM15
Y=010, 011, 028
CM15 Y=010
Continued on next page
3-533
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
CM90
Y
No.
00
MEANING
Setting of Functions
SETTING DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
DATA
MEANING
F0XXX
CM15 Y=015
CM16
CM15 Y=014
CM15 Y=019
CM15 Y=013
NOTE:
NOTE
CM08>259
CM15
Y=103, 104
Monitoring telephone conversations may be illegal under certain circumstances and laws.
Consult a legal advisor before implementing the monitoring of telephone conversations.
Some federal and state laws require a party monitoring a telephone conversation to use beep
tones, to notify all parties to the telephone conversation, and/or to obtain consent from all
parties to the telephone conversation. Some of these laws provide strict penalties for illegal
monitoring of telephone conversations.
Continued on next page
3-534
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM90
Y
No.
00
MEANING
Setting of Functions
SETTING DATA
DATA
F0XXX
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
Service access code
XXX
040: Message Waiting Lamp Set (MWS)
041: Message Waiting Lamp Reset
(MWR)
CM15 Y=024
CM15 Y=001
CM53
CM08>177
CM15 Y=030
3-535
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM90
MEANING
Setting of Functions
SETTING DATA
DATA
F0XXX
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
A25: Call Waiting (CW)
Service access code
XXX
A26: LCR Group 0
A27: LCR Group 1
A28: LCR Group 2
A46: Call History screen start
Message
A70: Malicious Call Trace
[Australia Only]
CM15 Y=211
CM15 Y=143
CM20 Y=0-3:
A243
3-536
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM90
MEANING
Setting of Functions
SETTING DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
DATA
MEANING
F0XXX
F1XXX
NOTE
NOTE
CM20 Y=0-3:
A256, A257
CM13 Y=03
CM15 Y=047
CM41 Y=0>14
CM35 Y=026
NOTE:
Hold (HOLD)
CM15 Y=001,
064
Second data F0B51, F0B56, F0B58, and F0B61 cannot be used with CM9A (soft key).
Continued on next page
3-537
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM90
MEANING
Setting of Functions
SETTING DATA
DATA
F1XXX
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
011:
Feature
012: Conf (CNF)
[8300R2]
013: Save & Repeat (2) (S&R2)
014: Save & Repeat (3) (S&R3)
015:
Recall
(RECALL)
CM15 Y=007
For UCD station
CM17
Speaker (SPKR)
MIC (MIC) Use as a one-touch
mute key
020: Release key (RLS)
016:
017:
CMD7 Y=0
~
047: OAI Function Key 15
058: QoS Display on IP Station
NOTE: This data is not activated even if
this data is assigned to the DT700
Series Feature Keys.
Multiline Terminal operation
XXX
064: Do Not Disturb (HDND)
065: Room Cutoff (HRC)
066: Message Waiting (HMW)
067: Wake Up (HWU)
068: Check In (CK-IN)
069: Room Status (RSTS)
3-538
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM90
Y
No.
00
MEANING
Setting of Functions
SETTING DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
DATA
MEANING
F1XXX
085: Voice Message Waiting Service Individual Set when called station is no
answer or busy
CM15
Y=100, 102
For Dterm75
(Dterm Series E)
CM73
CM74
CM15 Y=007
Continued on next page
3-539
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM90
MEANING
Setting of Functions
SETTING DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
DATA
MEANING
F12XX
CM30 Y=09
F13XX
CM56 Y=00-07
CM15 Y=049
CM20 Y=0-3:
A130-A145
CM08>158
CM20 Y=0-3:
A164
CM56 Y=00-05
CM08>244, 245
CM40 Y=10>2
CM41 Y=0>165
F15XX
CM15 Y=049
CM17 Y=1, 2
F16XX
CM9B Y=0
Call Park-Tenant
(CP001-CP638)
XX: Group Number (00-63)
Z : Serial Number (1-8)
CM08>133
3-540
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM90
MEANING
Setting of Functions
SETTING DATA
DATA
F40XX
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
00: TAS Answer on Tenant 00 (ANS00)
01: TAS Answer on Tenant 01 (ANS01)
Answer
CM30
Y=00, 02, 03
CM12 Y=04
CM57 Y=30
CM30
Y=00, 01, 02, 03
NOTE:
F5000
F5001
Transfer to VMS
F5010
Caller ID Display
F5011
CM51 Y=22
F5012
CM51 Y=18
F5013
Mute Key
F5015
Scroll Directory
F5020
Alarm Display
F5024
Live Monitoring
F5025
911 Notification
[North America Only]
Directory
CM90 Y=00:
F0006
By depressing the Answer key, either the incoming call on a TRUNK , SUBLINE ,
MY LINE or TAS (designated tenant) can be answered. If the Automatic Hold Function
(Answering while talking with another party) is required for the Answer key, assign CM15
Y=72 to 0.
Continued on next page
3-541
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM90
MEANING
Setting of Functions
SETTING DATA
DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
F5026
CM08>578
F5027
CM08>578
F5028
CM08>675
F5030
CM12 Y=72
F5031
CM12 Y=72
F5033
CM13 Y=66
CM20
Y=0-3: A259
F6010
CM35 Y=015
F6020
F6017
CM35 Y=015
~
Call Termination from WATS Line 7
(WATS7)
F6030
F6027
CM35 Y=015
F6037
3-542
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM90
MEANING
00
Setting of Functions
01
SETTING DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
DATA
MEANING
F7XXZ
CM44 Y=00:
1500
CM08>577
CM41 Y=1>09
CM12 Y=24
1
2
3
Ringing sending
method when terminating a call to Line/Trunk
key on Multiline Terminal
0
1
Delayed Ringing
No Delayed Ringing
NOTE: Delayed Ringing can be assigned
to the first 16/24 Line/Trunk keys.
03
0
1
Not available
Available (The lamp lights on call termination or recall.)
04
0
1
To provide
Not provided
NOTE: Do not set the second data 0 to the
My Line number of Multiline Terminals.
09
02
XXXXXXXX
NONE
CM08>199, 588
No data
NOTE 1: When the copied station is busy, WAIT, BUSY NOW is displayed on LCD.
NOTE 2: Add-on module key assignment cannot be copied.
Continued on next page
3-543
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM90
SETTING DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
10
MEANING
Same as CM90 Y=00
RELATED
COMMAND
CM04 Y=00>02
NOTE: Be sure to set the Key No. F5099 (My Line) to any key on the Multiline Terminal or the Add-on
Module when programmable pattern 1 is assigned.
3-544
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM90
(1)
ST + 90YY + DE +
(2)
DESKCON
SETTING
DESKCON
NUMBER + , + KEY NUMBER + DE + DATA + EXE
(E000-E007)
(07-24, 90-97)
(5 digits)
ST + 90YY + DE + EXX Y + , +
3-545
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM90
00
Setting of
Functions
[8300R2]
NOTE 1
F6000
FUNCTION
C.O. Incoming Call 0 (LDN0)
MEANING
No.
SETTING
DATA
F6010
F6007
STANDARD
KEY
SETTING
LDN0
NOTE 2
REMARKS
RELATED
COMMAND
CM35
Y=015
CM35
Y=015
~
Call Termination from FX Line 7
(FX7)
F6020
F6017
CM35
Y=015
~
Call Termination from WATS Line 7
(WATS7)
F6030
F6027
CM35
Y=015
F6037
F6040
~
F6047
F6050
~
F6053
TIE0
NOTE 2
CM35
Y=015
CM20
Y=0-3:
A090-A093
Continued on next page
3-546
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM90
Y
No.
MEANING
00
Setting of
Functions
[8300R2]
NOTE 1
SETTING
DATA
FUNCTION
STANDARD
KEY
SETTING
REMARKS
RELATED
COMMAND
F6054
CM15
Y=017
CM08>250,
CM20
Y=0-3: A088
F6055
CM15
Y=018
CM08>251,
CM20
Y=0-3: A089
F6056
CM20
Y=0-3: A094
F6060
F6061
Recall (RCL)
F6062
F6063
NANS
NOTE 2
CM51
Y=00, 01
F6064
BUSY
NOTE 2
CM51
Y=03, 04
F6065
Call Forwarding-Intercept
(ICPT)
CM08>032,
119
F6066
CM51 Y=12
F6067
CM20
Y=0-3: A095
F6068
CM35 Y=147
ATND
NOTE 2
RCL
NOTE 2
CM90 Y=00:
F6105
3-547
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM90
MEANING
Setting of
Functions
[8300R2]
SETTING
DATA
FUNCTION
STANDARD
KEY
SETTING
REMARKS
RELATED
COMMAND
F6100
F6101
F6102
F6103
F6104
Reset (RESET)
F6105
CM90 Y=00:
F6062
F6106
CM35
Y=016
F6107
F6108
F6109
Wake Up (WU)
F6110
Mode (MODE)
For SN716 DESKCON, this data
is not required.
F6111
Programming (PROG)
Remote Access to System (DISA)
System Speed Dialing
Date and Time
Tone Ringer
Choice of Night Service
BV
NOTE 2
CM08>012
CM15
Y=009
3-548
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM90
Y
No.
00
MEANING
Setting of
Functions
[8300R2]
SETTING
DATA
FUNCTION
STANDARD
KEY
SETTING
REMARKS
RELATED
COMMAND
F6112
CM35
Y=026
F6113
CM41
Y=0>14
F6120
CM15
Y=211
F6121
F6122
F6123
Transfer to VMS
F6124
911 Notification
[North America Only]
F6144
Call Park-System
F6150
Paging 0
NOTE 1
CM08>445
PAGE0
NOTE 2
F6159
Paging 9
F6200
Source (SRC)
F6201
Destination (DEST)
F6202
Cancel (CANCEL)
F6203
Talk (TALK)
TALK
NOTE 2
F6204
Hold (HOLD)
HOLD
NOTE 2
F6205
Start (START)
CM08>445
SRC
NOTE 2
DEST
NOTE 2
CANCEL
NOTE 2
3-549
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM90
Y
No.
00
MEANING
F6240
FUNCTION
Loop 1 (LOOP 1)
STANDARD
KEY
SETTING
REMARKS
RELATED
COMMAND
LOOP 1
Setting of
Functions
[8300R2]
SETTING
DATA
Loop 6 (LOOP 6)
F6252
Answer (ANSWER)
ANSWER
F6253
Release (RELEASE)
RELEASE
F1201
F6245
LOOP 6
NOTE 2
F1262
F7XXZ
XX Z
XX
Maximum 6
keys per
DESKCON
NOTE 1
CM30 Y=09
Relay
Control
Function
Key
NOTE 3
CM44
Y=00: 1500
3-550
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM90
SETTING
DATA
07
F6240
08
DEFAULT SETTINGS
KEY No.
SETTING
DATA
LOOP1
20
No Data
F6241
LOOP2
21
F6150
PAGE0
09
F6242
LOOP3
22
No Data
10
F6243
LOOP4
23
No Data
11
F6244
LOOP5
24
F6107
BV
12
F6245
LOOP6
90
F6200
SRC
13
F6000
LDN0
91
F6201
DEST
14
F6040
TIE0
92
15
F6064
BUSY
93
F6203
TALK
16
F6060
ATND
94
F6204
HOLD
17
F6063
NANS
95
F6202
CANCEL
18
F6061
RCL
96
F6252
ANSWER
19
No Data
97
F6253
RELEASE
MEANING
MEANING
No Data
3-551
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM90
DESKCON
STATUS
No.
00
00
01
02
MEANING
Idle state
[8300R2]
When answering
or originating
[8300R2]
SETTING
DATA
FUNCTION
REMARKS
RELATED
COMMAND
F6100
Room Cutoff
(RCOF)
F6102
Do Not Disturb
(DND)
F6104
Reset (RESET)
F6110
Mode (MODE)
F6111
Programming (PROG)
Remote Access to
System (DISA)
System Speed Dialing
Date and Time Tone
Ringer
Choice of Night Service
CM2A
CM71
CM02
F6105
CM90 Y=00:
F6062
F6106
CM35
Y=016, 086
F6112
CM35 Y=026
F6113
CM41 Y=0>14
F6107
Busy Verification
(BV)
Attendant Override
F6119
Operator Monitoring
(MONIT)
[Australia Only]
CM08>012
CM15 Y=009
3-552
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM90
Y
No.
DESKCON
STATUS
No.
00
03
F6108
Do Not Disturb
Override (DDOV)
04
When accessing
Hotel features
[8300R2]
F6100
Room Cutoff
(RCOF)
F6101
Message Waiting
(MW)
F6102
Do Not Disturb
(DND)
F6104
Reset (RESET)
F6109
Wake Up (WU)
MEANING
SETTING
DATA
FUNCTION
RELATED
COMMAND
REMARKS
NOTE 1: Incoming Call Identification/Call Processing keys or Loop keys should not be assigned to the
Multi-Function Key (01-04).
NOTE 2: When setting or canceling a group of stations in DND/RC, use DESKCON status No. 00.
NOTE 3: The default setting of Multi-Function Keys is for Key No. 01-04.
(For details, see NOTE 4 on next page.)
Continued on next page
3-553
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM90
MODE: Mode
PROG: Programming
02
03
04
CL1
02
03
04
CL1
02
03
04
CL1
02
03
04
02
03
CL1
RC : Room Cutoff
MW: Message Waiting
DD : Do not Disturb
WU : Wake Up
WU
04
3-554
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CM90
MY LINE
DATA + EXE
ST + 90YY + DE + NUMBER + , + KEY NUMBER + DE +
(1-8 digits)
(30-89)
(1-8 digits)
DATA
+ EXE
ST + 9010 + DE + KEY NUMBER + DE +
(1-8 digits)
(30-89)
Y
No.
00
MEANING
KEY
No.
DATA
30
Setting of Functions
SETTING DATA
54
XXXXXXXX
A000
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
CM10
CM11
CM11
CM56 Y=10
CM11
CM56 Y=11
Station number
My Line number (FX-FXXXXXXXX)
Multiline number (Ordinary Station)
Multiline number (assigned by CM11)
X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
A031
A100
~
A131
A200
~
A700
A201
~
A701
~
A224
~
A724
Continued on next page
3-555
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM90
MEANING
KEY
No.
DATA
30
B000
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
CM11
CM56 Y=12
Trunk number
CM10
CM30 Y=18
F11XX
XX:
00-99: Station Speed Dialing 00-99
CM73
CM74
F0043
Day/Night Key
NOTE 1: Any one of key numbers 87
through 89 can be used for the
Day/Night key.
0
1
Delayed Ringing
No Delayed Ringing
NOTE 2: Delayed Ringing can be assigned to the first 16 Line/Trunk
keys (Key No. 30 through 45).
Setting of Functions
SETTING DATA
54
B900
B001
~
B901
...
B024
~
B924
D000
~
D511
30
~
89
87
~
89
02
Key setting of
programmable
pattern 1
NOTE 1
30
10
Ringer sending
method when terminating a call to
Line/Trunk key on
Multiline Terminal
54
CM41 Y=1>09
NOTE 2
3-556
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM93
TRUNK
NUMBER + EXE
(4 digits)
DATA TABLE:
SETTING DATA
MEANING
CM10, CM11
Trunk number
DATA
MY LINE
NUMBER
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
D000
RELATED
COMMAND
~
D511
NOTE:
My Line number is registered to Prime Line number automatically when a station number
is assigned by CM10 after setting Fixed pattern and Programmable pattern of Multiline
Terminal by CM04 Y=00>02.
See Fixed pattern and Programmable pattern
3-557
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM94
DATA TABLE:
: Default
MY LINE NUMBER
X
SETTING DATA
MEANING
WW XX Y ZZ
DATA
XXXXXXXX
NONE
NOTE:
If assigning the station number to One Touch keys using 1000-Slot Memory Block number
4-9, the lamp does not show the busy state.
3-558
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
CM96
DSS CONSOLE
DATA
+ DE +
+
NUMBER
(1-8 digits)
(2 digits)
EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
SETTING DATA
DSS CONSOLE
NUMBER
DATA
00
31
XXXXXXXX
E000
E007
NONE
NOTE:
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
No data
When DSS Console is connected to the side option of the DT700 Series, be sure to set the
station number connected to the DT700 Series.
3-559
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM97
DSS CONSOLE
+
NUMBER
(2 digits)
DSS KEY
DATA
+ NUMBER + DE +
+ EXE
(1-8 digits)
(2 digits)
3-560
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
CM97
DSS
KEY
NUMBER
DATA
00
00
SETTING DATA
31
See
CM10
Y=00:
E100E131
59
XXXXXXXX
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
Station number
CM10
CM11
DXXX
Trunk number
(XXX: 000-511)
CM10
CM30
Y=02, 03, 18
F13XX
XX
00: Day/Night Mode Change by Tenant 00
CM08>244
CM08>245
57
F0043
Night key
F1048
Room Cutoff-Set/Reset
F1049
Message Waiting-Set/Reset
F1050
Call Recording
F1051
Check-In/Out
F1053
Do Not Disturb-Set/Reset
F1054
No Answer
Indication for Wake Up Call
F1055
56
59
3-561
CM08>244, 245
CM15 Y=60
CM08>265
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CM98
One Add-on Module number can be assigned for each My Line number of a Multiline Terminal.
(2)
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + 98Y + DE +
ADD-ON MODULE
MY LINE NUMBER
+ DE +
+ EXE
NUMBER
(1-8 digits)
(00-31)
DATA TABLE:
Y
MY LINE NUMBER
00
~
31
See CM10 Y=00: EC00-EC31
XXXXXXXX
3-562
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CM9A
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
STATUS NUMBER
DATA
+
+ DE + (2-12 digits) + EXE
ST + 9AYY + DE +
SOFT KEY NUMBER
(4 digits)
3-563
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
CM9A
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
00
Setting of Soft
Key function for
each Pattern
Number (Pattern
Number 0-3)
aa bb
F5002
No.
03
F5003
F5014
F5015
F5016
F5017
F5018
F5019
F5029
FXXXX
NONE
NOTE: Dial By Name is available only when the Multiline Terminal is in idle
state. (Status Number of 1st data: 00)
Continued on next page
3-564
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
JULY/15/2011
CM9A
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
10
Setting of Soft
Key name for
each Pattern
Number (Pattern
Number 0-3)
aa bb
XX...XXX
No.
13
NONE
NOTE 1: When the 2nd data of CM12 Y=23 is set to 3, the default Soft Key pattern is assigned as
shown on Page 3-568.
NOTE 2: Pattern No. 3 is fixed.
NOTE 3: Help key is only available in Pattern No. 3.
Continued on next page
3-565
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
JULY/15/2011
CM9A
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
18
Setting of Soft
Key name for
each Pattern
Number (Pattern
Number 0) (for
Russian)
[8300R2]
aa bb
XX...XXX
NONE
3-566
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM9A
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
22
Setting of Soft
Key name for
each Pattern
Number (for Simplified Chinese)
(Pattern Number
0)
[8300R7]
[Asia]
NOTE
aa bb
XX...XXX
26
NOTE:
Setting of Soft
Key name for
each Pattern
Number (for Traditional Chinese)
(Pattern Number
0)
[8300R7]
[Asia]
NOTE
NONE
MEANING
Soft Key name indicated
on LCD (Maximum 6
characters; 12 digits)
No data
3-567
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM9A
STATUS
2ND DATA
of Y=03
INDICATION
(Y=13)
MEANING
00
F1017
MIC ON/OFF
MIC
0001
01
F5014
SYS.
0002
02
F5015
STA.
0003
03
F5029
Call History
HIST.
00
F1001
S&R
01
F0020
Call Pickup-Group
PICK
0103
03
F5002
Scroll key
>>>>
0104
04
F0010
FDA
0105
05
F0012
Call Forwarding-No
Answer/Busy Line Set/Cancel
FDN
0106
06
F0022
DND
0107
07
F5002
Scroll key
>>>>
0111
11
F5002
Scroll key
>>>>
00
F1002
Voice Call
VOICE
01
F1001
S&R
0302
02
F1005
Message Reminder
MW
0303
03
F0004
CB
00
F1002
Voice Call
VOICE
01
F1001
S&R
0402
02
F1005
Message Reminder
MW
0403
03
F5001
Transfer to VMS
VMTRF
00
F5003
R-TONE
0100
0101
0300
0301
0400
0401
0500
Idle
KEY
No.
During dialing
(Holding no call)
During calling
(Holding no call)
During calling
(Holding station/trunk)
Being Called
3-568
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
CM9A
STATUS
2ND DATA
of Y=03
MEANING
INDICATION
(Y=13)
00
F0004
CB
01
F0A25
CW
02
F1005
Message Reminder
MW
00
F1005
Message Reminder
MW
0701
01
F5001
Transfer to VMS
VMTRF
0900
Trunk busy
00
F0004
Outgoing Queuing
OG-Q
1000
During speaking
(Holding no call)
00
F1017
MIC ON/OFF
MIC
1100
During speaking
(Holding station/trunk)
00
F1017
MIC ON/OFF
MIC
01
F1012
Conference
CNF
0601
KEY
No.
0602
0700
3-569
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
JULY/17/2009
CM9B
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
1ST DATA
SETTING DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
XX ZZ
0
1
NOTE:
MEANING
To notify
Not notified
RELATED
COMMAND
CM90 Y=00:
F1600-F1663
Link down notice (02-50) corresponds to the Unit No. 02-50 (except Main Unit).
3-570
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
CM9C
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
MEANING
00
Block number
assignment with
Function key
DATA
00
SETTING DATA
MEANING
DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
CM90 Y=00:
FXXXX Function key (Same as
F0XXX, F1XXX, F50XX FXXXX
of CM90)
No data
NONE
Block number
No.
1ST DATA
99
01
Function Name
assignment with
character code
02
Function Name
assignment with
character
05
Function Name
assignment with
character (for Simplified Chinese)
[8300R7] [Asia]
NOTE
NOTE:
3-571
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CM9C
1ST DATA
MEANING
DATA
06
Function Name
assignment with
character (for Traditional Chinese)
[8300R7] [Asia]
NOTE
00
NOTE:
MEANING
Block number
DATA
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
No.
SETTING DATA
99
3-572
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3006.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMA7
DATA TABLE:
CCIS CHANNEL DATA
: Default
Y
No.
00
SETTING DATA
MEANING
DATA
000
511
NONE
01
MEANING
Trunk number assigned by CM10
Y=00
CM10 Y=00
No data
Originating Point Code
RESET
00001
RELATED
COMMAND
16367
NONE
No data
NOTE 1: The Originating Point Code is used to designate an originating office in the No. 7 CCIS network.
A single OPC should be assigned to IPT No. 0 and all other IPT (P2P CCIS) provided in the same
office.
NOTE 2: Do not change this data while the system is operating. If you do that, the operation of IP Stations
will be unstable.
Continued on next page
3-573
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMA7
MEANING
Destination Point Code (DPC)
SETTING DATA
DATA
MEANING
00001
RELATED
COMMAND
~
16367
NONE
No data
NOTE 1: For Point-to-Point connection to SIP trunk (CMA7 Y=46: 1), set this data to SIP trunk No. of SIP
trunk that is used for DPC of SIP server assigned by CMA7 Y=02.
NOTE 2: For Point-to-Multipoint connection to SIP trunk (CMA7 Y=46: 0), set this data to SIP trunk No.
of SIP trunk that is used for DPC of SIP server assigned by CM8A Y=5XXX>168.
03
04
0
1
3
00001
~
16367
NONE
05
00001
16367
NONE
06
No data
Originating Office number
9999
NONE
0000
9999
NONE
CM08>801
CMA7 Y=82
No data
Center Billing Office number
0000
07
No data
CM08>801
CMA7 Y=06
No data
Continued on next page
3-574
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMA7
SETTING DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
10
ACM signal waiting timer after sending IAI signal when originating calls
via CCIS
01
14
15
2 seconds
(2 seconds increments)
28 seconds
6 seconds
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
0
1
To provide
Not provided
28
0
1
To provide
Not provided
29
0
1
30
0
1
To provide
Not provided
44
PRECEDENCE 0
26
7
15
PRECEDENCE 7
PRECEDENCE 0
000
001
30 seconds
1 minute
CM08>379
CM08>370
CM42>72
CM35 Y=134
CMA7 Y=71
46
0
1
~
127
NONE
127 minutes
Not released
Point-to-Multipoint
Point-to-Point
RESET
IPT (P2P CCIS) RESET
Continued on next page
3-575
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMA7
SETTING DATA
MEANING
DiffServ code point setting for IPT
(P2P CCIS) control packet
DATA
00-3F
NONE
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
DiffServ code point
No data
CM35 Y=161
CMA7 Y=44
0
1
By allotter
From the lowest circuit number
NOTE: Trunk seizure sequence for outgoing calls can be set by CM35 Y=083.
71
00
~
31
NONE
No data
77
0
1
Not registered
Registration is completed/
REGISTER is sent again
81
0
1
2
3
7
64 Kbps
56 Kbps
48 Kbps (1)
48 Kbps (2)
64 Kbps
Continued on next page
3-576
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMA7
MEANING
DATA
00000
MEANING
Office Code
RELATED
COMMAND
CMA7 Y=06
SETTING DATA
99999
NONE
No data
NOTE: Do not assign CMA7 Y=06 and CMA7 Y=82 simultaneously. The setting of CMA7 Y=82 has a
priority if these two commands are assigned simultaneously.
83
00
Profile No.
31
NONE
CM0B
Y=001>142
CMA7 Y=71
NOTE: When SIP trunk is used in the same account of Primary Unit and Secondary Unit under Failover
system, assign this data to NONE (As per CMA7 Y=71). When SIP trunk is used in different account
of Primary Unit and Secondary Unit under Failover system, assign this data to other than Profile
number set by CMA7 Y=71.
3-577
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMA8
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
0
1ST DATA
No.
00001
MEANING
00
CMA7 Y=02
15
NONE
000000000001
~
255255255254
NONE
DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
~
16367
NOTE 1
MEANING
2ND DATA
CMA7 Y=02
NOTE 3
3-578
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CMA8
3-579
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CMA9
BLADE RESET
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign the various data to each D-Channel for ISDN-Primary Rate Interface.
PRECAUTION:
This command requires the blade reset after data setting.
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + A9YY + DE +
DATA
D-CHANNEL No.
+ DE + (3 digits) + EXE
(00-31)
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
No.
00
MEANING
Trunk used as D-Channel number
SETTING DATA
MEANING
000
DATA
511
NONE
RELATED
COMMAND
CM05 Y=0: 41
CM10 Y=00
CM35 Y=093
No data
3-580
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMAA
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
SETTING DATA
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
No.
MEANING
DATA
00
0
1
CM05 Y=1
0
1
CM05 Y=1
0
1
0
1
BLADE RESET
01
BLADE RESET
Frame Configuration for DTI (E1
2 Mbps)
[8300R3]
BLADE RESET
02
CM05 Y=1
BLADE RESET
NOTE: This data is effective only when the second data of CMAA Y=01 is set to 0 (12-Multi Frame).
Continued on next page
3-581
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMAA
SETTING DATA
MEANING
Trunk Make Busy for DTI (E1
2 Mbps)
[8300R3.5]
DATA
0
1
MEANING
Available
Not available
RELATED
COMMAND
CM05 Y=1
NOTE: For a DTI (E1 2 Mbps) blade that is made busy, both Incoming/Outgoing calls are restricted.
06
BLADE RESET
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
28
30
31
32
33
34
63
Australia
New Zealand
ITU-T (Hong Kong)
AT&T (#4, #5 ESS)
NTI (DMS 100, 250)
Australia ETSI
ETSI VN4 (Chile)
ETSI Standard
(Brazil, Chile, Columbia, UAE)
ITU-T Standard (Thailand)
USA NI-2
ETSI-2 (Latin America/Europe)
Germany
[For EU]
Netherlands
Greece/Luxembourg/Portugal/
Spain/Sweden
[For EU]
Italy
[For EU]
ETSI (Huawei)
[For China]
Not used
CM05 Y=1
3-582
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMAA
SETTING DATA
MEANING
ISDN Protocol Type
for BRT
BLADE RESET
DATA
MEANING
63
Australia
New Zealand
AT&T (#4, #5 ESS)
NTI (DMS 100, 250)
Australia ETSI
ETSI Standard
(Brazil, Columbia, Indonesia,
UAE)
ITU-T Standard (Thailand)
USA NI-1
USA NI-2
Germany
[For EU]
Netherlands
[For EU]
Italy
[For EU]
Not used
24
63
ETSI Terminal
Not ETSI Terminal
17
18
20
21
22
24
25
27
28
31
32
33
RELATED
COMMAND
CM05 Y=1
NOTE
NOTE: To accommodate the ISDN telephone with ETSI specification, set this data to 24.
Set 63 for the ISDN telephone with any other specification.
09
0
1
Send 7F to PSTN
Send FF to PSTN
0
1
AMI
HDB3
CM05 Y=1
BLADE RESET
Line Encording for DTI (E1
2 Mbps)
[8300R3]
BLADE RESET
Continued on next page
3-583
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMAA
SETTING DATA
MEANING
DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
15
Type of PRT/CCT
0
1
E1 (2 Mbps)
T1 (1.5 Mbps)
CM05 Y=1
16
0
1
To provide
Not provided
CM05 Y=1
CM42>69, 70
17
0
1
3
A-law
-law
As per CM04 Y=10>00
CM04 Y=10>00
19
0
1
2
3
4
CM05 Y=1
0
1
Short distance
Long distance
CM05 Y=1
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
15
0.91/1.70 V
1.74/0.84 V
0.59/0.84 V
0.42/0.45 V
0.32/0.45 V
0.21/0.20 V
0.16/0.10 V
0.10/not defined
0.91/1.70 V (1.5 M CCT/2 M CCT)
0.59/0.84 V (2 M DTI)
CM05 Y=1
BLADE RESET
20
BLADE RESET
21
BLADE RESET
3-584
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JULY/15/2011
CMAA
SETTING DATA
MEANING
Local loopback setting for BRT/
PRT (T1 1.5 Mbps/E1 2 Mbps)
(For test)
RELATED
COMMAND
DATA
MEANING
0
1
CM05 Y=1
2
3
4
24
00
01
15
CM05 Y=1
25
08
CM05 Y=1
15
0
1
Not sent
To send
CM05 Y=1
BLADE RESET
32
3-585
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMAC
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
No.
00
SETTING DATA
MEANING
MEANING
ISDN Line station number
DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
XXXXXXXX
01
BLADE RESET
03
0
1
Point-to-Point connection
Point-to-Multipoint connection
0
1
BLADE RESET
10
0
1
To provide
Not provided
11
0
1
Allow
Restricted
CM08>722
CM35 Y=130
3-586
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CMAC
: Default
Y
No.
16
SETTING DATA
MEANING
Type of power supply for ISDN telephone
DATA
MEANING
0
1
XXXX ZZZZ
(8 digits)
RELATED
COMMAND
BLADE RESET
30
3-587
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CMAD
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
00
MEANING
Calling Area
ZT/SIP
CONVERTER
No.
SETTING DATA
DATA
000-127
XX Y ZZ
NONE
CCC
04
05
06
NOTE:
MEANING
XX: Calling Area No. (00-31)
Y : Group No. (0-7)
ZZ : Group ZT No. (00-31)
No data
Data clear
01
02
15
40 dB (Faint)
20 dB (Average)
0 dB (Strong)
01
02
15
01
02
15
40 dB (Faint)
20 dB (Average)
0 dB (Strong)
Follow the default setting. When you change the data of CMAD Y=04/05/06, contact NEC.
Continued on next page
3-588
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMAD
MEANING
DATA
000-127
01
MEANING
Unit No. 01
RESET
SETTING DATA
ZT/SIP
CONVERTER
No.
50
NONE
Unit No. 50
Unit No. 01
NOTE: When a standard SIP terminal is accommodated to Remote Unit, set the Unit number by this command.
92
000-127
02
Normal operation
NOTE: When readout data of this command is other than 02, ZT is disconnected, started up or forced.
3-589
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMAE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
00
1ST DATA
SETTING DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
01
SYS-ID
[North America/Latin America Only]
XX YYYYYY ZZZZ
(HEX. 12 digits)
XX
: Tenant number
YYYYYY: Unit ID
ZZZZ
: Additional information
No data
NONE
03
BLADE RESET
04
Australia
North America 310
North America 311
North America 312
North America 313
North America 314
North America 315
North America 316
Japan
Home PBX ID
(1-4 digits, Decimal)
001
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
255
XXXX
NONE
No data
NOTE: Assign the same number with the first digits of the Individual PS number.
05
BLADE RESET
Continued on next page
3-590
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMAE
MEANING
10
ZT Operation Mode
1ST DATA
SETTING DATA
DATA
MEANING
00-31
02
15
Crowded Mode
Normal Mode
00-31
1
3
Wide
Narrow
BLADE RESET
11
Width of Calling
Area
DATA
MEANING
BLADE RESET
15
Control Carrier
Information
[For PCS]
00
Control Carrier
Priority
NOTE 1
NOTE 2
NOTE 3
BLADE RESET
01
AA BB CC 00 00
AA: 1st Priority
BB : 2nd Priority
CC : 3rd Priority
00 : 4th Priority
00 : 5th Priority
NONE
01
02
NONE
1920-1930 MHz
1920-1925 MHz
No data
Continued on next page
3-591
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMAE
MEANING
42
Network ID for
Roaming Service
[For PCS]
[8300R2]
1ST DATA
DATA
00
MEANING
Network ID assignment
SETTING DATA
DATA
00000-65534
NONE
MEANING
Network ID
No data
BLADE RESET
NOTE 6
NOTE 1:
NOTE 2:
NOTE 3:
NOTE 4:
Be sure to set from the 1st digit to last digit (10 digits). Last 4 digits must be set as 0000.
After changing this data, download the PS operation data by CM1D Y=20.
PS operation data must be downloaded every time the control carrier number is changed.
All ZT must be reset after this data setting.
3-592
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMAF
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
1ST DATA
MEANING
DATA
000
X-XXXX
001
000-255
002
000-255
100
No.
107
MEANING
Home PBX ID
(1-4 digits, Decimal)
Data Table No. assigned
by CMAF Y=000
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
000-255
CCC
NONE
00-07
CCC
NONE
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
CCC
NONE
Unrestricted (RCA)
Nonrestricted 1 (RCB)
Nonrestricted 2 (RCC)
Semirestricted 1 (RCD)
Semirestricted 2 (RCE)
Restricted 1 (RCF)
Restricted 2 (RCG)
Fully Restricted (RCH)
Data clear
No data
00-63
CCC
NONE
3-593
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CMAF
DATA
01
210
MEANING
1ST DATA
08
2ND DATA
MEANING
Trunk Restriction Class
sent from Home PBX
01: Unrestricted (RCA)
02: Nonrestricted 1
(RCB)
03: Nonrestricted 2
(RCC)
04: Semirestricted 1
(RCD)
05: Semirestricted 2
(RCE)
06: Restricted 1 (RCF)
07: Restricted 2 (RCG)
08: Fully restricted
(RCH)
DATA
00
CCC
NONE
MEANING
Route Selection Pattern 0
Data clear
No data
00
998
All Clear
CCC
Data clear
999
All Clear
CCC
Data clear
XXXX
XXXX
3-594
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CMB0
To display
TRUNK STATUS DATA +
ST + B00 + DE +
DE
(3-5 digits)
Y=2
To set the PEG COUNT measurement start/end time
1ST DATA +
2ND DATA
ST + B02 + DE +
DE + (8 digits) + EXE
(0/1)
3-595
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMB0
To display
1ST DATA
ST + B04 + DE + (4 digits) + DE
3-596
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMB0
MEANING
Number of outgoing trunk seizure-Trunk Route No. 00-63
SETTING
DATA
CCC
~
063
064
065
066
068
069
070
072
076
077
078
079
080
082
083
084
085
3-597
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMB0
Y
0
MEANING
087
088
089
090
095
096
097
098
099
100
SETTING
DATA
CCC
~
163
200
263
500
563
Continued on next page
3-598
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMB0
Y
0
SETTING
DATA
MEANING
Number of unanswered incoming calls-Trunk Route 00-63
CCC
~
663
700
763
830
831
832
833
835
836
837
838
999
3-599
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMB0
1ST DATA
DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MM DD HH mm
NONE
To stop the PEG
COUNT immediately, enter
99999999
To clear the Setting data, enter
CCC
MEANING
MM: Month (01-12)
DD : Day (01-31)
HH : Hour (00-23)
mm : Minute (00-59)
No data
0XXX
1XXX
2XXX
3XXX
Number of Handover
XXX: ZT number (000-127)
4XXX
00000
4
Display PEG
COUNT data
for ZT
49999
CCC
NOTE 1: CMB0 Y=0>099 is counted restriction of remote access from unassigned Calling party No.
while setting remote maintenance restriction by Calling party No., or restriction of remote
access while setting remote maintenance restriction by user operation.
(related command: CMEC Y=B, CM35 Y=319, CM40 Y=10>2, CM41 Y=0>165, CM90
Y=00: F1364)
Continued on next page
3-600
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMB0
3-601
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMB1
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
No.
0
MEANING
Setting of traffic
measurement condition
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
Traffic Measurement
Mode
0
1
2
3
4
MEANING
No measurement
Traffic measurement per
hour
Traffic measurement per
day
Traffic measurement per
hour continuously
Traffic measurement per
day continuously
NOTE: Traffic Measurement start time and end time settings by CMB1 Y=0>1, 2
are required to set the second data 1 and 2.
1
MMDDHHmm
NONE
3-602
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMB1
MEANING
Setting of traffic
measurement condition
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MMDDHHmm
NONE
3
0
1
2
MEANING
MM: Month (01-12)
DD : Day (01-31)
HH : Hour (00-23)
mm : Minute (00-59)
No data
Before the traffic
measurement
During the traffic
measurement
Completed the traffic
measurement
Continued on next page
3-603
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CMB1
1ST DATA
MEANING
2ND DATA
TRAFFIC
DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
XXXZ
XXXX
(4 digits)
XXXZ
XXXX
(4 digits)
XXZ
XXXXXX
(6 digits)
XXZ
XXXXXX
(6 digits)
MEANING
3-604
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
CMB1
MEANING
Setting of traffic measurement for ZT
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
Traffic Measurement
Mode of ZT
0
1
No Measurement
Hourly Measurement
MMDDHH
NONE
2
0
1
2
MEANING
3-605
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMB1
Y
No.
9
MEANING
Display traffic data of
ZT
2ND DATA
1ST DATA
DATA
MEANING
TRAFFIC
DATA
XXXZZ
XXXX
(4 digits)
MEANING
Traffic data X.XXX erl
(Ex.) 1223 1.223 erl
Display percentage of
ZT B channel all busy
XXXZZ
XXX
(3 digits)
3-606
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMB3
DATA TABLE:
Y
TRUNK
STATUS
DATA
0
SETTING DATA
DATA
MEANING
MEANING
UCD Station Number
See CM17 Y=0
XXXXXXXX
1
XX
3-607
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMB3
Y
TRUNK
STATUS
DATA
SETTING DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
Number of call waiting calls for predetermined time (CM41 Y=0>16) in queuing mode on UCD Group
NOTE 2
XX
999
NOTE 1: The counter data is effective from 00000 to 49999. The data is restarted from 00000 when the
data becomes more than 49999.
NOTE 2: Regardless of the setting of UCD Delay Announcement (set by CM41 Y=0>16), the number
of call waiting calls is counted after a certain period of time.
NOTE 3: When answering by the virtual station, numbers of CMB3 Y=0 is counted towards the
answered station.
NOTE 4: Regardless of the setting of UCD Delay Announcement (set by CM41 Y=0>16), the number
of abandoned calls is counted after a certain period of time when the caller abandoned the
call.
All of incoming calls in queuing mode can be counted (set by CM08>1404), when using
8300R6 software or later.
NOTE 5: The number of incoming calls is counted in queuing mode while UCD Group is all busy.
3-608
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMB4
3-609
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMB4
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
XXZZ
XX: Location
number of
group to
send side
(00-63)
ZZ : Location
number of
group to
receive side
(00-63)
All clear
00000
9999
00000
49999
CCC
0000000
Maximum bandwidth
that are used
49999
CCC
02
2ND DATA
01
MEANING
1ST DATA
1677721
CCC
03
0000000
1677721
CCC
RELATED
COMMAND
CM67
Clear
Counter data display
NOTE 1
Clear
Maximum bandwidth
display (Kbps)
NOTE 2
Clear
Bandwidth display
(Kbps)
NOTE 2
Clear
NOTE 1: The PEG count of 00000-49999 can be stored to the system. When the number exceeds 49999,
the system starts counting from 00000.
NOTE 2: The bandwidth of 0-1677721 Kbps can be displayed on PCPro/CAT. Even if the bandwidth
exceeds 1677721, the PCPro/CAT displays the bandwidth 1677721 Kbps.
3-610
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMBA
(2)
When entering data with characters, the following characters can be registered;
Alphabet upper case (A-Z), alphabet lower case (a-z), numeric (0-9), symbol (! # $ % & ( ) + ,
; < = > ? @ [ ] ^ _ { } ~), Space, hyphen (-), period (.), slash (/), colon (:)
NOTE:
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
ST + BAYY/YYY + DE + (Profile No. 00-31) + DE + (1-32 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
Y=04-47
: Default
Y
No.
04
1ST DATA
MEANING
DATA
00
Profile number
for control packet
00
31
07
15
MEANING
PRECEDENCE 0
MEANING
DATA
2ND DATA
PRECEDENCE 7
PRECEDENCE 0
RELATED
COMMAND
CM35 Y=134
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA Y=10
RESET
NOTE 1: The higher number has higher priority.
NOTE 2: This data is recommended to set to 5. Consult with network manager when this data is changed.
NOTE 3: Set CMBA Y=10 to provide Diffserv QoS.
Continued on next page
3-611
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CMBA
1ST DATA
MEANING
00
31
MEANING
Profile number
for control
packet
RESET
DATA
00
DATA
2ND DATA
3F
NONE
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
TOS/Diffserv Precedence
CM35 Y=161
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA Y=04
No data
NOTE 1: Set this data when the router provides DiffServ QoS, if required.
DiffServ: Differentiated Services; one type of QoS.
QoS: Quality of Service
NOTE 2: When this data is set, the TOS field Precedence set by CMBA Y=04 is ineffective.
If you want to validate the Precedence set by CMBA Y=04, set CCC (data clear) for CMBA
Y=10.
Continued on next page
3-612
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CMBA
1ST DATA
MEANING
DATA
21
00
No.
31
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Profile number
for control
packet
RESET
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
Programmable List
Standard Mode 2
Standard Mode 3
Tone Quality Mode 2
Band Mode 2
Tone Quality Mode 1
Band Mode 1
Standard Mode 1
CM8A
Y=5XXX:
179
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA Y=22
MODE
As per CMBA
Y=122
Programmable List
As per CMBA
Y=121
As per CMBA
Y=123
Standard Mode 2
Standard Mode 3
G.711 -law
(64Kbps)
G.711A-law
(64Kbps)
G.711 -law
(64Kbps)
G.711A-law
(64Kbps)
G.729a
(8Kbps)
Band Mode 2
G.729a
(8Kbps)
G.711A-law
(64Kbps)
G.711A-law
(64Kbps)
G.711 -law
(64Kbps)
G.729a
(8Kbps)
Band Mode 1
G.729a
(8Kbps)
G.711 -law
(64Kbps)
Standard Mode 1
NOTE 2: When the voice encoding selection setting differs from that for the opposite SIP trunk, the voice
encoding selection may differ in the users usual SIP trunk setting according to the negotiation
when the SIP session is made.
NOTE 3: Payload size is set as per CMBA Y=22 when setting CMBA Y=21 to other than 7 (Standard
Mode 1).
Continued on next page
3-613
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMBA
1ST DATA
MEANING
RESET
00
DATA
31
2ND DATA
MEANING
Profile number
for control
packet
DATA
1
2
3
MEANING
20 ms.
30 ms.
40 ms.
RELATED
COMMAND
CM8A
Y=5XXX:
179
CMA7 Y=71
NOTE 1: This data is not available when CMBA Y=21 is set to default data.
NOTE 2: Because the standard payload size for SIP is 20 ms., it is strongly recommended to set the second
data to 0.
Query a DNS server to
get the IP Address
25
00
RESET
31
Profile number
for control
packet
0
1
Provide
Not provided
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA Y=30
NOTE 1: When the second data is set to 0, only the IP Address replied from to a DNS server is used. When
the second data is set to 1, the SIP server IP Address assigned by CMBA Y=30 is used.
NOTE 2: Set the second data to 1 for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
NOTE 3: When DNS resolver is used, set the second data to 0.
27
00
Whether to provide
Session Refreshment
when 18X: provisional
response is received
again
[North America
Only]
[8300R4]
31
Profile number
for control
packet
0
1
To provide
Not provided
CMA7 Y=71
RESET
NOTE: Set the second data to 1 for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
29
RESET
00
Session Timer
refresher kind
31
Profile number
for control
packet
0
1
uas
uac
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA Y=56,
83, 88
NOTE: Set the second data to 1 for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
Continued on next page
3-614
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CMBA
MEANING
DATA
00
RESET
30
1ST DATA
31
2ND DATA
MEANING
Profile number
for control
packet
DATA
aaabbb
cccddd
NONE
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
SIP server IP Address
aaa : 000-255
bbb: 000-255
ccc : 000-255
ddd: 001-254
No data
CMA7 Y=71
NOTE 1: This data setting is not required when the IP address for SIP server is determined by DNS resolution.
NOTE 2: For Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0), the IP address assigned by
this data depends on the IP address pattern assigned by CM8A Y=5000-5255>167.
31
31
Profile number
for control
packet
00000
RESET
00
65534
NONE
CM0B Y=136
CMA7 Y=71
No data
00
31
Profile number
for control
packet
RESET
Registration number
(representative number) assignment
X...X
NONE
Registration number
(representative number)
(Maximum 24 digits)
X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
No data
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA Y=44
NOTE 1: CMBA Y=32 must be set when the calling number is noticed by using SIP (used as a registry for
SIP server).
NOTE 2: When the second data of CMBA Y=44 is set to 0 or 1, the Registration number (Representative number) assigned by this command is used as the calling number.
Continued on next page
3-615
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMBA
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
44
Caller ID conversion on
SIP trunk call
00
Profile number
for control packet
00
Caller ID conversion
mode 0
Caller ID conversion
mode 1
Caller ID conversion
mode 2
Caller ID conversion
mode 3
Not provided
RESET
No.
31
01
02
03
15
RELATED
COMMAND
CM8A
Y=5XXX>
176
CMA7 Y=71
NOTE 1: CMBA Y=44 must be set when using Caller ID conversion on SIP trunk call.
NOTE 2: For details of Caller ID conversion mode, see NOTE 3 of CM8A Y=5XXX>176.
Page 3-527
45
00
Profile number
for control packet
XXX...X
31
NONE
RESET
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA Y=46,
47, 54
NOTE 1: You can also confirm the SIP AoR user name set by CMBA Y=46/47/54 with this command.
NOTE 2: Set the second data to NONE for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
46
00
Profile number
for control packet
XXX...X
31
RESET
NONE
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA Y=45,
47, 54
NOTE 1: You can confirm the user name set by this command with CMBA Y=45.
NOTE 2: Set the second data to NONE for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
Continued on next page
3-616
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMBA
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
47
00
Profile number
for control packet
XXX...X
No.
31
RESET
NONE
RELATED
COMMAND
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA Y=45,
46, 54
NOTE 1: You can confirm the user name set by this command with CMBA Y=45.
NOTE 2: Set the second data to NONE for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
Continued on next page
3-617
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMBA
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
52
00
Profile number
for control packet
03
RESET
31
CMA7 Y=71
RELATED
COMMAND
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA
Y=45-47
54
NONE
XXX...X
RESET
NONE
NOTE 1: You can confirm the user name set by this command with CMBA Y=45.
NOTE 2: Set the second data to NONE for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
55
RESET
00
Profile number
for control packet
31
0
1
2
3
SIP-URL + tel-URL
SIP-URL
tel-URL
SIP-URL + tel-URL
only when the calling
number is not
informed
SIP-URL only when
the calling number is
not informed
tel-URL only when
the calling number is
not informed
Remote-Party-ID
only when the calling
number is not
informed
[8300R5]
No identity header
CMA7 Y=71
NOTE: Set the second data to 7 for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
Continued on next page
3-618
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMBA
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
56
00
RESET
Profile number
for control packet
0
1
3
31
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA
Y=29, 83, 88
UPDATE
INVITE
Auto
NOTE 1: When the second data is set to 3, the session timer method is decided by the receiving message from
the communicated terminal.
NOTE 2: Set the second data to 3 for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
70
00
Profile number
for control packet
31
0
3
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA Y=71
RESET
NOTE 1: SIP trunk is re-registered half the time set by CMBA Y=71 to SIP server periodically when the second data is set to 0.
NOTE 2: Set the second data to 3 for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
71
00
120
120 seconds
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA Y=70
Profile number
for control packet
31
RESET
NOTE 1: This data setting is effective only when CMBA Y=70 is set to 0.
NOTE 2: Set the time to cancel the registration after registering SIP trunk with this command to SIP server.
NOTE 3: When the registration has been canceled by SIP server, re-register to SIP server for half the period
of time set by this command (in case of 3600 seconds, set 1800 seconds).
NOTE 4: When re-registration from SIP server is not executed during the period of time set by this command
after the registration has been canceled by SIP server, call reception from the network to SIP is
restricted.
NOTE 5: Set the second data to NONE for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
72
00
Profile number
for control packet
31
XXX...X
NONE
User name
(Maximum 32 digits)
No data
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA Y=73
RESET
NOTE 1: You can also confirm the user name set by CMBA Y=73 with this command.
NOTE 2: Set the second data to NONE for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
Continued on next page
3-619
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMBA
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
73
00
Profile number
for control packet
XXX...X
User name
(24 digits, 12 characters fixed)
See Character
Code Table in
CM77.
No data
No.
31
NONE
RESET
RELATED
COMMAND
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA Y=72,
100, 101
NOTE 1: When the character code to be set is less than the number of digits necessary, add the character
code FF.
NOTE 2: You can confirm the user name set by this command with CMBA Y=72.
NOTE 3: Set the second data to NONE for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
74
00
Profile number
for control packet
31
XXX...X
NONE
Password
(Maximum 32 digits)
No data
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA Y=75
RESET
NOTE 1: You can also confirm the Authentication password set by CMBA Y=75 with this command.
NOTE 2: Set the second data to NONE for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
75
00
Profile number
for control packet
XXX...X
31
NONE
RESET
Password
(24 digits, 12 characters fixed)
See Character
Code Table in
CM77.
No data
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA Y=74,
102, 103
NOTE 1: When the character code to be set is less than the number of digits necessary, add the character
code FF.
NOTE 2: You can confirm the password set by this command with CMBA Y=74.
NOTE 3: Set the second data to NONE for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
Continued on next page
3-620
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMBA
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
76
00
Profile number
for control packet
XXX...X
Domain name
(Maximum 32 digits)
No data
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA
Y=77-79
No.
RELATED
COMMAND
31
NONE
RESET
NOTE 1: You can also confirm the domain names set by CMBA Y=77-79 with this command.
NOTE 2: Set the second data to NONE for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
77
00
Profile number
for control packet
XXX...X
31
RESET
NONE
Domain name
(24 digits, 12 characters fixed)
See Character
Code Table in
CM77.
No data
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA Y=76,
78, 79
NOTE 1: Concatenated characters assigned by CMBA Y=77, 78, and 79 are used as domain name.
NOTE 2: When setting a character code to be set is less than the number of digits necessary, add the character code FF.
NOTE 3: You can confirm the domain name set by this command with CMBA Y=76.
NOTE 4: Set the second data to NONE for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
78
00
Profile number
for control packet
XXX...X
31
RESET
NONE
Domain name
(24 digits, 12 characters fixed)
See Character
Code Table in
CM77.
No data
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA Y=76,
77, 79
NOTE 1: Concatenated characters assigned by CMBA Y=77, 78, and 79 are used as domain name.
NOTE 2: When setting a character code to be set is less than the number of digits necessary, add the character code FF.
NOTE 3: You can confirm the domain name set by this command with CMBA Y=76.
NOTE 4: Set the second data to NONE for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
Continued on next page
3-621
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CMBA
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
79
00
Profile number
for control packet
XXX...X
No.
31
RESET
NONE
MEANING
Domain name
(16 digits, 8 characters fixed)
See Character
Code Table in
CM77.
No data
RELATED
COMMAND
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA
Y=76-78
NOTE 1: Concatenated characters assigned by CMBA Y=77, 78, and 79 are used as domain name.
NOTE 2: When setting a character code to be set is less than the number of digits necessary, add the character code FF.
NOTE 3: You can confirm the domain name set by this command with CMBA Y=76.
NOTE 4: Set the second data to NONE for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
NOTE 5: When SIP-URI is 1234@nec.com, the part of nec.com is set by this command. When NONE
is set by CMBA Y=77, 78 and 79, IP address such as 1234@192.168.1.1 is used.
82
00
Terminating system
when recognizing
called sub address
[North America
Only]
[8300R4]
Profile number
for control packet
0
1
31
Station call
As per terminating
system
CMA7 Y=71
RESET
NOTE: Set the second data to 1 for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
Session Timer providing
83
00
RESET
31
Profile number
for control packet
0
1
Not provided
To provide
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA Y=29,
56, 88
NOTE 1: Set the second data to 1 for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
NOTE 2: For Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0), unify whether to use the
session timer method in a network.
Continued on next page
3-622
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CMBA
1ST DATA
MEANING
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
DATA
MEANING
DATA
00
Profile number
for control packet
0
1
Strict routing
Loose routing
CMA7 Y=71
IP address of SIP
interface set by
CM0B Y=101>00
IP address of SIP
server set by CMBA
Y=30
CMA7 Y=71
Type of Routing
[North America
Only]
[8300R4]
2ND DATA
31
RESET
85
RESET
NOTE: Set the second data to 0 for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
Identity header of SIP
Trunk
86
00
RESET
31
Profile number
for control packet
0
1
P-Asserted-Identity
P-Preferred-Identity
CMA7 Y=71
NOTE: Set the second data to 1 for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
87
00
Stop of No-Answer
timer (T1 timer) when
receiving first response
(100Trying)
[North America
Only]
[8300R4]
Profile number
for control packet
0
1
Not stopped
To stop
CMA7 Y=71
31
RESET
NOTE: Set the second data to 1 for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
RESET
Profile number
for control packet
1 second
00
88
31
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA
Y=29, 56, 83
3-623
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CMBA
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
90
Timer of response
waiting for calling
(INVITE transaction
time-out timer)
00
Profile number
for control packet
00
01
31
59-60 seconds
(1 second increment)
32 seconds
Provisional response
code when the system
receives the incoming
call, and starts to call
the stations
1
7
RESET
CMA7 Y=71
No Time-out
1-2 seconds
30
31
91
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
No.
RELATED
COMMAND
CMA7 Y=71
NOTE: Set the second data to 0 for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
Continued on next page
3-624
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMBA
1ST DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
00
Profile number
for control packet
Display name:
SIP AoR User
Description following
CMBA Y=45
User name:
SIP AoR User
Description following
CMBA Y=45
Display name:
Caller ID following
CMBA Y=44
User name:
SIP AoR User
Description following
CMBA Y=45
Display name:
Caller ID following
CMBA Y=44
User name:
Caller ID following
CMBA Y=44
2ND DATA
31
RESET
RELATED
COMMAND
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA
Y=44-47, 54
NOTE 1: A calling name to the called party is sent when this command is set to 3.
NOTE 2: Set the second data to 3 for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
93
00
Profile number
for control packet
31
XXX...X
NONE
Domain name
(Maximum 32 digits)
No data
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA
Y=94-96, 99
RESET
NOTE 1: You can also confirm the domain name set by CMBA Y=94-96 with this command.
NOTE 2: When the setting of this command is changed, the DNS cache table should be cleared by CMBA
Y=99.
Continued on next page
3-625
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMBA
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
94
00
Profile number
for control packet
XXX...X
Domain name
(24 digits, 12 characters fixed)
See Character
Code Table in
CM77.
To use SIP server IP
Address set by
CMBA Y=30
No.
31
NONE
RESET
RELATED
COMMAND
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA Y=93,
95, 96, 99
NOTE 1: Concatenated characters assigned by CMBA Y=94, 95, and 96 are used as domain name.
NOTE 2: When the character code to be set is less than the number of digits necessary, add the character
code FF.
NOTE 3: You can confirm the domain name set by this command with CMBA Y=93.
NOTE 4: When the setting of this command is changed, the DNS cache table should be cleared by CMBA
Y=99.
NOTE 5: Set the second data to NONE for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
95
00
Profile number
for control packet
XXX...X
31
NONE
RESET
Domain name
(24 digits, 12 characters fixed)
See Character
Code Table in
CM77.
To use SIP server IP
Address set by
CMBA Y=30
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA Y=93,
94, 96, 99
NOTE 1: Concatenated characters assigned by CMBA Y=94, 95, and 96 are used as domain name.
NOTE 2: When the character code to be set is less than the number of digits necessary, add the character
code FF.
NOTE 3: You can confirm the domain name set by this command with CMBA Y=93.
NOTE 4: When the setting of this command is changed, the DNS cache table should be cleared by CMBA
Y=99.
NOTE 5: Set the second data to NONE for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
Continued on next page
3-626
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMBA
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
96
00
Profile number
for control packet
XXX...X
No.
31
NONE
RESET
MEANING
Domain name
(16 digits, 8 characters fixed)
See Character
Code Table in
CM77.
To use SIP server IP
Address set by
CMBA Y=30
RELATED
COMMAND
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA
Y=93-95, 99
NOTE 1: Concatenated characters assigned by CMBA Y=94, 95, and 96 are used as domain name.
NOTE 2: When the character code to be set is less than the number of digits necessary, add the character
code FF.
NOTE 3: You can confirm the domain name set by this command with CMBA Y=93.
NOTE 4: When the setting of this command is changed, the DNS cache table should be cleared by CMBA
Y=99.
NOTE 5: Set the second data to NONE for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
97
00
Profile number
for control packet
31
0
1
7
480 Temporarily
Unavailable
486 Busy Here
503 Service Unavailable
CMA7 Y=71
RESET
NOTE: Set the second data to 7 for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
Continued on next page
3-627
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMBA
1ST DATA
MEANING
MEANING
00
Profile number
for control packet
DATA
2ND DATA
DATA
01
NONE
MEANING
Unit No. 01
No data
RELATED
COMMAND
CMA7 Y=71
CM0B
Y=1XX>60,
61
CMBA
Y=94-96
31
RESET
NOTE 1: Set SIP interface to query the domain name of SIP server assigned by CMBA Y=94-96.
NOTE 2: For the Unit number set by the second data, the IP Address of DNS server for CM0B Y=1XX>60,
61 should be set.
NOTE 3: When the setting of this command is changed, the DNS cache table should be cleared by CMBA
Y=99.
NOTE 4: Set the second data to NONE for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
99
RESET
00
Profile number
for control packet
CCC
CMA7 Y=71
31
NOTE: The IP Addresses are displayed in the second data when they were cached on DNS cache table.
Continued on next page
3-628
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMBA
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
100
00
Profile number
for control packet
XXX...X
User name
(24 digits, 12 characters fixed)
See Character
Code Table in
CM77.
No data
No.
31
NONE
RESET
RELATED
COMMAND
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA Y=72,
73, 101
NOTE 1: When the character code to be set is less than the number of digits necessary, add the character
code FF.
NOTE 2: You can confirm the user name set by this command with CMBA Y=72.
NOTE 3: Set the second data to NONE for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
101
00
Profile number
for control packet
XXX...X
31
NONE
RESET
User name
(16 digits, 8 characters fixed)
See Character
Code Table in
CM77.
No data
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA Y=72,
73, 100
NOTE 1: When the character code to be set is less than the number of digits necessary, add the character
code FF.
NOTE 2: You can confirm the user name set by this command with CMBA Y=72.
NOTE 3: Set the second data to NONE for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
102
00
Profile number
for control packet
XXX...X
31
NONE
RESET
Password
(24 digits, 12 characters fixed)
See Character
Code Table in
CM77.
No data
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA Y=74,
75, 103
NOTE 1: When the character code to be set is less than the number of digits necessary, add the character
code FF.
NOTE 2: You can confirm the password set by this command with CMBA Y=74.
NOTE 3: Set the second data to NONE for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
Continued on next page
3-629
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMBA
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
103
00
Profile number
for control packet
XXX...X
No.
31
NONE
RESET
MEANING
Password
(16 digits, 8 characters fixed)
See Character
Code Table in
CM77.
No data
RELATED
COMMAND
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA Y=74,
75, 102
NOTE 1: When the character code to be set is less than the number of digits necessary, add the character
code FF.
NOTE 2: You can confirm the password set by this command with CMBA Y=74.
NOTE 3: Set the second data to NONE for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
104
00
Periodical resending of
provisional response
when receiving to SIP
trunk
[North America
Only]
[8300R4]
Profile number
for control packet
0
1
31
3
To provide
To provide only when
100rel is provided
Not provided
CMA7 Y=71
RESET
NOTE 1: 0 (To provide) or 1 (To provide only when 100rel is provided) should be set when long duration
ringing (3 minutes and more) is provided for incoming calls to SIP trunk from SIP server.
NOTE 2: When the SIP trunk in communicated system does not support 100rel, if 0 (To provide) is set by
this command, the SIP trunk may remain called when some failure occurs on the SIP trunk in the
communicated system.
105
00
Request provisional
responses with reliability (100rel) when sending from SIP trunk
Profile number
for control packet
31
1
RESET
Available (Supported
header and Require
header)
Available (Supported
header)
Not available
CMA7 Y=71
3-630
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CMBA
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
107
Perform re-registration
unconditionally when
receiving authentication error on the registration
[North America
Only]
[8300R4]
00
Profile number
for control packet
To provide unconditionally
To provide only when
nonce value does not
match
No.
31
RELATED
COMMAND
CMA7 Y=71
RESET
NOTE: Set the second data to 1 for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
108
00
Perform registration
periodically when also
receiving subscriber
error or authentication error during the
registration
Profile number
for control packet
0
1
To provide
Not provided
CMA7 Y=71
31
RESET
NOTE: Set the second data to 1 for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
109
00
Profile number
for control packet
0
1
Not answered
To answer with 481
CMA7 Y=71
31
RESET
Continued on next page
3-631
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CMBA
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
110
00
Profile number
for control packet
0
1
No.
MEANING
To provide
Not provided
RELATED
COMMAND
CMA7 Y=71
31
RESET
NOTE 1: When this data is set to 0, if REGSISTER registration request is sent by CMA7 Y=77, the registration of the SIP trunk is disconnected from the SIP server for a moment.
NOTE 2: Set the second data to 1 for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
112
00
Profile number
for control packet
0
1
Random
As per CMBA Y=92
CMA7 Y=71
31
RESET
NOTE: Set the second data to 0 for Point-to-Multipoint connection (when CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0).
113
00
Profile number
for control packet
0
1
EXTERNAL
INTERNAL
CMA7 Y=71
0
1
Not required
Auto
CMA7 Y=71
0
1
To provide
Not provided
CMA7 Y=71
31
RESET
114
Require provisional
responses with reliability (100rel) when
receiving
RESET
117
Addition of + for
calling number/Deletion of + for called
number
RESET
Continued on next page
3-632
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CMBA
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
118
Resending period of
REGISTER after REGISTER sending NG
[North America
Only]
[8300R4]
00
Profile number
for control packet
1
7
No.
MEANING
320 sec.
60 sec.
RELATED
COMMAND
CMA7 Y=71
31
RESET
Continued on next page
3-633
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMBA
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
119
00
Profile number
for control packet
00
No.
31
01
02
03
06
09
10
11
NONE
RELATED
COMMAND
CMA7 Y=71
3-634
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMBA
1ST DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
120
00
Profile number
for control packet
No.
31
2ND DATA
DATA
1
2
3
NONE
RESET
121
RESET
00
Profile number
for control packet
31
01
02
04
NONE
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
20 ms.
30 ms.
40 ms.
Use payload size
same as voice calls
one
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA Y=22
G.711 -law
(64Kbps)
G.711 A-law
(64Kbps)
G.729a (8Kbps)
No data
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA Y=21
NOTE: This command is effective when CMBA Y=21 is set to 0 (Programmable list).
122
00
Profile number
for control packet
31
01
02
RESET
04
NONE
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA Y=21
G.711 -law
(64Kbps)
G.711 A-law
(64Kbps)
G.729a (8Kbps)
No data
NOTE: This command is effective when CMBA Y=21 is set to 0 (Programmable list).
CODEC type of SIP
Trunk (Third priority)
123
00
RESET
31
Profile number
for control packet
01
02
04
NONE
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA Y=21
G.711 -law
(64Kbps)
G.711 A-law
(64Kbps)
G.729a (8Kbps)
No data
NOTE: This command is effective when CMBA Y=21 is set to 0 (Programmable list).
Continued on next page
3-635
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMBA
1ST DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
00
Profile number
for control packet
Selection of reference
to Caller ID
[8300R2]
2ND DATA
31
RESET
1
2
3
RELATED
COMMAND
CMA7 Y=71
NOTE: Set this data to 0 or 1 when calling number and calling name is displayed at the same time.
127
00
131
Profile number
for control packet
CMA7 Y=71
0
1
Passing ON
Not passing ON
CMA7 Y=71
31
Passing ON with
200OK after passing
ON while tentative is
responding with
18xSDP
RESET
Continued on next page
3-636
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CMBA
1ST DATA
MEANING
DATA
134
Selection of contact
address after SIP 407status
00
No.
31
2ND DATA
MEANING
Profile number
for control
packet
DATA
MEANING
CMA7 Y=71
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA
Y=136
CMA7 Y=71
CMA7 Y=71
135
Selection of called
number
[8300R3]
RELATED
COMMAND
00
138
31
Profile number
for control
packet
00
~
63
NONE
NOTE 1: When using T.38 FAX communication, assign the SIP trunk Location No. by this data.
NOTE 2: This data is used for T.38 FAX communication only.
139
00
Global IP Address of
NAT for Multi-Carrier
Connection
[8300R4]
31
Profile number
for control
packet
aaabbb
cccddd
NONE
Global IP Address by
NAT
No data
CMA7 Y=71
CM0B
Y=101>70
RESET
NOTE: When single carrier connection service is used, set it by CM0B Y=101>70.
Continued on next page
3-637
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMBA
1ST DATA
MEANING
DATA
140
00
No.
31
2ND DATA
MEANING
Profile number
for control
packet
DATA
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
0
1
Available
Not available
CMA7 Y=71
141
Handling of the
received REFER message for SIP trunk
[8300R5]
0
1
Available
Not available
CMA7 Y=71
142
CMA7 Y=71
CMBA Y=7679, 93-96
0
1
7
157
3-638
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMBC
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
No.
03
1ST DATA
MEANING
IP address for Presence Server
[8300R4]
DATA
001
MEANING
Fixed value
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
XXX.X
X...X
RESET
NONE
RELATED
COMMAND
NOTE: When Presence Service of SP350 is executed, reset the system after setting this data.
05
1XX
SIP Converter
Group ID
XX: 01 (Unit No.)
[8300R6
software
or before]
: 01-50
(Unit No.)
[8300R7
software
or later]
0
1
Restricted
Allowed
CM1D Y=32
NOTE 1: For normal operation, be sure to set the second data to 1 (Allowed) to restrict the unauthorized
connection.
NOTE 2: The authentication for each call is not provided when the digest authentication is restricted by
CM1D Y=32.
Continued on next page
3-639
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMBC
1ST DATA
MEANING
1XX
MEANING
DATA
0
SIP Converter
Group ID
7
XX: 01 (Unit No.)
NONE
[8300R6
software
or before]
: 01-50
(Unit No.)
[8300R7
software
or later]
MEANING
PRECEDENCE 0-7
RELATED
COMMAND
CMBC Y=07
DATA
2ND DATA
RESET
PRECEDENCE 6
NOTE: DiffServ Code Point (DSCP) assigned by CMBC Y=07 is ineffective when this command is set.
07
RESET
1XX
SIP Converter
Group ID
XX: 01 (Unit
No.)
[8300R6
software
or before]
: 01-50
(Unit No.)
[8300R7
software
or later]
00
FE
NONE
DSCP of control
packet
CMBC Y=06
No data
NOTE: Type of Service (TOS) assigned by CMBC Y=06 is ineffective when this command is set. Clear (CCC)
this data to enable TOS field assigned by CMBC Y=06.
Continued on next page
3-640
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMBC
1ST DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
XXX
XXXX
XXXX
2ND DATA
XXXX
RESET
NONE
CCC
MEANING
Standard SIP station
number without
REGISTER
(1-8 digits)
No data
Data clear
RELATED
COMMAND
CM12 Y=97,
98
NOTE 1: Whether the Standard SIP station number is available or not can be confirmed by CMFA Y=02.
NOTE 2: Clear this data once when the readout data of CMFA Y=02 is NONE (IP Station is logout status/
IP Station has never been busy). Then set this data again.
NOTE 3: When the data for Standard SIP station or CM12 Y=97 is not assigned to the specified station in
registering the terminal, DATA ERROR is displayed.
NOTE 4: When the terminal is deleted by specifying the Standard SIP station ID while the call is in progress,
WAIT, BUSY NOW is displayed.
NOTE 5: Standard SIP station without REGISTER can be accommodated only for the Main Unit (Unit01).
16
000
001
XXX.X
X...X
NONE
IP address of the
system for greeting
process (Maximum
15 digits)
XXX.XXX.XXX.XX
X=0.0.0.1255.255.255.254
No data
CMBC Y=17
NOTE 1: This data must be assigned when using Data Conference/Instant Message between SV8300 and
SV7000/SV8500.
NOTE 2: Greeting List Initialize by CMBC Y=17 is required after setting this data.
17
000
Fixed value
3-641
CCC
Greeting List
Initialize
CMBC Y=16
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3007.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMD7
FUNCTION DATA
DATA
+ DE + (1-4 digits) + EXE
(1-5 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
1ST DATA
F1032
F1047
MEANING
OAI Function key number 0
OAI Function key number 15
NOTE 1
DATA
128
MEANING
Operation Code for MSF
DATA
MEANING
No.
2ND DATA
191
192
~
255
DCX
NONE
1
X
XXXX
128
191
NONE
3-642
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMD7
MEANING
DATA
000
MEANING
Message number
2ND DATA
DATA
1000
(Fixed)
127
Multi-Connection
Announcement service
for MSF
3
100
(Fixed)
NONE
00
Setting Timer
000
001
002
003
01
Number of terminals to be in
terminal mode/TMF simultaneously per system
508 seconds
00
Number of terminals
32
00
01
02
03
32 terminals
(2 terminals increments)
2 terminals
4 terminals
6 terminals
30
31
32
60 terminals
62 terminals
63 terminals
Office No.
(Maximum 4 digits)
00
Number of terminals to be in
MSF mode from a PB Telephone
127
00
8 seconds
(4 seconds increments)
4 seconds
8 seconds
12 seconds
No data
MEANING
1XXX
1ST DATA
XXXX
NONE
No data
Continued on next page
3-643
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMD7
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
128
XXX
MEANING
No.
191
192
255
NONE
7
00
02
01
03
Display of guidance on
Multiline Terminal when
setting up TMF
F1032
F1047
No data
00
01
Not sent
To send
00
01
No ring
Ring
00
01
Not displayed
To display
3-644
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMD7
MEANING
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
00
Recognition of AP database by
RR message
0
1
To provide
Not provided
01
0
1
Not omitted
To omit
0B
0
1
No ring
Ring
11
0
1
Ring
No ring
AP database of FLF
NOTE 1:
NOTE 2:
NOTE 3:
NOTE 4:
NOTE 5:
NOTE 6:
NOTE 7:
MEANING
3-645
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CME0
TYPE OF RESET
DATA
+ DE + (4/8 digits) + EXE
(2/4 digits)
DATA TABLE:
Y
No.
MEANING
System Reset
Blade Reset
TYPE OF RESET
No.
2000
MEANING
CPU Reset
SETTING DATA
DATA
MM
DD
HH
mm
XXZZ
XXZZ
00
01
MM
DD
HH
mm
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
CM02
Current time displayed on Multiline
Terminal/DESKCON
NOTE 1
To request the reset
immediately.
XX: Unit No. (01-50)
ZZ : Slot No. (01-18)
NOTE 2
NOTE 3
NOTE 4
CM02
Current time displayed on Multiline
Terminal/DESKCON
NOTE 1
CM02
To request the reset
CMA7 Y=44,
immediately.
46, 50
Continued on next page
3-646
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CME0
TYPE OF RESET
No.
MEANING
No.
Instant System
Changeover by manual operation
[8300R4]
NOTE 9
NOTE 10
NOTE 11
NOTE 12
NOTE 13
01
MEANING
Fixed value
SETTING DATA
DATA
MM
DD
HH
mm
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
CMEC Y=5
Current time displayed on Multiline
Terminal/DESKCON
NOTE 1
To request the reset
immediately.
NOTE 1: For the Data MMDDHHmm, enter the Month, Date, and Time (hour and minute) of the
time, as shown below.
MM : Month (01 (Jan.)-12 (Dec.))
DD : Date (01-31)
HH : Hour (00-23)
mm : Minute (00-59)
NOTE 2: Set the same Unit No. and Slot No. assigned by the first data.
NOTE 3: 00000000-FFFFFFFF is displayed as the second data when this command is executed.
You can confirm the port status of the blade which is accommodated to the specified slot by
this data display.
00000000: All ports are not in use
Other than 00000000: Ports in use are included.
NOTE 4: For the blade reset while the system is operating, be sure to check the port status. The blade
reset must be executed when all ports are not in use.
NOTE 5: Set the CME0 Y=5>00 when setting the new IPT (P2P CCIS) after the IPT (P2P CCIS)
installation (this data cannot be used once the reset has been executed by this data).
NOTE 6: This data setting has no effect on services other than related to IPT (P2P CCIS) even if the
reset (CME0 Y=5>00) is executed after the IPT (P2P CCIS) installation.
NOTE 7: Set the CME0 Y=5>01 when changing the commands (CM10 Y=2, CMA7 Y=44, 46, and
50) which require a reset related to IPT (P2P CCIS).
Continued on next page
3-647
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CME0
3-648
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CME1
3-649
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
CME4
STATION NUMBER
+ DE
(1-8 digits)
DATA TABLE:
Y
No.
MEANING
00
READOUT DATA
DATA
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
3-650
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
CME4
READOUT DATA
No.
MEANING
00
01
NOTE:
DATA
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
3-651
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CME4
Y
No.
MEANING
01
READOUT DATA
DATA
MEANING
3-652
RELATED
COMMAND
CM17 Y=0, 2
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
CME5
STATION/TRUNK
+ DE + DATA + EXE
NUMBER
(1 digit)
(1-8 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
0
STATION/TRUNK NUMBER
No.
SETTING DATA
MEANING
DATA
REMARKS
MEANING
NOTE 1
0
1
For LC and
DLC blade
Trunk number
NOTE 2
0
1
0
1
0
1
2
For ZT
0
1
2
~
XXXXXXXX
1
000
~
511
2
000
ZT number
~
127
5
XXZZZ
NOTE 4
3-653
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CME5
3-654
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CME6
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
MEANING
00
01
02
03
04
05
DESTINATION
Destination=Extension;
X-XXXXXXXX: Station No. (1-8 digits)
Destination=Outside party;
X-XXXX + , + YY...YY
X-XXXX: Outgoing Trunk/LCR Group Access Code (1-4 digits)
,
: Separate Mark
YY...YY : Called No. (Maximum 26 digits)
Destination=Attendant; E000
[8300R2]
NONE
: No data
NOTE:
See
CM78
3-655
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CME6
MEANING
Call Forwarding-PS Out of Cell
(Zone) Standard SIP station
Call Forwarding-Logout (IP Station)
Call Forwarding-Not Available
(Standard SIP station)
DESTINATION
Destination=Extension;
X-XXXXXXXX: Station No. (1-8 digits)
Destination=Outside party;
X-XXXX + , + YY...YY
X-XXXX: Outgoing Trunk Access Code (1-4 digits)
,
: Separate Mark
YY...YY : Called No. (Maximum 26 digits)
Destination=Attendant; E000
[8300R2]
NONE
07
: No data
001: 1 second
08
50
Mobile phone number link up with a XX...XX: Mobile phone No. (Maximum 26 digits)
Mobility Access station number
(X: 1-9, A (*))
NONE : No data
: No data
NOTE 1: When the system operates both CME6 Y=50 and CME6 Y=51, set the same number of the 2nd data of
CME6 Y=50 as the 2nd data.
NOTE 2: When 2nd data of CM64 Y=12 is set to 0, the destination is set by this command.
3-656
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CME7
COMMAND CODE
DATA
+ DE + (1 digit) + EXE
(2 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
No.
COMMAND CODE
PASSWORD LEVEL
SETTING DATA
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
00-FB
(Exclusive of 03, E7, E9)
0
1
20
00-FB
(Exclusive of 03, E7, E9)
21
00
NOTE:
: Allowed
: Restricted
3-657
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JANUARY/14/2011
CME8
PRECAUTION:
None
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
ST + E8Y + DE + (4 digits) + DE + (1-6 digits) + EXE
3-658
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JULY/17/2009
CME8
MEANING
Firmware
download
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
XX ZZ
XX YY ZZ
XX
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
CM05 Y=0
Readout data of firmware
when operating
XX: Firmware type (Same as
second data of CM05
Y=0)
YY: Firmware version on the
blade
ZZ : Firmware version of the
blade supplied with the
basic software
Input data when executing
download
XX: Firmware type to download (same for the second data of CM05 Y=0)
NOTE 1: The appropriate access blade is reset when executing download, then
the firmware update starts. The cycle of the Live LED becomes special
cycle during updating.
NOTE 2: After the firmware update is completed, the access blade is reset automatically and activated.
NOTE 3: Refer to the PC Programming Manual for the operating procedure
to update the blade firmware program.
2
XX ZZ
FFFF
Download is completed
(normal end)
CM05 Y=0
3-659
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CME8
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
No.
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
VoIPDB Firmware
download
[8300R7]
10 XX
XX ZZ
1101
XX
3-660
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CME8
Y
No.
5
MEANING
Read the status of
VoIPDB firmware
download
[8300R7]
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
10 XX
FFFFFF
1101
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
Download is completed
(normal end)
3-661
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CME9
When programming a Password, the Password for Password Level 7 must be set. If no Password
of Password Level 7 is set, the programming of Password Service provision (CME9>9) is restricted
with the message CODE NOT USED. NOTE
(2)
Before setting the Password, CME9>8 (Change of Password) must be set to 0 (Allowed).
(3)
CME9>9 (Password Service) must be set to 0 (Provided) after programming of all Passwords are
completed.
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
ST + E9 + DE + (1 digit) + DE + (1/8 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
1ST DATA
0
Password Level 0
2ND DATA
DATA
X
Password Level 7
XXXXXXXX
CCC
NONE
MEANING
Password
(Maximum 8 digits)
Password clear
No data
Change of Password
0
1
Allowed
Restricted
Password Service
0
1
Provide
No provided
NOTE:
REMARKS
Following Passwords are not
available:
CC...C (All C)
FF...F (All F)
3-662
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CMEA
In CMEA Y=0, the fault information is automatically displayed when DE is pressed after entering
first data 00.
(2)
See Fault Information Display in the following pages for details on how to read the fault
information.
(3)
When entering data with characters, the following characters can be registered;
Alphabet upper case (A-Z), alphabet lower case (a-z), numeric (0-9), symbol (! # $ % & ( ) + ,
; < = > ? @ [ ] ^ _ { } ~), Space, hyphen (-), period (.), slash (/), colon (:)
NOTE:
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
ST + EAY + DE + (1-3 digits) + DE + (1-8 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
Y
No.
0
MEANING
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
Fault information
display
(Display only)
Page 3-677
1ST DATA
9
F
RELATED
COMMAND
3-663
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMEA
MEANING
Clear External
Alarm Kind
(MJ/MN)
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
00
00
MJ alarms OFF/MN
alarms OFF
(Display only)
MJ alarms OFF/MN
alarms ON
(Display only)
MJ alarms ON/MN
alarms OFF
(Display only)
MJ alarms ON/MN
alarms ON
(Display only)
Alarm Clear
01
10
11
CCC
2
System reset
NOTE 1
Fault information
and external alarm
(Display only)
RELATED
COMMAND
3-664
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMEA
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
Fault information
and external alarm
(Display only)
012
CS/ZT fault
016
017
021
022
025
026
028
029
02B
02C
040
041
042
DATA
0
~
3
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
3-665
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMEA
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
Fault information
and external alarm
(Display only)
043
048
04A
061
062
DATA
0
~
3
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
3-666
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMEA
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
Fault information
and external alarm
(Display only)
100
Power failure
102
104
106
107
108
109
10A
10B
Restricted blade
[8300R3]
10C
DATA
0
~
3
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
3-667
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMEA
1ST DATA
MEANING
DATA
Fault information
and external alarm
(Display only)
10D
10E
MEANING
Lack of Highway Channel for
data communication
[8300R3]
DATA
0
No.
2ND DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
3-668
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMEA
1ST DATA
MEANING
DATA
Fault information
and external alarm
(Display only)
110
MEANING
Communication error occurrence between active CPU and
stand by CPU
[8300R4]
112
114
115
116
DATA
0
No.
2ND DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
3-669
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMEA
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
Fault information
and external alarm
(Display only)
11A
11C
No.
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
3-670
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMEA
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
Fault information
and external alarm
(Display only)
11E
No.
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
032
035
036
038
3-671
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMEA
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
Fault information
and external alarm
(Display only)
039
03B
03C
050
051
052
053
101
103
105
111
No.
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
3-672
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMEA
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
Fault information
and external alarm
(Display only)
113
11B
No.
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
3-673
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMEA
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
No.
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
00
2
3
RS port of CPU
Not output
01
1
CCC
MEANING
CM40 Y=00
02
0
1
Not overwritten
Over write
10
0
1
To collect
Not collected
11
IP Station No.
Terminals/VoIPDB to collect
Xfault logs
NOTE 14 XXXXXX
XX : Unit No. (01XX
50)
DDXXZZ
ZZZ : VoIPDB
Z
Channel No.
(001-128)
Continued on next page
3-674
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMEA
3-675
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMEA
3-676
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMEA
The fault information is displayed on PCPro/CAT. An example of fault information display is provided below:
CAT mode
ST
COMMAND=
EA0 + DE
EA0>_
EA0>0: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX-
Fault Information 0
EA0>1: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX-
Fault Information 1
EA0>2: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX-
Fault Information 2
EA0>3: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX-
Fault Information 3
EA0>4: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX-
Fault Information 4
EA0>5: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX-
Fault Information 5
EA0>6: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX-
Fault Information 6
EA0>7: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX-
Fault Information 7
EA0>8: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX-
Fault Information 8
EA0>9: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX-
Fault Information 9
+ DE
(1)
(2)
3-677
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JULY/18/2008
CMEA
FAULT CONTENT
001
System reset
012
CS/ZT fault
016
017
Activation Code error occurred during the License Activation (Center Activation)
021
022
025
026
028
029
02B
02C
040
041
042
043
048
04A
061
062
100
Power failure
102
104
NOTE 2
NOTE 2
3-678
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMEA
FAULT CONTENT
106
107
108
109
10A
10B
Restricted blade
10C
10D
10E
110
112
114
115
116
11A
11C
11E
NOTE 1: When the fault kind No. 022 is applied to IPT (P2P CCIS), the fault message means IPT
link connection failure.
NOTE 2: The fault kind No. 062 is effective only for PZ-64IPLC-A/PZ-128IPLC-A.
3-679
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMEA
RESTORATION
KIND NUMBER
NOTE:
RESTORATION CONTENT
031
032
035
036
038
039
03B
03C
050
051
052
053
101
103
105
111
113
11B
NOTE
When the restoration kind No. 032 is applied to IPT (P2P CCIS), the restoration message
means IPT link connection returned to normal condition.
3-680
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMEC
See Line Status Display in the following pages for details on how to read the status information.
(2)
Line status display of a single line should not be performed while the single line is in use.
(3)
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
ST + ECY + DE + (1-8 digits) + DE + (1-16 digits) + EXE
3-681
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMEC
1ST DATA
MEANING
Battery release
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
00
Battery release of
Unit01 + 02 + 03 +
04
0
1
01
Unit number
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
Battery released
Normal operating
~
50
1
X
Single Line Station
Line status
No. or My Line No.
display
XXXXXXXX X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
[See Line Status
Display Operation]
COMMAND=
COMMAND=EC1
EC1>_
COMMAND=EC1
EC1>XXXXXXXX : XXXXXXXX : XX XX XX-_
(a)
3-682
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JULY/17/2009
CMEC
STATUS OF
MULTILINE TERMINAL
00
01
NOTE
STATUS OF
IP STATION
Terminal is connected
Terminal is connected
NOTE
02
03
04
05
Terminal failure
06
07
08
NOTE:
3-683
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMEC
MEANING
Service Information Display
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
000
Maximum value of
extension management number (LEN)
NOTE 1
XXXX
(Hexadecimal Display)
001
XXXX
(Decimal Display)
002
XXXX/
ZZZZ
003
CM20 Y=0-3
XXXX:
Remaining development tables (Decimal
Display)
ZZZZ:
CM8A
Total development
Y=4000-4007
tables (Decimal
Display)
004
CM2A
Y=00-09
005
CM2A
Y=50-52
3-684
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMEC
Y
No.
2
MEANING
Service Information Display
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
006
XXXXX/
ZZZZZ
XXXXX:
Remaining of stored
call histories (IC)
(System) (Decimal
Display)
ZZZZZ:
Total stored call
histories (IC)
(System) (Decimal
Display)
007
XXXX/
ZZZZ
XXXX:
Remaining
development tables
(Decimal Display)
ZZZZ:
Total development
tables (502 tables)
RELATED
COMMAND
CM8B Y=000
NOTE 1: The maximum number of the software management number about stations of the whole system is displayed by this data.
NOTE 2: This data is only for Single Line Telephone and Multiline Terminal (including IP Multiline
Terminal/Soft Phone/SIP Multiline Terminal), PS, ISDN telephone, Virtual Line Number
(CM11).
NOTE 3: Service Information Display example is shown below.
- EC2>000: 00B1-_
- EC2>001: 0178-_
- EC2>002: 0028/0078-_
- EC2>003: 0502/0502-_
- EC2>004: 3068/3072-_
- EC2>005: 3072/3072-_
- EC2>006: 32689/32768-_
- EC2>007: 0502/0502-_
3-685
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMEC
1ST DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
01
2ND DATA
MEANING
Fixed value
RELATED
COMMAND
DATA
MEANING
0
1
3
Start to execute
Now executing
Not executed
NOTE 1
NOTE 2
NOTE 3
NOTE 4
NOTE 5
NOTE 1: By this command, system data, license data, and billing memory are copied from Active CPU
to Stand by CPU.
NOTE 2: When communication with Stand by CPU is not available, HARD WARE ERROR is displayed.
NOTE 3: When copy is already being executed, WAIT, BUSY NOW is displayed.
NOTE 4: When program download to Stand by CPU is being executed, WAIT, BUSY NOW is displayed.
NOTE 5: License data can only be copied from CPU0 to CPU1.
3-686
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
MAY/26/2010
CMEC
1ST DATA
MEANING
System data
backup
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
0
1
3
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
CM43 Y=5
Start to save
Now saving
Stand by
NOTE 6
NOTE 6: You can assign only 0 to the second data. 1 is displayed while the system data is being
copied.
NOTE 7: Backup takes about 5 minutes on On-line/Off-line mode. While saving the system data to flash
memory, SYSD LED on the CPU blade flashes.
NOTE 8: Do not turn off or reset the system while SYSD LED on the CPU blade is flashing.
SDRAM Data Clear
Y
No.
7
1ST DATA
MEANING
SDRAM Data
Clear
OFF LINE
DATA
00
2ND DATA
MEANING
ID registration for
IP Station in Automatic Login Mode
all clear
DATA
CCC
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
Clear
NOTE 9
NOTE 9: Execute the system data backup by CMEC Y=6>0: 0 after this data clear.
3-687
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CMEC
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
00
02
50
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
NOTE 10: You can assign only 0 to the second data. 1 is displayed as the second data while the
system data being copied.
NOTE 11: When Secondary unit is normal mode in Failover system, all system data of Primary unit
can be copied to Secondary unit by this command.
Day Mode/Night Mode Apply
: Default
Y
1ST DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
Applying Day
Mode/Night Mode
to all Multiline Terminals
2ND DATA
MEANING
Day Mode/Night
Mode applying
DATA
0
1
3
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
CM08>577
Start to apply
CM12 Y=04
Now applying
Stand by
NOTE 12
NOTE 13
NOTE 12: This data is effective only when the second data is set to 0.
NOTE 13: This command is executed after CM08>577 is set, or when the station tenant number of My
Line is changed by CM12 Y=04.
3-688
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMEC
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
00
XX...XX
No.
04
NONE
MEANING
RELATED
COMMAND
CM35 Y=319
Calling Party No.
X: 0-9
(maximum 16 digits)
No data
NOTE 14: Assign the Calling party number of PCPro for Remote Maintenance.
NOTE 15: This data is effective when CM35 Y=319 (Restriction of Remote Maintenance via built-in
modem) is set to 0.
3-689
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMEE
BLADE RESET
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign the IP address to connect the functions and Web consoles for each
In-Skin UMS blade (CD-VM00)/Conference blade (CD-PVAA).
PRECAUTION:
None
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
ST + EE0 + DE + (4/7 digits) + DE + (3-15 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
No.
MEANING
1ST DATA
DATA
MEANING
XXYY
2ND DATA
DATA
001
NONE
MEANING
Number of limits
No data
NOTE 1: This data cannot be entered by CAT when using 8300R1 software.
NOTE 2: When setting the IP address by this data, a period (.) must be entered between the numbers (example:
255.255.255.254).
Continued on next page
3-690
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMEE
BLADE RESET
: Default
Y
No.
2
MEANING
Subnet Mask for
Conference blade/
In-Skin UMS blade
1ST DATA
DATA
XXYY
MEANING
XX: Unit number (01-50)
YY: Slot number (01-18)
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
NOTE 1: This data cannot be entered by CAT when using 8300R1 software.
NOTE 2: When setting the Subnet Mask by this data, a period (.) must be entered between the numbers
(example: 255.255.255.252).
3
XXYY
NOTE 1: This data cannot be entered by CAT when using 8300R1 software.
NOTE 2: When setting the Default Gateway by this data, a period (.) must be entered between the numbers
(example: 255.255.255.254).
3-691
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JULY/17/2009
CMF0, F1
ZXXXXXXXX
+ DE
Address
Z
: 0-F (Segment)
XXXXXXXX: 00000000-FFFFFFFF (Address)
Display XXXXXXXX: YY YY YY
YY
Data of the designated address
Data of the designated address + 1
Data of the designated address + 2
Designated
Address
NOTE:
This command is used only for memory display and cannot be used for memory changing.
ZXXXXXXXX
+ DE + XX + EXE
Address
New Data
Z
: 0-F (Segment)
XXXXXXXX: 00000000-FFFFFFFF (Address)
NOTE:
You must be extremely careful in using this command while the system is in service.
3-692
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JULY/18/2008
CMF5
DATA TABLE:
Y
fX
~
fXXXXXXXX
fFX
~
fFXXXXXXXX
fD000
READOUT DATA
REMARKS
(STATUS INFORMATION)
1ST DATA
fD511
fEEX
~
fEEXXXXXXXX
fEFX + , + B
3-693
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
CMF5
Y
X
~
XXXXXXXX
FX
~
FXXXXXXXX
EFX
READOUT DATA
(STATUS INFORMATION)
1ST DATA
Single Line station/Virtual Line
station number (1-8 digits)
X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
REMARKS
Trunk number
Memory Designation
Main Unit
Remote Unit 01
Remote Unit 02
Remote Unit 03
XXXXXXXX:
Physical address (8 digits) +
XX...XX:
Result memory (32 digits)
The executed results of the latest
CPU program downloading next
block pointer of result memory
FXXXXXXXX
D000
~
D511
DDXXYYY
0000
~
0713
0841
0843
0845
0899
Remote Unit 30
0714
0842
0844
0846
Main Unit
Remote Unit 01
Remote Unit 02
Remote Unit 03
0900
Remote Unit 30
CM0C
XXXXXXXX:
The latest 32 results of CPU pro- Y=52
gram download (file type, Exe- >XX05
cuted operation, Result,
Execution time) (16 byte 32
blocks)
Continued on next page
3-694
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JULY/17/2009
CMF5
READOUT DATA
(STATUS INFORMATION)
1ST DATA
0901
00 : Download
01 : Changeover
FF: Not used
NOTE: This command is available only at Main Unit.
0000
EN
YY + , XXXXXXXX + , B
YY: 00: Physical Port No. (Multiline Terminal/Single
Line station)
01: VEN (Virtual Line station/Multiline Terminal)
05: ILEN (ISDN station)
XXXXXXXX: Single Line station/Virtual Line
station number
(1-8 digits) X:
0-9, A(*), B(#)
B: Bch number (ILEN only)
0: B1 channel
1: B2 channel
~
FFFF
XXXXXXXX
X
~
XXXXXXXX
FX
FXXXXXXXX
D000
REMARKS
D511
Continued on next page
3-695
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CMF5
Y
X
~
XXXXXXXX
FX
READOUT DATA
(STATUS INFORMATION)
1ST DATA
FXXXXXXXX
REMARKS
EFX + , + B
Trunk number
~
D511
X
~
XXXXXXXX
3-696
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JULY/17/2009
CMF5
READOUT DATA
(STATUS INFORMATION)
1ST DATA
EEX
REMARKS
EEXXXXXXXX
EFX + , + B
D000
Trunk number
~
D511
X
~
XXXXXXXX
FX
FXXXXXXXX
D000
~
D511
EFX
AA BBB CC
AA: 00-49
: Unit number 01-50
BBB: 000-191
Multiline Terminal number
: Slot number 01-192
<X-XXXXXXXX> represents My
CC: 00-31
Line number
: Circuit number (01-32)
Trunk number
NOTE: BBB=018/019 is IP
line/trunk for software slot.
Single Line station/Virtual Line
station number (1-8 digits)
X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
EFXXXXXXXX
NOTE 1: A status information associated with CMF5 Y=0, 3 will be displayed as shown below.
For the meaning of the status information displayed, refer to the System Maintenance
Manual.
Display XXXX: YY YY YY YY
Data of the designated Address
XXXX: 0000-FFFF (Address)
YY=00-FF (Data)
Data of the designated Address + 1
Data of the designated Address + 2
Data of the designated Address + 3
Designated
Address
3-697
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JULY/17/2009
CMF5
3-698
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JULY/17/2009
CMF6
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
No.
2
MEANING
DATA
00
MEANING
Command Code
2ND DATA
DATA
00
MEANING
Command code to be output
1ST DATA
FE
NONE
01
Unit Number
000
~
049
NONE
02
Slot number
XXX
NONE
03
0
1
2
3
CCC
3-699
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JULY/17/2009
CMF7
DATA TABLE:
Y
No.
MEANING
Highway Channel
memory read
Highway Channel
reassignment
1ST DATA
DATA
2ND DATA
MEANING
3-700
DATA
RELATED
COMMAND
MEANING
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JULY/17/2009
CMF7
After setting this command, Blade Reset is required for all the physical slots of the desired
highway channel by CME0 Y=3.
3-701
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
CMF7
16DLC (16)
16DLC (16)
Slot 04
Slot 02
16DLC (16)
16DLC (16)
Slot 05
Slot 03
16DLC (16)
8COT (8)
Slot 06
16DLC (16)
Slot 04
Unit01
16DLC (16)
Slot 02
16DLC (16)
Slot 05
Slot 03
16DLC (16)
Slot 06
Unit01
PRT (24)
Reassign the high way channel allocation of the Unit No. 01 by CMF7 Y=9.
<Office data settings>
CMF79>0101: 0106
CME03>0101: 0101
CME03>0102: 0102
CME03>0103: 0103
CME03>0104: 0104
CME03>0105: 0105
CME03>0106: 0106
3-702
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
APRIL/16/2010
CMF8
DATA TABLE:
Y
No.
8
MEANING
Option Value read
1ST DATA
READOUT DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
001
002
PORT Capacity
ISDN Terminals
[Australia/North America]
VoIP Channels
[Australia/North America]
IP Trunk
IP Ports
Remote Unit
SIP TRK Channels
Soft Phone
Soft Phone ACD
PS
[North America Only]
Mobility Access
STD SIP Phone
[8300R3.5]
Embedded 32P CNF
[8300R2]
UMS PORT
UMS FAX PORT
[8300R3]
UMS TTS PORT
[North America/Australia/
EU]
XX...XX
010
011
012
016
017
018
019
020
023
024
025
043
044
045
MEANING
Option Value
NOTE
3-703
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMF8
Y
No.
8
MEANING
Option Value read
1ST DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
046
UMS CLIENT
[8300R3]
UMS LANGUAGE
[8300R2]
UMS HOSPI LANG
UMS TTS LANG
[North America/Australia/
EU]
PVA PORT
[Australia/North America]
[8300R2]
XX...XX
047
048
049
060
NOTE:
READOUT DATA
MEANING
Option Value
NOTE
Example of readout data of the Option Value (CMF8 Y=8>001 [Port Capacity]) on CAT
mode is as follows.
--------------------------------------COMMAND=F88
F88>001_
>001:PORT Capacity
:0
270/1152_
--------------------------------------- Above number 270 means the number of the using licenses (maximum 4 digits).
- Above number 1152 means the number of the license capacities (maximum 4 digits).
3-704
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMFA
DATA TABLE:
Y
1ST DATA
MEANING
DATA
00
MEANING
IP Station No.
No.
INDICATION
DATA
MEANING
AABB
CCDD
XXXXXXXX
AABBCCDD:
AA: Integral No. (00-99)
BB: First decimal No. (00-99)
CC: Second decimal No. (00-99)
DD: Third decimal No. (00-99)
0000
AABB
3-705
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMFA
MEANING
1ST DATA
DATA
INDICATION
MEANING
MEANING
00
DATA
02
03
05
10
12
13
14
15
16
40
41
42
43
44
45
70
80
FF
NONE
02
IP Station No.
XX...X: Z
XXXXXXXX
FF
NONE
3-706
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMFA
1ST DATA
MEANING
DATA
04
30
IP Station No.
DATA
0
1
MEANING
Encryption is effective
Encryption is ineffective
XXXXXXXX
XXX.XX...X
XXX.XX...X: Z XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX=
Sending destinaSending destination IP address
tion IP address
Z=ICMP TYPE (0/3/11/12)
(Maximum 15
NOTE 1
digits)
NOTE 2
XXX.XXX.XXX.
NOTE 3
XXX=1.0.0.0NOTE 4
255.255.255.254
000
Block No.
00
00
01
10
01
XXXX
02
XXXX
50
MEANING
No.
INDICATION
255
XXXXXXXX
CCC
NONE
IP Station No.
Clear
No data
Not started
Now updating
Completed
3-707
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMFA
CLASSIFICATION
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
MEANING
Reply
Reply
(error)
11
Reply
(error)
12
Reply
(error)
IP header abnormal
Required options are unknown.
Network unreachable
Host unreachable
Protocol unusable
Port unusable
Fragmentation failed
Source routing failed
Destination network unknown
Destination host unknown
Source host isolated from network
Rejection of destination network
Rejection of destination host
Network unreachable for TOS
NOTE 3
Communication administratively prohibited
by filtering
Host precedence violation
Precedence cutoff in effect
Receiving ICMP TYPE=0 (ping reply) from the destination terminal means that the terminal is correctly connected/set.
Receiving ICMP TYPE=3/11/12 (reply [error]) from the destination terminal means that the terminal
is not correctly connected/set.
Continued on next page
3-708
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JULY/17/2009
CMFA
When this operation is performed, the count data which can be read by CMFA Y=50>01/02
is cleared.
3-709
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JULY/17/2009
CMFB
DATA TABLE:
Y
1ST DATA
READOUT DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
00
Remote Program
Information Read
aa bb
MEANING
Revision Table
No.
XXXXX
XXXXX
3-710
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMFB
1ST DATA
MEANING
DATA
10
Remote Program
Information Read
(For Stand by
CPU)
[8300R4]
01 bb
MEANING
bb : CPU program information
02 : SC No.
03 : Official Version
04 : Official Revision
06 : Year, Month, Day
17 : CPU0/CPU1 recognition
DATA
MEANING
Revision Table
No.
READOUT DATA
XXXXX
XXXXX
NOTE 3
22 : Upgraded side of CPU blade: SC No.
23 : Upgraded side of CPU blade: Official
Version
24 : Upgraded side of CPU blade: Official
Revision
26 : Upgraded side of CPU blade: Year,
Month, Day
42 : Outdated side of CPU blade: SC No.
43 : Outdated side of CPU blade: Official
Version
44 : Outdated side of CPU blade: Official
Revision
46 : Outdated side of CPU blade: Year,
Month, Day
NOTE 1: When the first data is set to XX16, the meanings of readout data is as follows.
- Readout data 00
: Standard CPU (Normal mode)
- Readout data 10
: CPU for Remote Unit only (Normal mode)
- Readout data NONE: Disconnected/Survival mode
NOTE 2: When PCPro is connected to the Main Unit, type of CPU which is controlled under normal
mode is confirmed by this command. When CPU which is disconnected to the system or controlled under survival mode, type of CPU is not confirmed and NONE is displayed as
readout data.
NOTE 3: When the first data is set to XX17, the meanings of readout data is as follows.
- Readout data 0
: CPU0
- Readout data 1
: CPU1
- Readout data NONE: Not provided (Accommodated in 1U module)
Continued on next page
3-711
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMFB
1ST DATA
2ND DATA
No.
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
DATA
20
XX00
00
01
10
11
12
20
21
22
23
NONE
XX01
00
01
10
11
XX99
Unit Reset
XX: Unit No. (02-50)
0
1
9999
MEANING
Primary Unit: Disconnect
Primary Unit: Operating normally
Secondary Unit: Disconnect
Secondary Unit: Normal mode
Secondary Unit: Failover mode
Remote Unit: Disconnect
Remote Unit: Normal mode
(Connecting to Primary Unit)
Remote Unit: Normal mode
(Connecting to Secondary Unit)
Remote Unit: Survival mode
No Unit installed
Primary Unit: Disconnect
Secondary Unit: Disconnect
Primary Unit: Disconnect
Secondary Unit: Connect
Primary Unit: Connect
Secondary Unit: Disconnect
Primary Unit: Connect
Secondary Unit: Connect
Reset unavailable
Reset available
NOTE 2
Reset execution
NOTE 3
NOTE 1: This data can be set from PCPro connecting to Primary Unit, or Secondary Unit in Failover
mode.
NOTE 2: The case when CMFB Y=20>XX99: 0 is displayed is as follows.
- The specified unit is disconnected.
- The specified unit is downloading the firmware of Access Blade/VoIPDB.
NOTE 3: When executing CMFB Y=20>XX99: 9999, the target unit is started to reset immediately.
Secondary Unit and Remote Unit can be reset from Primary Unit by this data. Remote Unit
can be reset from Secondary Unit in Failover mode by this data. No units can be reset from
Remote Unit by this data.
3-712
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JUNE/15/2011
CMFC
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
No.
01
1ST DATA
MEANING
Unit No. 01
50
Unit No. 50
NOTE 1
NOTE 2
DATA
0003
0103
MEANING
Type of VoIPDB (Hardware ID)
Status of VoIPDB (Stand by CPU)
READOUT DATA
DATA
02
04
NOTE 3
42
44
NONE
MEANING
PZ-64IPLA
PZ-128IPLA
PZ-64IPLC-A
PZ-128IPLC-A
VoIPDB is not
accommodated/
VoIPDB failed to
start
Continued on next page
3-713
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMFC
1ST DATA
MEANING
Unit No. 01
~
Unit No. 50
NOTE 1
NOTE 2
DATA
MEANING
DATA
MEANING
XXX X
XXX X
*a *b
*a: Type of VoIPDB firmware revision
100: Firmware version on the VoIPDB
102: Firmware version of the VoIPDB
supplied with the basic software
110: Firmware version on the VoIPDB
(For Stand by CPU)
NOTE 3
112: Firmware version of the VoIPDB
supplied with the basic software
(For Stand by CPU)
NOTE 3
*b: VoIPDB program information
2: SC No.
3: Official Version
4: Official Revision
5: Year, Month, Day
VoIPDB information
NOTE 4
NOTE 5
0026
NOTE 3
~
50
READOUT DATA
XXXX
XXXX
0
1
2
3
6
NONE
Success
Internal Error
(Undefined)
No response
(time out)
Internal Error
(API arguments
error in VoIPDB)
Internal Error
(Socket error in
VoIPDB)
Internal Error
(Out of memory in
VoIPDB)
Unsupported
VoIPDB
Untried
Continued on next page
3-714
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
CMFC
1ST DATA
MEANING
Unit No. 01
50
Unit No. 50
NOTE 1
NOTE 2
2ND DATA
DATA
MEANING
DATA
027
aaaabb
ccddee
NONE
MEANING
aaaa: Year
bb : Month
cc : Day
dd : Hour
ee : Minute
Not executed
NOTE 1: This data is effective also when the system is under on-line mode.
NOTE 2: By CAT or PCPro connected to Unit No. 01, VoIPDB information of all units can be read
out. By PCPro connected to Unit No. 02-50, VoIPDB firmware information can be read out
only each unit connected to PCPro.
NOTE 3: Only Unit No. 01 can be set by 0103/110X/112X/0026/0027 as 1st data of CMFC.
NOTE 4: VoIPDB information read is effective only when PZ-64IPLC-A/ PZ-128IPLC-A is active.
When VoIPDB is not accommodated, or PZ-64IPLA/PZ-128IPLA is accommodated,
HARDWARE ERROR is displayed on LCD by executing VoIPDB information read.
NOTE 5: Example of readout data of VoIPDB information (SC-4002 CYG-IPS IPLC PROG-A1 Version 1.00) is shown below.
- The first data XXX2(SC No.) ..........................4002
- The first data XXX3(Official Version) ............A1
- The first data XXX4(Official Revision)...........0001.00
- The first data XXX5(Year, Month, Day) .........2010/07/30
3-715
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
3-716
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91ch3008.fm
JUNE/15/2011
UNIVERGE SV8300
Command Manual
A-1
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91apa001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
Key Numbers
Help
Exit
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(90)
(91)
Recall
Feature
(95)
Answer
Mic
Menu
DTL-12D-1D
Redial
Hold
(97)
NOTE:
Transfer Speaker
(96)
(94)
The table below shows the key layout for Line/Trunk/Feature Keys and One Touch Keys of the
Multiline Terminals.
A-2
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91apa001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
Help
Exit
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(90)
(91)
Recall
Feature
(95)
Answer
Mic
Menu
DTL-12D-1D+8LK
Redial
Hold
(97)
Transfer Speaker
(96)
(94)
8LK
NOTE:
The table below shows the key layout for Line/Trunk/Feature Keys and One Touch Keys of the
Multiline Terminals.
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
A-3
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91apa001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
Help
Exit
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(90)
(91)
Recall
Feature
(95)
Answer
Mic
Menu
DTL-12D-1D+16LK
Redial
Hold
(97)
Transfer Speaker
(96)
(94)
16LK
NOTE:
The table below shows the key layout for Line/Trunk/Feature Keys and One Touch Keys of the
Multiline Terminals.
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
A-4
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91apa001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
Help
Exit
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
(10)
(11)
(12)
12LK
(90)
(91)
Recall
Feature
(95)
Answer
Mic
Menu
Redial
Hold
(97)
DTL-12D-1D+12LK
NOTE:
Transfer Speaker
(96)
(94)
The table below shows the key layout for Line/Trunk/Feature Keys and One Touch Keys of the
Multiline Terminals.
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
A-5
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91apa001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
Help
Exit
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
(17)
(18)
(90)
(91)
Recall
Feature
(95)
Answer
Mic
Menu
Redial
Hold
(97)
DTL-24D-1D
NOTE:
Transfer Speaker
(96)
(94)
The table below shows the key layout for Line/Trunk/Feature Keys and One Touch Keys of the
Multiline Terminals.
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
A-6
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91apa001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
Help
Exit
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
(17)
(18)
(90)
(91)
Recall
Feature
(95)
Answer
Mic
Menu
Redial
DTL-24D-1D+8LK
Hold
(97)
Transfer Speaker
(96)
(94)
8LK
NOTE:
The table below shows the key layout for Line/Trunk/Feature Keys and One Touch Keys of the
Multiline Terminals.
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
A-7
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91apa001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
Help
Exit
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
(17)
(18)
(90)
(91)
Recall
Feature
(95)
Answer
Mic
Menu
DTL-24D-1D+16LK
Redial
Hold
(97)
Transfer Speaker
(96)
(94)
16LK
NOTE:
The table below shows the key layout for Line/Trunk/Feature Keys and One Touch Keys of the
Multiline Terminals.
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
A-8
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91apa001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
Help
Exit
(01)
(05)
(02)
(06)
(03)
(07)
(04)
(08)
Scroll
(90)
(91)
Recall
Feature
(95)
Answer
Mic
Menu
Redial
DTL-8LD-1D
Hold
(97)
NOTE:
Transfer Speaker
(96)
(94)
The table below shows the key layout for Line/Trunk/Feature Keys and One Touch Keys of the
Multiline Terminals. When the scroll key is pushed down, the screen is switched as shown below.
Page 2
Page 3
Page 4
LINE01
LINE05
LINE02
LINE06
LINE03
LINE07
LINE04
LINE05
LINE02
LINE06
LINE03
LINE07
LINE08
LINE04
LINE08
LINE09
LINE13
LINE09
LINE13
LINE10
LINE14
LINE10
LINE14
LINE11
LINE15
LINE11
LINE15
LINE12
LINE16
LINE12
LINE16
DSS
DSS
LINE17
LINE21
DSS
DSS
LINE18
LINE22
DSS
DSS
LINE19
LINE23
DSS
DSS
LINE20
LINE24
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
Front
Page
Page 2
Page 3
Page 4
A-9
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91apa001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
Help
Exit
(01)
(05)
(02)
(06)
(03)
(07)
(04)
(08)
Scroll
(90)
(91)
Recall
Feature
(95)
Answer
Mic
Menu
Redial
DTL-24D-1D+8LK
Hold
(97)
Transfer Speaker
(96)
(94)
8LK
NOTE:
The table below shows the key layout for Line/Trunk/Feature Keys and One Touch Keys of the
Multiline Terminals. When the scroll key is pushed down, the screen is switched as shown below.
LINE01
LINE05
LINE02
LINE06
LINE03
LINE07
LINE04
LINE08
LINE09
LINE13
LINE10
LINE14
DSS
Front
Page
DSS
DSS
LINE01
LINE05
LINE02
LINE06
LINE03
LINE07
LINE04
LINE08
LINE09
LINE13
LINE10
LINE14
LINE11
LINE15
LINE12
LINE16
LINE17
LINE21
LINE18
LINE22
LINE19
LINE23
DSS
Page 2
Page 4
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
Page 2
DSS
LINE11
LINE15
LINE12
LINE16
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
LINE20
LINE24
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
Page 3
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
Page 3
Page 4
A-10
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91apa001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
Help
Exit
(01)
(05)
(02)
(06)
(03)
(07)
(04)
(08)
Scroll
(90)
(91)
Recall
Feature
(95)
Answer
Mic
Menu
Redial
DTL-8LD-1D+16LK
Hold
(97)
Transfer Speaker
(96)
(94)
16LK
NOTE:
The table below shows the key layout for Line/Trunk/Feature Keys and One Touch Keys of the
Multiline Terminals. When the scroll key is pushed down, the screen is switched as shown below.
Page 2
Page 3
Page 4
LINE01
LINE05
LINE02
LINE06
LINE03
LINE07
LINE04
LINE08
LINE09
LINE13
LINE10
LINE14
LINE11
LINE15
LINE12
LINE16
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
Front
Page
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
Page 2
LINE01
LINE05
LINE02
LINE06
LINE03
LINE07
LINE04
LINE08
LINE09
LINE13
LINE10
LINE14
LINE11
LINE15
LINE12
LINE16
LINE17
LINE21
LINE18
LINE22
LINE19
LINE23
DSS
LINE20
LINE24
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
Page 3
Page 4
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
A-11
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91apa001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
(01)
(05)
(02)
(06)
(03)
(07)
(04)
(08)
Help
Exit
Scroll
(90)
Recall
(91)
Feature
(95)
Answer
ITL-8LDE-1
Mic
Menu
Redial
NOTE:
Hold
Transfer
Speaker
(97)
(96)
(94)
The table below shows the key layout for Line/Trunk/Feature Keys and One Touch Keys of the
Multiline Terminals.
LINE05
LINE02
LINE06
LINE03
LINE07
LINE04
LINE08
A-12
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91apa001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
Help
Exit
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(90)
(91)
Recall
Feature
(95)
DTL-12BT-1
Answer
Mic
Menu
Redial
Hold
(97)
NOTE:
Transfer Speaker
(96)
(94)
The table below shows the key layout for Line/Trunk/Feature Keys and One Touch Keys of the
Multiline Terminals.
A-13
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91apa001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
Dterm Series i
(01)
(02)
(03)
ABC
JKL
(06)
Recall
Feature
(90)
(91)
MNO
Conf
Mic
(92)
PQRS
(05)
(07)
(08)
(98)
DEF
GHI
(04)
TUV
WXYZ
Directory
(99)
Message
Redial
(93)
Answer
(95)
Hold
Transfer
Speaker
(97)
(96)
(94)
DTR-8-1
NOTE:
The table below shows the key layout for Line/Trunk/Feature Keys and One Touch Keys of the
Multiline Terminals.
A-14
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91apa001.fm
APRIL/16/2010
Dterm Series i
Exit
Help
(01)
(02)
(03)
ABC
GHI
(04)
(05)
Recall
(07)
(08)
Feature
(98)
DEF
JKL
MNO
(90)
(91)
Conf
Mic
TUV
WXYZ
Directory
NOTE 1
(99)
Message
(92)
PQRS
(06)
Redial
(93)
Answer
(95)
Hold
Transfer
Speaker
(97)
(96)
(94)
DTR-8D-1/ITR-8D-1/ITR-8D-2
NOTE 1: In case of ITR-8D-1, Directory, Message and Mic keys are not equipped.
NOTE 2: The table below shows the key layout for Line/Trunk/Feature Keys and One Touch Keys of the
Multiline Terminals.
A-15
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91apa001.fm
APRIL/16/2010
Dterm Series i
Exit
Help
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
ABC
GHI
Recall
Feature
(90)
(91)
Conf
Mic
JKL
MNO
TUV
WXYZ
Directory
NOTE 1
(99)
Message
(92)
PQRS
(98)
DEF
Redial
(93)
Answer
(95)
Hold
Transfer
Speaker
(97)
(96)
(94)
DTR-16D-1/ITR-16D-1/ITR-16D-2
NOTE 1: In case of ITR-16D-1, Directory, Message and Mic keys are not equipped.
NOTE 2: The table below shows the key layout for Line/Trunk/Feature Keys and One Touch Keys of the
Multiline Terminals.
A-16
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91apa001.fm
APRIL/16/2010
Exit
Help
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
GHI
Recall
ABC
DEF
(90)
(91)
Conf
Mic
JKL
MNO
Feature
Directory
(99)
Message
(92)
PQRS
TUV
WXYZ
(98)
Redial
(93)
Answer
(95)
Hold
Transfer
Speaker
(97)
(96)
(94)
DTR-32D-1
NOTE:
The table below shows the key layout for Line/Trunk/Feature Keys and One Touch Keys of the
Multiline Terminals.
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
A-17
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91apa001.fm
APRIL/16/2010
Exit
Help
(09)
(01)
(02)
(10)
( 11 )
(03)
(04)
(12)
(13)
(05)
(06)
(14)
(15)
(07)
(08)
ABC
DEF
GHI
JKL
MNO
(16)
Recall
Feature
(90)
(91)
Conf
Mic
(92)
PQRS
TUV
WXYZ
(98)
Directory
(99)
Message
Redial
(93)
Answer
0
OPER
(95)
Hold
Transfer
Speaker
(97)
(96)
(94)
DTR-16LD
NOTE:
The table below shows the key layout for Line/Trunk/Feature Keys and One Touch Keys of the
Multiline Terminals.
LINE09 LINE10
LINE03 LINE04
LINE11 LINE12
LINE05 LINE06
LINE13 LINE14
LINE07 LINE08
LINE15 LINE16
A-18
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91apa001.fm
APRIL/16/2010
Exit
Help
ABC
GHI
PQRS
JKL
TUV
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
3
DEF
MNO
(91)
WXYZ
Feature
(90)
Recall
(92)
DTR-8D-1R
Conf
(93)
Redial
(94)
Mic
Speaker
NOTE:
(97)
(96)
(95)
(98)
Hold
Transfer
Answer
Call
The table below shows the key layout for Line/Trunk/Feature Keys and One Touch Keys of the
Multiline Terminals.
A-19
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91apa001.fm
APRIL/16/2010
Exit
Help
ABC
GHI
PQRS
JKL
TUV
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
3
DEF
MNO
(91)
WXYZ
Feature
(90)
Recall
(92)
DTR-16D-1R
Conf
(93)
Redial
(94)
Mic
Speaker
NOTE:
(97)
(96)
(95)
(98)
Hold
Transfer
Answer
Call
The table below shows the key layout for Line/Trunk/Feature Keys and One Touch Keys of the
Multiline Terminals.
A-20
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91apa001.fm
APRIL/16/2010
Exit
Help
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
(91)
1
4
GHI
PQRS
ABC
5
JKL
8
TUV
Feature
(90)
DEF
Recall
(92)
MNO
Conf
(93)
WXYZ
Redial
(94)
Mic
Speaker
(97)
(96)
Hold
(95)
Transfer Answer
(98)
Call
DTR-32D-1R
NOTE:
The table below shows the key layout for Line/Trunk/Feature Keys and One Touch Keys of the
Multiline Terminals.
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
A-21
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91apa001.fm
APRIL/16/2010
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(91)
Feature
(90)
Recall
(92)
Conf
(93)
Redial
(97)
DTP-8-1
NOTE:
Hold
(96)
(95)
(94)
The table below shows the key layout for Line/Trunk/Feature Keys and One Touch Keys of the
Multiline Terminals.
A-22
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91apa001.fm
APRIL/16/2010
NEC
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(91)
Feature
(90)
Recall
(92)
Conf
DTP-8D-1
(93)
Redial
(97)
Hold
NOTE:
(96)
(95)
(94)
The table below shows the key layout for Line/Trunk/Feature Keys and One Touch Keys of the
Multiline Terminals.
A-23
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91apa001.fm
APRIL/16/2010
NEC
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
(91)
Feature
(90)
Recall
(92)
Conf
DTP-16D-1
(93)
Redial
(97)
Hold
NOTE:
(96)
(95)
(94)
The table below shows the key layout for Line/Trunk/Feature Keys and One Touch Keys of the
Multiline Terminals.
A-24
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91apa001.fm
APRIL/16/2010
NEC
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
(91)
Feature
(90)
Recall
(92)
Conf
DTP-32D-1
(93)
Redial
(97)
Hold
NOTE:
(96)
(95)
(94)
The table below shows the key layout for Line/Trunk/Feature Keys and One Touch Keys of the
Multiline Terminals.
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
DSS
A-25
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91apa001.fm
JANUARY/31/2012
(01)
Busy
(15)
(02)
LDN
(13)
TIE
(14)
ATND
(16)
BV
Call Park
(23)
(24)
(26)
(03)
(04)
Night
PAGE
(21)
(22)
SC
Start
Mute
(27)
(31)
(32)
NANS
(17)
Recall
(18)
(19)
(20)
Position Busy
Cancel
L6 (12)
Volume
(95)
1
L4 (10)
L3 (09)
L5 (11)
DEST
SRC
(90)
Talk
(93)
(91)
Release
Hold
Answer
(97)
(94)
(96)
L2 (08)
L1 (07)
SN716 DESKCON
A-26
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91apa001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
DCR-60-1R
Continued on next page
A-27
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91apa001.fm
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
DCU-60-1
Continued on next page
A-28
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91apa001.fm
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
EDW-48-2
A-29
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91apa001.fm
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
DCU-60-1
Continued on next page
A-30
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91apa001.fm
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
EDW-48-2
A-31
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91apa001.fm
A-32
NWA-033623-001 Rev.8.1
91apa001.fm
JUNE/15/2011